FitSugar

Weight Watchers Points Calculator Online

FitSugar — Mon, 17 Dec 2007 07:30:00 -0800

While I don't personally follow Weight Watchers, I know a lot of you do so I thought you'd be interested to learn about this nifty little points calculator online.

All you have to do is fill in the calories, fat, and fiber and the calculator will tell you how many Weight Watchers Points it equals. Pretty easy if you ask me. Check it out here.

Healthy Eating Tip: Join a CSA

FitSugar — Thu, 01 Oct 2009 09:00:10 -0700

With local and organic food having such a high price tag, it can be hard to eat in a sustainable way. One way I've gotten around the high costs is by joining a CSA (Community Supported Agriculture). The idea of a CSA is pretty simple - consumers pay farmers directly for a portion of their crop. It's a huge benefit to my health, and my money goes directly to a small, family-owned farm.

To give you an idea of how a CSA works, I'll use mine as an example. I pay $23 each week for enough produce to feed two people. My last box contained four Braeburn apples, four oranges, two pounds of heirloom tomatoes, one bunch of broccoli, two pounds of red potatoes, one pound of zucchini, one pound of green beans, one bunch of basil, and one head of red lettuce. All of the produce was grown on an organic farm located 90 miles from my home in San Francisco. For an additional fee I can also request organic dairy products, grass-fed meat, and Fair Trade coffee.

For tips on choosing a CSA, read more.

Although the basic idea of a CSA is the same no matter which you choose, details vary among farms. Here are some things to keep in mind when shopping for a CSA.

Decide how you want your produce box delivered. Many CSAs offer home delivery, while other CSAs leave boxes at convenient pick-up points in your town or city.
Membership is either calculated by the season or on a month-to-month basis. You'll save even more money if you can pay for the entire season at once.
Most CSAs choose what produce they deliver each week. Don't be alarmed -recipes are usually included and you can expect the best the season has to offer, as well as staple items. There are some CSAs that will let you pick and choose specifically what you'd like in your box that week based on their crop.
CSAs are beginning to offer much more than produce. If you are interested in meat, dairy, baked goods, and other eatables, shop around.

Visit the Local Harvest website to find a CSA near you.

Source: Flickr User 427

Cholesterol

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:34:59 -0700

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

New Guidelines for Children and Adolescents

In 2007, the American Heart Association (AHA) established new guidelines for assessing and treating high cholesterol in children and adolescents. According to the AHA’s scientific statement:

LDL (“bad") cholesterol goals for children should be 190 mg/dL or less for children without heart disease risk factors and 160 mg/dL or less for children with heart disease risk factors.
Children who are overweight or obese, as well as those with a family history of high cholesterol and heart disease, should get their cholesterol levels checked.
For overweight and obese children with cholesterol imbalances, diet changes and exercise should be tried before drug treatment. For children with cholesterol imbalances who have a family history of cholesterol and heart problems, statins are the best first-line drug therapy.

Herbs and Supplements

Garlic, whether raw or in supplement form, does not help lower LDL in patients with moderately high LDL levels, according to a 2007 Archives of Internal Medicine Study.
Policosanol, a dietary supplement derived from sugar cane, has no effect on cholesterol, indicates a 2006 Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA) study.

Diet Plans

In a 2007 JAMA comparison study of four diet plans (Atkins, Ornish, Zone, and LEARN), the low-carbohydrate Atkins diet was best at raising HDL (“good cholesterol”) levels and lowering triglyceride levels, but did not affect LDL levels. The low-fat Ornish diet was best at lowering LDL levels.
The Mediterranean diet works better than a low-fat diet in quickly lowering cholesterol as well as blood pressure and blood sugar, suggests a 2006 Annals of Internal Medicine study.

Drug Research

In contrast to research findings released last year, rosuvastatin (Crestor) does not appear to reverse heart disease, according to a 2007 JAMA study. However, the statin drug did help slow the progression of arterial thickening.

Introduction

Lipids are the building blocks of the fats and fatty substances found in animals and plants. They are microscopic layered spheres of oil, which, in animals, are composed mainly of cholesterol, triglycerides, proteins (called lipoproteins), and phospholipids (molecules made up of phosphoric acid, fatty acids, and nitrogen). Lipids do not dissolve in water and are stored in the body to serve as sources of energy.

Cholesterol is a white, powdery substance that is found in all animal cells and in animal-based foods (not in plants). In spite of its bad press, cholesterol is an essential nutrient necessary for many functions, including:

Repairing cell membranes
Manufacturing vitamin D on the skin's surface
Producing hormones, such as estrogen and testosterone
Possibly helping cell connections in the brain that are important for learning and memory

Regardless of these benefits, when cholesterol levels rise in the blood, they can have dangerous consequences, depending on the type of cholesterol. Although the body acquires some cholesterol through diet, about two-thirds is manufactured in the liver, its production stimulated by saturated fat. Saturated fats are found in animal products, meat, and dairy products.

Saturated fats are found predominantly in animal products, such as meat and dairy products, and are strongly associated with higher cholesterol levels. Tropical oils -- such as palm, coconut, and coconut butter -- are also high in saturated fats.

Triglycerides are composed of fatty acid molecules. They are the basic chemicals contained in fats in both animals and plants.

Lipoproteins are protein spheres that transport cholesterol, triglyceride, or other lipid molecules through the bloodstream. Most of the information about the effects of cholesterol and triglyceride actually concerns lipoproteins.

Lipoproteins are categorized into five types according to size and density. They can be further defined by whether they carry cholesterol or triglycerides.

Cholesterol-Carrying Lipoproteins. These are the lipoproteins commonly referred to as cholesterol.

Low density lipoproteins (LDL). (Often called the "bad" cholesterol.)
High-density lipoproteins (HDL), the smallest and most dense. (Referred to as the "good" cholesterol.)

Triglyceride-Carrying Lipoproteins.

Intermediate density lipoproteins (IDL). They tend to carry triglycerides.
Very low density lipoproteins (VLDL). These tend to carry triglycerides.
Chylomicrons (largest in size and lowest in density).

Lipoprotein(a). Lipoprotein(a), or lp(a) has a size and density somewhere between LDL and HDL. The molecules carry a protein that may interfere with the body's ability to dissolve blood clots. Lipoprotein(a) is being investigated as a possible marker or cause of heart disease.

Remnant Lipoproteins. Remnant lipoproteins are byproducts of chylomicrons, very low-density lipoproteins (VLDL), or both. Some research indicates that high levels may be an important risk factor for coronary artery disease, particularly in patients who have otherwise normal cholesterol levels.

Reducing LDL and total cholesterol levels, while at the same time boosting HDL levels, can prevent heart attacks and death in all people (with or without heart disease). Reducing LDL is the primary goal of most cholesterol therapy.

Blood tests can easily measure both HDL and overall cholesterol levels. It is very difficult to measure LDL levels by themselves, but LDL levels can be reliably calculated by subtracting HDL and triglyceride levels from total cholesterol. The exact formula is:

LDL = TOTAL CHOLESTEROL - HDL - TRIGLYCERIDES/5.

In 2004, the National Cholesterol Education Program updated its clinical practice guidelines. The new recommendations set lower treatment goals for LDL levels based on a patient's risk factors for heart disease.

The risk factors include:

Having a first-degree female relative diagnosed with heart disease before age 65 or a first-degree male relative diagnosed before age 55
Being male and over age 45 or female and over age 55
Cigarette smoking
Diabetes
High blood pressure
Metabolic syndrome (risk factors associated with obesity such as low HDL levels and high triglycerides)

Two or more of these risk factors increases by 20% the chance of having a heart attack within 10 years.

The LDL cholesterol level is one of the most important factors in determining whether a patient needs cholesterol therapy and whether the treatment is working properly. In particular, the new guidelines emphasize lower LDL levels and earlier treatment for people with coronary artery disease, or other forms of atherosclerosis, and diabetes.


Risk Level	Goal (d/L)	OptimalGoal(d/L)
Very High Risk	70	70
High Risk	100	70
Moderate Risk	130	100
Low Risk	160	130

The following chart summarizes all goals.


Total Cholesterol Goals	LDL Goals	HDL Goals	Triglyceride Goals
Less than 200 mg/dL is desirable. Between 200 and 239 is borderline. Over 240 is high.	70 mg/dL is the new goal for very high-risk patients (recent heart attack; current active or unstable cardiovascular or cerebrovascular disease; or two multiple risk factors as defined above.) Below 100 mg/dL is optimal for everyone. It should be the goal for high-risk people including those with existing heart disease, diabetes, or two or more risk factors for heart disease; 70 mg/dL is an optimal goal for these individuals. 130 mg/dL or below for people with two or more risk factors; 100 mg/dL is an optimal goal. 160 mg/dL or below for people at less risk (one or zero risk factors); 130 mg/dL is an optimal goal. Anything above 160 is high, with levels above 190 being very high. LDL levels over 190 require medication even with no other cardiac risk factors present.	Levels above 40 mg/dL are desirable; levels above 60 mg/dL are optimal.	Below 150 mg/dL is normal. 150 - 199 is borderline high. 200 - 499 is high. Over 500 is very high.
*Risk factors for heart disease include a family history of early heart problems before age 55 for men (before age 65 for women), smoking, high blood pressure, diabetes, being older (over 45 for men and 55 for women), and having HDL levels below 35 mg/dL. People with two or more of these risk factors may have a 10-year risk of heart attack that exceeds 20%, and may therefore need to aim for LDL levels of 100 mg/dL or below.

Although current guidelines as described in the table are extremely useful, they do have pitfalls. For example, the following cholesterol levels pose some dilemmas:

Low LDL levels (protective) accompanied by low HDL, high triglycerides, or both (harmful)
High total cholesterol (harmful) accompanied by high HDL (protective)

Would individuals with these cholesterol balances be at high risk or low risk for developing heart disease? To resolve this dilemma, experts have devised a calculation for a risk ratio by dividing the total cholesterol by either total HDL or LDL. It is not clear at this point which ratio is a better predictor of heart disease, although the HDL ratio may be superior. Using this ratio, the following results indicate better to worse outlook:

The ideal ratio is 3.5 or below.
A ratio of 4.5 carries an average risk.
Ratios of 5 or higher are potentially dangerous.

For example, if a person has a high total cholesterol of 280 mg/dL but a high HDL level of 70 mg/dL, the risk ratio is 4, which actually carries a lower than average risk. The use of this ratio may predict coronary artery disease more accurately than using total cholesterol levels alone. Still, the primary goal of lipid-lowering therapy is reducing LDL levels. Evidence strongly suggests that the lower the LDL levels, the lower the risk for heart disease.

Cholesterol's Effect on the Heart

Coronary artery disease, commonly known as heart disease, is the leading cause of death in the U.S. and was responsible for nearly 500,000 deaths in 2003.

Atherosclerosis is a common disorder of the arteries. Fat, cholesterol, and other substances collect in the walls of arteries. Larger accumulations are called atheromas or plaque and can damage artery walls and block blood flow. Severely restricted blood flow in the heart muscle leads to symptoms such as chest pain.

As many as half of these deaths were probably due to unhealthy cholesterol and lipid levels. Strong evidence points to LDL as the villain and HDL as a hero in the process. The role of other lipids, notably triglycerides, is not entirely clear.

Unhealthy cholesterol, particularly low-density lipoprotein (LDL), forms a fatty substance called plaque, which builds up on the arterial walls. Smaller plaques remain soft, but older, larger plaques tend to develop fibrous caps with calcium deposits.

Click the icon to see an image of the developmental process of atherosclerosis.

The long-term result is atherosclerosis, commonly called hardening of the arteries. The heart is endangered in two ways by this process:

Eventually these calcified and inelastic arteries become narrower (a condition known as stenosis). As this process continues, blood flow slows and prevents sufficient oxygen-rich blood from reaching the heart. This condition leads to angina (chest pain) and, in severe cases, to heart attack.

Click the icon to see an image of a heart attack.

Smaller unstable plaques may rupture, triggering the formation blood clots on their surface. The blood clots block the arteries and are important causes of heart attack.

This process is accelerated and enhanced by other risk factors, including high blood pressure, smoking, obesity, diabetes, and a sedentary life style. When more than one of these risk factors is present, the risk is compounded.

The effects of cholesterol on the heart may involve more than just the arteries. There is some evidence that unhealthy levels may affect the heart muscles and increase the risk for heart failure. High cholesterol levels may even reduce the protection that aspirin provides for people with heart disease.

On an encouraging note, mortality rates associated with coronary artery disease have declined dramatically during the past 30 years. Some experts estimate that about 30% of the decline is due to better cholesterol management and statin drugs.

Studies consistently report a higher risk for death from heart disease with high total cholesterol levels (200 mg/dL and higher). The higher the cholesterol, the greater the risk. One study reported that men with total cholesterol levels higher than 240 mg/dL had a risk nearly two to four times that of men whose cholesterol was below 200 mg/dL. On average, every time a person's cholesterol level drops by a point, the risk of heart disease drops by 2%.

The primary villain in the cholesterol story is low-density lipoprotein (LDL). In a major study, the lowest incidence in heart disease was found among people with the lowest LDL levels. Lowering LDL is the primary goal of cholesterol drug and lifestyle therapy.

Low-density lipoprotein (LDL) transports about 75% of the blood's cholesterol to the body's cells. It is normally harmless. However, if it is exposed to a process called oxidation, LDL can penetrate and interact dangerously with the walls of the artery, producing a harmful inflammatory response. Oxidation is a natural process in the body that occurs from chemical combinations with unstable molecules. These molecules are known as oxygen-free radicals or oxidants.

When LDL collects on arterial walls these oxidants are released from the wall membranes.
Oxidants are missing an electron and tend to bind with other molecules in the body, a process called oxidation.
When the oxidation process modifies LDL, it signals the immune system that a harmful molecule has appeared.

Inflammation and Plaque. In response to oxidized LDL, the body releases various immune factors aimed at protecting the damaged walls. Unfortunately, in excessive quantities they cause inflammation and promote further injury to the areas they target:

White blood cells and other factors gather and form a fatty substance called plaque. (Of interest in this process is an enzyme called lipoprotein-associated phospholipase A2, which binds to oxidized LDL. Studies report that this enzyme may play a major role in the release of plaque-forming inflammatory factors.)
Other immune factors also cause inflammation and injure the endothelium, the layer of cells that line blood vessels.

Click the icon to see an image of the cut section of an artery.

Immune factors that increase the risk for blood clots are also mobilized.
Oxidized LDL plays another dangerous role by reducing levels of nitric oxide, a chemical that helps relax the blood vessels and allow blood to flow freely.

High density lipoprotein (HDL) appears to benefit the body in two ways:

It removes cholesterol from the walls of the arteries and returns it to the liver.

Click the icon to see an image of the liver.

It helps prevent oxidation of LDL. HDL actually appears to have its own antioxidant properties.

HDL helps keep arteries open and reduces the risk for heart attack. High levels of high HDL (above 60 mg/dL) may be nearly as important for the heart as low levels of LDL. HDL levels below 40 mg/dL are considered to be harmful. In one study, for each 4 mg/dL decline in HDL levels there was a 10% increase in coronary artery disease.

Triglycerides are major troublemakers for the heart. They appear to interact with HDL cholesterol in such a way that HDL levels fall as triglyceride levels rise. Low HDL is known to be harmful to the heart.

The harmful imbalance of high triglycerides with low HDL levels is also associated with obesity (particularly around the abdomen), insulin resistance, and diabetes. Insulin is a hormone essential for regulating the storage and use of glucose (sugar) and amino acids (proteins) in the body. Insulin resistance occurs when there are normal levels of insulin but the body cannot use it. Insulin resistance increases the risk for developing type 2 diabetes, and it is also associated with metabolic syndrome. Both of these conditions increase the risk for heart disease.

Some evidence also suggests that high triglycerides pose other dangers, regardless of cholesterol levels. Triglycerides, for example, may be responsible for blood clots that form and block the arteries. High triglyceride levels are also associated with the inflammatory response -- the harmful effect of an overactive immune system that can cause considerable damage to cells and tissues, including the arteries.

Studies are finding an elevated risk for angina and first heart attacks in people with elevated levels of lipoprotein(a), also known as or lp(a). This lipoprotein falls somewhere between HDL and LDL in density and may have some properties that increase the risk for blood clots. Some experts suggest, however, that high levels of lp(a) may merely be markers of late-stage atherosclerosis, not a cause. Because concentrations of lipoprotein(a) are usually inherited, they do not respond to dietary or lifestyle changes. At this time, few experts recommend drug treatments to reduce lp(a) levels. Older women, but not men, appear to be at greater risk for high lp(a) levels and their consequences.

Cholesterol's Effect on the Brain

Having adequate levels of HDL may be the most important lipid-related factor for preventing ischemic stroke, a type of stroke caused by blockage of the carotid arteries that carry blood to the brain. HDL may even reduce the risk for hemorrhagic stroke, a less common type of stroke caused by bleeding in the brain that is associated with low overall cholesterol levels.

The build-up of plaque in the internal carotid artery may lead to narrowing and irregularity of the artery's lumen, preventing proper blood flow to the brain. More commonly, as the narrowing worsens, pieces of plaque in the internal carotid artery can break free, travel to the brain, and block blood vessels that supply blood to the brain. This leads to stroke, with possible paralysis or other deficits.

The effects of high total cholesterol and LDL levels on ischemic stroke are less clear. One study suggested that the risk for ischemic stroke increases when total cholesterol is above 280 mg/dL. A 2002 study suggested that high cholesterol poses a risk for stroke only when specific proteins associated with inflammation are present.

Evidence points to high cholesterol levels, along with high blood pressure and a family history of the disease, as independent risk factors for AD. A major research target for common factors between cholesterol levels and AD has been apolipoprotein E (ApoE). ApoE plays a role in the movement and distribution of cholesterol for repairing nerve cells during development and after injury. People who carry a variant of this gene (ApoE4) are at significantly higher risk for AD.

High cholesterol may pose a risk for Alzheimer's regardless of this genetic factor, however. Some studies report that cholesterol is important within the brain for cell communication and memory.

Risk Factors

About half of all American adults have total cholesterol levels over 200 mg/dL. Over 25% have been told by doctors that they have unhealthy levels. Total cholesterol levels have been declining over the last several decades, at least among middle-aged and older adults. This decline may be partly due to the increased use of statins and other lipid-lowering medications. However, total cholesterol levels are getting higher among younger adults (ages 25 – 34 years). The major risk factor for these high rates may be the Western lifestyle. The typical high-fat/low-fiber American diet coupled with sedentary habits is largely responsible for this unfortunate trend.

Men. Heart disease is the major cause of death in men. On average, men develop coronary artery disease 10 - 15 years earlier than women do and have a greater risk for dying of heart disease at a younger age. A 2006 study suggested that high total cholesterol may also contribute to the development of high blood pressure in men.

Women. Coronary artery disease is also the number one killer of women. Women between the ages of 20 and 34, and after menopause (around age 55), have higher cholesterol levels than men. Some evidence suggests that HDL levels may be more significant in women than in men. In one study, at total cholesterol levels above 200, women with HDL levels below 50 had a higher death rate than those with levels above 50, regardless of their LDL cholesterol levels. Women also appear to be more susceptible to the high-triglyceride low-HDL syndrome, which may be a particular risk factor for heart disease.

Children and Adolescents. Children who have abnormal cholesterol levels are at increased risk of developing heart disease later in life. However, it is difficult to distinguish “normal” cholesterol levels in children. Changes in cholesterol levels occur between the ages of 8 - 18, and vary between genders and population groups. Cholesterol levels tend to naturally rise sharply until puberty, then decrease sharply, and then rise again.

In 2007, the American Heart Association established general LDL goals for children that take into account these fluctuations. The association’s LDL goals are 190 mg/dL or less for children with no additional heart disease risk factors and 160 mg/dL or less for children with additional risk factors (such as family history of high cholesterol, heart disease, and diabetes).

It is also clear that children who are overweight are at higher risk for high triglycerides and low HDL, which may be directly related to later unhealthy cholesterol levels. Studies have confirmed that childhood LDL levels and body-mass index (BMI) are strongly associated with cardiovascular risk during adulthood. The American Heart Association recommends that children who are overweight and obese, as well as those with a family history of high cholesterol, undergo cholesterol screening. Overweight and obese children who have high cholesterol should also get tested for high blood pressure, diabetes, and other conditions associated with metabolic syndrome.

As in adults, the primary source of unhealthy cholesterol levels in children comes from diets high in unhealthy fats: Saturated fats (found mainly in animal and dairy products) and trans fatty acids (found in commercial food products). Over-consumption of unhealthy fats increases the risk for both obesity and heart disease.

Less common causes of unhealthy cholesterol levels in children include:

Low-birth weight (associated with low HDL levels)
Low thyroid levels (hypothyroidism)
Kidney or liver diseases
Homozygous familial hypercholesterolemia. This is an uncommon inherited condition that causes severe cholesterol imbalances and can result in very early heart disease.
Certain medications such as specific antiseizure drugs, corticosteroids, and isotretinoin (Accutane)

Young and Middle-Aged Adults. The strongest evidence of unhealthy cholesterol levels and heart disease is in adults over age 45. However, a 2006 analysis found that while total cholesterol levels are decreasing among older adults, they are increasing in those age 25 - 34 years. Research strongly suggests that the younger a person is when unhealthy cholesterol levels develop, the greater the chance for serious heart and blood vessel problems in the future. A 2006 study in the New England Journal of Medicine indicated that keeping LDL levels low from an early age can help prevent heart disease later in life. In one important study, young men (ages 16 - 34) who had cholesterol levels at or above 240 mg/dL had two to four times the risk of dying from heart attack or other cardiac problems than did men whose cholesterol was lower than 200 mg/dL. Young men without cholesterol problems had a higher life expectancy, by up to 8 years. Other studies have suggested similar risks from unhealthy cholesterol in young women as well.

Elderly Adults. About 85% of people who die from coronary artery disease are over the age of 65. Because high cholesterol is an important risk factor for heart disease, experts strongly recommend statin or other lipid-lowering therapy for elderly people with high cholesterol levels. Surveys indicate that total cholesterol levels have been declining in older people over the last few decades. Many experts believe this is due in part to increased use of statin drugs.

In the U.S., obesity is at epidemic levels in all age groups. The effect of obesity on cholesterol levels is complex. Although obesity does not appear to be strongly associated with overall cholesterol levels, obese individuals tend to have high triglyceride levels and low HDL levels. This combination is a risk factor for heart disease. Obesity also causes other effects (high blood pressure, increase in inflammation) that pose major risks to the heart.

Obesity is a particularly hazard when it is one of the components of the metabolic syndrome, formerly known as syndrome X. This syndrome consists of obesity marked by abdominal fat, unhealthy cholesterol levels, high blood pressure, and insulin resistance. Metabolic syndrome is a pre-diabetic condition that is significantly associated with heart disease and higher mortality rates from all causes. A 2002 study estimated that 24% of the population now has this condition. Many experts recommend that patients with metabolic syndrome should be aggressively treated with high-dose statin therapy to lower LDL levels.

Obesity is also strongly associated with type 2 diabetes, which itself poses a significant risk for high cholesterol levels and heart disease.

Low thyroid levels (hypothyroidism) are associated with unhealthy lipid levels. (Lipids are fat molecules). Specifically, people with hypothyroidism are at higher risk for high total and LDL cholesterol, triglycerides, and other lipids associated with heart disease. Treating the thyroid condition can significantly reduce cholesterol levels. Some experts suggest that patients with high cholesterol should be evaluated for thyroid function before they are given cholesterol-lowering drugs. Research is mixed on whether mild hypothyroidism (subclinical hypothyroidism) is associated with unhealthy cholesterol levels. [See In-Depth Report #38: Hypothyroidism.]

Hypothyroidism is a decreased activity of the thyroid gland which may affect all body functions. In this condition, the rate of metabolism slows, causing mental and physical sluggishness. The most severe form of hypothyroidism is myxedema, which is a medical emergency.

Genetics play a major role in determining a person's blood cholesterol levels. Children from families with a history of premature heart disease should be tested for cholesterol levels after they are 2 years old. Genes may influence whether a person has low HDL levels, high LDL levels, high triglycerides, or high levels of other lipoproteins, such as lipoprotein(a).

Some inherited disorders and genetic abnormalities have been identified:

Familial hypercholesterolemia causes dangerous increases in cholesterol. It may be more common than previously thought. One European study reported familial hypercholesterolemia in 1 out of every 400 people.
Familial lipoprotein lipase deficiency is a very rare disorder that causes depletion of lipoprotein lipase. This is an enzyme that appears to be important in the removal of lipoproteins that are rich in triglycerides. People who are deficient in it have high levels of cholesterol and fat in their blood. A very low-fat diet is essential and is an effective treatment for these individuals.
Several studies have found a genetic mutation affecting neuropeptide Y in people with high total cholesterol and LDL levels. Neuropeptide Y is a compound in the brain that regulates appetite.
Researchers have identified a gene called APOAV, which may help detect patients at risk for elevated levels of triglycerides.

Other medical conditions strongly associated with unhealthy cholesterol levels include:

Polycystic ovarian syndrome. Women with this disorder, particularly those who are obese, appear to be at increased risk for high triglyceride and low HDL levels. This risk may be due to higher levels of the male hormone testosterone in these women.

Click the icon to see an image of a polycystic ovary.

Kidney disease

Symptoms

There are no warning signs for high LDL cholesterol levels. When symptoms finally occur, they usually take the form of angina or heart attack in response to the buildup of atherosclerotic plaque in the patient's arteries. This is definitely a condition where it pays to invest in preventive medicine before dangerous complications occur.

Atherosclerosis is a disease of the arteries in which fatty material is deposited in the vessel wall, resulting in narrowing and eventual impairment of blood flow. Severely restricted blood flow in the arteries to the heart muscle leads to symptoms such as chest pain. Atherosclerosis shows no symptoms until a complication occurs.

Diagnosis

A blood test for cholesterol should include the entire lipoprotein profile: LDL, total cholesterol, HDL, and triglycerides. It is very difficult to measure LDL levels by themselves, but LDL levels can be reliably calculated using total cholesterol and HDL levels.

To obtain a reliable cholesterol reading, experts advise:

Avoid strenuous exercise for 24 hours before the test.
Do not eat or drink anything but water for 12 hours beforehand.
If the test results are abnormal, a second test should be performed between 1 week and 2 months after the first test.

Home Tests. Tests are available for home use and in public locations, such as shopping malls and pharmacies. For example, the CholesTrak Test can be taken at home with results in 10 minutes, but it measures only total cholesterol. The BioSafe Cholesterol Panel Test is also a home test, but it needs to be sent to a laboratory. This test, however, is very accurate and provides a full lipid profile.

Certain blood tests for factors associated with inflammation in the arteries indicate a higher risk for heart disease, even in people without unhealthy lipids:

C-reactive protein (CRP). CRP is regulated by a very potent immune factor called interleukin-6. Elevated levels have been strongly associated with the inflammatory response and a higher risk for heart attack, even in people with normal cholesterol levels. CRP is also associated with high blood pressure, insulin resistance (the primary problem in type 2 diabetes), and obesity.
A high white blood cell count.
Elevated fibrinogen (a factor responsible for blood clotting).
Lipoprotein-associated phospholipase A2 may prove to be another marker for inflammation and heart disease. Studies suggest that it may play some causal role in coronary artery disease.

A new type of test measures cholesterol levels in the skin. High skin levels may indicate an increased risk for atherosclerosis and serious heart disease.

General Screening Recommendations. Experts groups differ slightly on when screening should start, but the following are generally accepted recommendations:

Periodic cholesterol testing in all adults starting at age 20. Adults with normal cholesterol levels do not need to have the test repeated for 5 years unless changes occur in lifestyle (including weight gain and diet). Adults with risk factors for heart disease or stroke should be rechecked every 2 years.
Selective screening of children who are at risk for high cholesterol and heart disease or familial hypercholesterolemia, which is genetically elevated cholesterol. Risk factors include having parents with total cholesterol levels greater than 240, or having a parent or grandparent who had symptomatic heart disease at age 55 or younger.
Patients already being treated for high cholesterol should be checked every 2 - 6 months.

Lifestyle Changes

Although most studies that prove that lowering cholesterol saves lives are done using drug therapy, the absolute mandate for improving cholesterol levels is to first make changes in lifestyle (both diet and exercise). Even when drugs are used, healthy diet and physical activity are critical companions.

Although there are many major dietary approaches for protecting health, experts generally agree on the following recommendations for heart protection:·

Choose fiber-rich food (whole grains, legumes, nuts) as the main source of carbohydrates, along with a high intake of fresh fruits and vegetables. Walnuts in particular have cholesterol-lowering properties and are a good source of antioxidants and alpha-linolenic acid.
Avoid saturated fats (found mostly in animal products) and trans fatty acids (found in hydrogenated fats and many commercial products and fast foods). Choose unsaturated fats (particularly omega-3 fatty acids found in vegetable and fish oils).
In selecting proteins, choose soy protein, poultry, and fish over meat. A 2006 study found that soy does not help improve cholesterol. However, experts still recommend it as a heart healthy food choice.
Controlling weight, quitting smoking, and exercising are essential companions of any diet program.

After embarking on any heart healthy diet, it generally takes an average of 3 - 6 months before any noticeable reduction in cholesterol occurs. However, some people see improved levels in as few as 4 weeks. An intensive program may be necessary to achieve significant improvements in cholesterol levels and to reduce heart risk factors.

Therapeutic Lifestyle Changes (TLC) from the National Cholesterol Education Program. Guidelines from the National Cholesterol Education Program include these recommendations for preventing and managing high cholesterol levels in adults:

Choose five or more servings of fresh fruits and vegetables and six or more servings of whole grains, legumes. Soluble fiber is preferred (from cereal grains, beans, peas, legumes, and many fruits and vegetables).
Fats can be up to 35% of daily calories, but no more than 7% should be from saturated fat. (People with high triglycerides, low HDL, or both may need a higher fat intake.) Choose fats containing unsaturated fatty acids (from vegetables, fish, legumes, and nuts). Choose margarines containing sterols or stanols (Benecol, Take Control). Avoid trans fatty acids found in commercial baked products.
Protein choices should be fat-free and low-fat milk products, fish, legumes, skinless poultry, and lean meats.
Limit dietary cholesterol intake to less than 200 mg per day.
Maintain healthy body weight and a healthy level of physical fitness.

Mediterranean Diet. The Mediterranean diet is rich in heart-healthy fiber and nutrients, including omega-3 fatty acids and antioxidants. The diet consists of fruits, vegetables, and unsaturated “good” fats, particularly olive oil. Olive oil has been associated with lower blood pressure, a lower risk for heart disease, and possible benefits for people with type 2 diabetes. Olive oil also contains polyphenol, which are phytochemicals that may help boost HDL levels.

A 2006 study that compared several types of Mediterranean diets to a low-fat diet found that Mediterranean diets were better at lowering blood pressure, cholesterol levels, and blood sugar levels after only 3 months. And, in research presented at the 2007 American College of Cardiology annual conference, the Mediterranean diet proved just as good as the American Heart Association low-fat diet for preventing recurrence of heart attack, stroke, or other heart events.

There are several variations to the Mediterranean diet but general recommendations include:

Limit red meats.
Drink one or two glasses of wine each day if alcohol is enjoyable and there are no reasons to restrict its use.
Limit dairy products.
Eat moderate amounts of fish and poultry. Fish is the diet’s main protein source. Some studies suggest that fish is the primary heart-protective ingredient in this diet.
Eat plenty of fresh fruits and vegetables, nuts, legumes, beans, and whole grains.
Season with garlic, onions, and herbs. Unfortunately, garlic does not appear to help lower cholesterol, but it may have other heart benefits. [See Herbs and Supplements in this section.]

Low-Carbohydrate Diets. The Atkins, South Beach, The Zone, and other diet restrict carbohydrate intake include. A 2006 review of low-carbohydrate diets found that they did help weight loss in the short term. However, while these diets appeared to lower triglyceride and raise HDL (“good”) cholesterol levels, they also raised overall and LDL (“bad”) cholesterol levels.

In contrast, a 2007 Journal of the American Medical Association study that compared four different low-carbohydrate and low-fat diet plans (Atkins, Zone, Ornish, and LEARN) found that the Atkins diet was best at raising HDL levels and reducing triglyciderides. In terms of LDL reduction, the low-fat Ornish diet produced the best improvements while the Atkins diet had no effect on LDL. The Atkins diet did result in better moderate weight loss (an average of 10 pounds over the course of a year versus 4 - 6 pounds for the other diet plans), which in itself may have accounted for the improved heart risk factors.

Glycemic Index. Low-carb diets -- such as South Beach, The Zone, and Sugar Busters -- rely on a concept called the "glycemic index," or GI, which ranks foods by how fast and how high they cause blood sugar levels to rise. Foods on the lowest end of the index take longer to digest. Slow digestion wards off hunger pains. It also helps stabilize insulin levels. Foods high on the glycemic index include bread, white potatoes, and pasta while low-glycemic foods include whole grains, fruit, lentils, and soybeans. (These low-glycemic foods are also important components of low-fat diet plans.) A 2006 study indicated that a high-protein, low-glycemic index diet can help produce better reductions in total and LDL cholesterol than a high-protein, high-glycemic index diet. Reducing glycemic load may also help to promote weight loss, especially for women.

Low Fat Diets. Dietary guidelines recommend keeping total fat intake to 20 - 30% of total daily calories, with saturated fat less than 10% of calories. Low-fat diets generally restrict fat intake to 20% or less of total daily calories. The Ornish program, which is recommended for some heart disease patients, limits fats even more drastically. It aims at reducing saturated fats as much as possible, restricting total fat to 10%, and increasing carbohydrates to 75% of calories. In 2006, the largest study to date on low-fat diets found that they did not help prevent heart disease or cancer. Women in the study reduced their fat consumption to 24 - 29% of total daily calories. Some critics say that the study did not do enough to distinguish between good types of fats (monounsaturated omega-3 polyunsaturated) and bad fats (saturated and trans fats).

The DASH Diet. The DASH diet (Dietary Approaches to Stop Hypertension) is proven to help lower blood pressure. Results are sometimes seen within a few weeks. Restricting sodium improves results. The diet appears to have antioxidant effects and may help lower LDL cholesterol levels, although beneficial HDL levels also decline. This diet is not only rich in important nutrients and fiber but also includes foods that contain far more electrolytes, potassium (4,700 mg/day), calcium (1,250 mg/day), and magnesium (500 mg/day) than are found in the average American diet.

A diet that is effective in lowering blood pressure is called Dietary Approaches to Stop Hypertension (DASH).

The DASH diet recommends:

Limit salt intake to no more than 2,300 mg a day (a maximum intake of 1,500 mg a day is an even better goal).
Reduce saturated fat to no more than 6% of daily calories and total fat to 27% of daily calories. (But, include dairy products that are non- or low-fat. Low-fat dairy products appear to be especially beneficial for lowering systolic blood pressure).
When choosing fats, select monounsaturated oils, such as olive or canola oils.
Choose whole grains over white flour or pasta products.
Choose fresh fruits and vegetables every day. Many of these foods are rich in potassium, fiber, or both which may help lower blood pressure.
Include nuts, seeds, or legumes (dried beans or peas) daily.
Choose modest amounts of protein (no more than 18% of total daily calories). Fish, skinless poultry, and soy products are the best protein sources.
Other daily nutrient goals in the DASH diet include limiting carbohydrates to 55% of daily calories and dietary cholesterol to 150 mg. Patients should try to get at least 30 g of daily fiber.

Slight changes to the DASH diet might help lower blood pressure even more, as well as improve cholesterol and lipid levels. Researchers reporting in the Journal of the American Medical Association and at the 2005 American Heart Association meeting said that replacing some carbohydrates in the DASH diet with more protein (from mostly plant sources) or monounsaturated fats may help reduce heart disease risk factors.

Calorie Restriction. Calorie restriction has been the cornerstone of weight-loss programs. Restricting calories in such cases also appears to have beneficial effects on cholesterol levels, including reducing LDL and triglycerides and increasing HDL levels. At this point, reducing calories and increasing exercise is still the best method for maintaining weight loss and preventing serious conditions, notably diabetes. A 2006 study reported that a low-calorie, but nutritionally balanced diet can help prevent an aging-associated change in heart function. Patients in the small study took in 1,400 - 2,000 calories a day for an average of 6 years.

The standard dietary recommendations for losing weight are the following:

As a rough rule of thumb, one pound of fat equals about 3,500 calories, so one could lose a pound a week by reducing daily caloric intake by about 500 calories a day. Naturally, the more severe the daily calorie restriction, the faster the weight loss.
To determine the daily calorie requirements for specific individuals, multiply the number of pounds of ideal weight by 12 - 15 calories. The number of calories per pound depends on gender, age, and activity levels. For instance, a 50-year-old moderately active woman who wants to maintain a weight of 135 pounds might require only 12 calories per pound (1,620 calories a day). A 25-year-old female athlete who wants to maintain the same weight might require 25 calories per pound 2,025 (calories a day).

Fat intake should be no more than 30% of total calories. Most fats should be in the form of monounsaturated fats (such as olive oil). Saturated fats (found in animal products) should be avoided.

Inactivity is one of the four major risk factors for coronary artery disease, on par with smoking, unhealthy cholesterol, and high blood pressure. In fact, studies suggest that people who change their diet in order to control cholesterol only achieve a lower risk for heart disease when they also follow a regular aerobic exercise program.

People who maintain an active lifestyle have a 45% lower risk of developing heart disease than sedentary people. Even moderate exercise reduces the risk of heart attack. One study of women found that just 1 hour of walking a week was associated with a lower risk for heart disease. The effects were similar even in women at high risk for developing heart disease.
Some studies suggest that for the greatest heart protection, it is not the duration of a single exercise session that counts but the total daily amount of energy expended. Therefore, the best way to exercise may be in multiple short bouts of intense exercise.
Burning at least 250 calories a day (the equivalent of about 45 minutes of brisk walking or 25 minutes of jogging) seems to offer the greatest protection against coronary artery disease, most likely because it raises HDL ("good cholesterol") levels. Moderate exercise has little effect on HDL.
Aerobic exercise helps to open up blood vessels and, in combination with a healthy diet, may improve blood-clotting factors.
Resistance (weight) training offers a complementary benefit to aerobics by reducing LDL ("bad cholesterol") levels.
Exercises that train and strengthen the chest muscles may prove to be very important for patients with angina.

Cigarette smoking lowers HDL and is directly responsible for approximately 20% of all deaths from heart disease. The importance of breaking this habit cannot be emphasized enough. Once a person quits smoking, HDL cholesterol levels rise within weeks or months to levels that are equal to their nonsmoking peers. Passive smoking also reduces HDL levels in people exposed to cigarette smoke.

A number of studies have found heart protection from moderate intake of alcohol (one or two glasses a day). Moderate amounts of alcohol help raise HDL levels. Although red wine is most often cited for healthful properties, any type of alcoholic beverage appears to have similar benefit. Pregnant women, anyone who cannot drink moderately, and people with liver disease should not drink at all.

Manufacturers of herbal remedies and dietary supplements do not need FDA approval to sell their products. Just like a drug, herbs and supplements can affect the body's chemistry, and therefore have the potential to produce side effects that may be harmful. There have been a number of reported cases of serious and even lethal side effects from herbal products. Always check with your doctor before using any herbal remedies or dietary supplements.

The following natural remedies are of interest for cholesterol control:

Garlic. Contrary to popular belief, garlic does not significantly reduce cholesterol, according to a 2007 Archives of Internal Medicine study. Researchers tested raw garlic and two types of garlic supplements in 192 patients with moderately high LDL levels. None of the forms of garlic had any effect on LDL levels. However, the researchers note that garlic may still help people with very high LDL levels and it may contain other heart-protective properties.

Policosonol. Policosanol is a nutritional supplement derived from sugar cane that has been promoted as having lipid-lowering benefits. In a randomized, placebo-controlled trial published in 2007 in the Archives of Internal Medicine, policosanol was no better than placebo in reducing LDL levels.

Treatment

In 2004, the National Cholesterol Education Program issued its latest recommendations for cholesterol control and management. These guidelines increase the number of Americans who should be taking LDL-lowering medication.

Starting Medications. Even modest lowering of high cholesterol levels, whether through drug therapy or lifestyle changes, reduces the risk of disability and death from heart disease. Most experts now focus on lowering LDL ("bad") cholesterol. Reducing LDL levels is particularly critical for patients with diabetes.

The doctor will start or consider medication when:

LDL cholesterol is 190 mg/dL or higher.
LDL cholesterol is 160 mg/dL or higher AND patient has one risk factor for heart disease.
LDL cholesterol is 130 mg/dL or higher AND patient has either diabetes or two other risk factors for heart disease.
LDL cholesterol is 100 mg/dL or higher AND patient has heart disease. (If patient has diabetes, even without heart disease, medication may be considered for an LDL cholesterol of 100 mg/dL.)
LDL cholesterol is greater than 70 mg/dL AND patient has had a recent heart attack or has known heart disease along with diabetes, current cigarette smoking, poorly controlled high blood pressure, or the metabolic syndrome (high triglycerides, low HDL, and obesity).

Risk factors for heart disease include:

Having a first-degree female relative diagnosed with heart disease before age 65 or a first-degree male relative diagnosed before age 55
Being male and over age 45 or female and over age 55
Cigarette smoking
Diabetes
High blood pressure
Metabolic syndrome (risk factors associated with obesity such as low HDL levels and high triglycerides)

Recent studies have found that aggressive lipid lowering with high-dose statin therapy is more beneficial than standard statin therapy in patients with existing heart disease. The Pravastatin or Atorvastatin Evaluation and Infection Trial (PROVE-IT) and the Reversal of Atherosclerosis with Aggressive Lipid-Lowering trial (REVERSAL) compared the benefits of standard statin therapy (pravastatin, 40 mg) with intensive statin therapy (atorvastatin, 80 mg) in treating patients with heart disease.

Results from PROVE-IT demonstrated that for high-risk patients, intensive statin therapy is more effective than standard therapy in lowering LDL cholesterol and C-reactive protein (CRP) levels, and that CRP levels predict risk even when LDL cholesterol has been lowered substantially. The REVERSAL data suggest that intensive statin therapy produces greater reductions in LDL and CRP levels, and that the more that statins can lower LDL, the more effective they are in reducing the progression of atherosclerosis.

An important 2006 study found that aggressive treatment with rosuvastatin (Crestor):

Helped lower LDL to below guideline levels
Moderately increased HDL levels
Reduced fatty plaque in the arteries

Experts hoped that these results suggested that statin therapy might have the potential to reverse coronary atherosclerosis. However, a follow-up 2007 study of rosuvastatin indicated that while the drug slowed the rate of atherosclerotic progression, it did not reverse heart disease. Future studies will continue to investigate this issue and to explore whether other statins have a similar positive effect on coronary artery disease. Rosuvastatin lowers LDL more than other statins, but it also carries greater risks for more serious side effects (see Adverse Effects section). Many experts believe that the more that LDL is reduced through statin therapy, the greater the reduction in risk for heart disease, heart attack, and stroke.

It is important to emphasize that cholesterol-lowering medications are used along with healthy lifestyle habits, not in place of them.

Choosing the Correct Lipid-Lowering Medication. Experts now recommend that drug treatments be tailored for raising or lowering specific lipids, depending on the patient's blood lipid picture:

Statins are now the standard drugs for most people who require LDL-lowering therapy. Bile-acid binding resins or niacin may be considered. If LDL goals are not achieved, combinations of a statin with a bile-acid resin or niacin should be considered.
Fibrates or niacin are beneficial for people who need to lower triglycerides and increase HDL.

Considerations for Children and Adolescents. In 2007, the American Heart Association (AHA) issued a scientific statement addressing the use of cholesterol drugs in children and adolescents. The AHA recommends that for children who are overweight or obese, lifestyle modifications (diet, exercise) are preferred over drug therapy and should be the first step in lowering cholesterol.

For children and adolescents who have high-risk cholesterol imbalances -- and have a family history of high cholesterol, heart attack, stroke, and diabetes -- the AHA now recommends statins as the first-line drug therapy.

Considerations for People with Diabetes. At this time, statins are recommended as the best drugs for improving cholesterol and lipid levels in people with diabetes. Studies suggest that they can reduce the risk for adverse heart events in people with diabetes, even if their cholesterol levels are normal or if their diabetes is mild. Furthermore, in one study, a statin was shown to reduce the risk of developing diabetes by 30% in people with high cholesterol. Fibrates may also be useful for people with type 2 diabetes. Niacin (nicotinic acid) has the best effect on the cholesterol profile of people with diabetes but it also increases blood sugar levels. One well-controlled study, however, found that people with diabetes who used niacin had little trouble with glucose control, and some experts believe it now may be used as an alternative to or in combination with statins.


	Effect on High LDL	Effect on Low HDL	Effect on High Triglycerides	Effect on Lp(a)
Statins	Decrease (18 - 55%)	Modest increase (5 - 15%)	Decrease (7 - 30%)	No change
Nicotinic acid (Niacin)	Modest decrease (5 - 25%) In combination with statins, may convert more dangerous LDL type to less dangerous.	Increase (15 - 35%) Drugs of choice for improving HDL levels	Decrease (20 - 50%) Drug of choice for lowering triglycerides	Decrease
Fibrates	Effect varies, but in general has little effect or modest decrease (5 - 20%)	Modest increase (6 - 20%)	Decrease (20 - 50%)	No change
Bile acid-binding resins	Decrease (15 - 30%)	Very modest increase (3 - 5%)	No change	No change

Statins are the most effective drugs for the treatment of high cholesterol, and may even prove important drugs for many people at risk for heart disease who have normal cholesterol levels. Statins inhibit the liver enzyme HMG-CoA reductase, which is used in the manufacturing of cholesterol. These drugs effectively reduce the risk of major coronary events, including first and second heart attacks, in both adult women and men of any age with unhealthy cholesterol levels. Experts estimate a 25 - 30% reduction in mortality rates when patients take statins after a heart attack. (Some believe the decrease may even be greater.) These drugs may also help improve the outcome in patients with heart disease who have had angioplasty.

Important studies have reported lower rates of heart attack, stroke, and mortality rates from all causes in statin users who were at high risk for heart disease, even if they had normal or low cholesterol levels. Benefits were similar in these people regardless of gender, age, or the presence of specific heart risk factors, such as diabetes or peripheral artery disease.

Brands. Statins are currently categorized into four groups:

So-called natural statins, including lovastatin (Mevacor, generics), pravastatin (Pravachol), and simvastatin (Zocor, generics). These are the most studied statins and have proven effectiveness and good safety record.
Synthetic statins include fluvastatin (Lescol) and atorvastatin (Lipitor). Studies using atorvastatin suggest they may reduce LDL more effectively than natural statins. In 2007, Lipitor was approved for additional indications to reduce the risk of heart attacks, strokes, certain types of heart surgery, hospitalization for heart failure, and chest pain in patients with heart disease. Lipitor is also approved for children.
The newer statins include rosuvastatin (Crestor), which was approved in 2003. Trial results have suggested that rosuvastatin is more effective in improving lipid profiles than atorvastatin, simvastatin, or pravastatin. However, like all statin drugs, rosuvastatin can cause serious side effects (see the Adverse Effects section in this report). The risks may be higher for Asian patients; this population should be started on the lowest rosuvastatin dose (5 mg).
Fixed-dose combination statins, which combine two drugs in one pill, first appeared on the market in 2004. Ezetimibe/simvastatin (Vytorin) combines two cholesterol medications that work in different ways. Simvastatin blocks cholesterol production in the liver, while ezetimibe (a non-statin cholesterol medication) blocks cholesterol absorption in the digestive tract. A 2005 study found that Vytorin was more effective than atorvastatin in lowering LDL and increasing HDL levels. Amlodipine/atorvastatin (Caduet) is a dual-therapy medication that combines the antihypertensive calcium channel blocker amlodipine with atorvastatin. It is used to treat simultaneously high blood pressure and high cholesterol.

Statins are generally administered once a day, typically in the evening because most cholesterol synthesis occurs between midnight and 3 a.m. (Atorvastatin and rosuvastatin, however, can be taken in the morning.) Statins are often prescribed along with other cholesterol-lowering drugs such as bile acid-binding resins, nicotinic acid (niacin), and fibrates.

Beneficial Effects on the Heart and Circulation.

Statins are particularly effective for lowering LDL levels. They also reduce triglycerides, apparently in direct proportion to their LDL-lowering effects. Statins also raise HDL levels, but to a lesser extent than other anti-cholesterol drugs. (The newer statins appear to produce more significant increases in HDL.) Evidence now strongly suggests that statins may offer other health benefits beyond lowering cholesterol:

Statins may improve the function of the endothelium (the lining of blood vessels), thereby improving blood flow. (This benefit apparently does not extend to people with diabetes.)
Statins appear to reduce inflammation in the arteries, which is now believed to be a major factor in blood vessel injury.
Some evidence suggests that statins may help prevent blood clotting, a major factor in heart attacks.

Beneficial Effects Outside the Heart. Studies also suggest that the benefits of statins go beyond the heart. At this time, nearly all studies on the following conditions have used natural statins:

Stroke. Statins may reduce the risk for ischemic stroke in high-risk patients with a wide range of cholesterol and lipid levels. (Ischemic strokes occur from blockage in the blood vessels that lead to the brain.) In 2003, statin therapy was shown to reduce both fatal and non-fatal stroke in patients with hypertension and at least three additional cardiovascular risk factors. A 2004 study of stroke patients found that those who were receiving statin therapy at the time of their stroke had more favorable long-term outcomes than patients who were not on statin therapy, suggesting that statin therapy may provide additional benefits to patients who develop stroke.
Diabetes. Statins may have a number of effects that are helpful for patients with diabetes, and may even prevent diabetes in some people with high cholesterol. Statins, however, do not appear to have any effect on blood vessel inflexibility in diabetes, which is an important risk factor for heart disease in these patients. A major 2003 study found that statin therapy helped prevent cardiovascular events including coronary death, heart attack, stroke, and the need for revascularization therapy in patients with diabetes, even in those who did not have high cholesterol levels or established coronary disease.
High Blood Pressure. In an important 2002 study, patients with high blood pressure but normal hMG-CoA reductase or slightly high cholesterol levels had fewer heart attacks and strokes when they took the statin atorvastatin. The study was stopped so all subjects could take statins. An earlier study showed similar benefits with the statin simvastatin.
Alzheimer's Disease. A number of studies have reported a significantly lower risk for Alzheimer's disease in people who take specific statins. Some evidence suggests they may even improve mental function in people without unhealthy cholesterol levels. Statins showing the greatest promise include lovastatin (Mevacor), pravastatin (Pravachol), and atorvastatin (Lipitor.) These statins appear to reduce levels of beta-amyloid. Other statins have not been associated with a lower risk for Alzheimer's. In fact, some researchers are concerned that certain statins that cross the blood-brain barrier may actually worsen Alzheimer's in people who already have it.
Kidney Disease. Statins may prove to protect against heart disease development in patients with mild kidney disorders. According to a 2004 study, statins may also help slow the progression of existing kidney disease.
Eye Disease. Studies are investigating whether statins can help prevent macular degeneration, an age-related eye disease that can lead to blindness. Research is still preliminary, and results have been mixed.

Macular degeneration is a disease of the retina that affects the macula in the back of the eye. The macula is important for clear central vision, allowing an individual to see fine details. There are two types of macular degeneration, dry and wet. Dry macular degeneration is more common and is characterized by the thinning of the retina and drusen, small white deposits that form within the retina. The dry form of macular degeneration is usually mild. Wet macular degeneration can happen more quickly and be more serious. It occurs when vessels under the retinal layer hemorrhage and cause the retinal cells to die, creating blind spots or distorted vision in the central vision. The disease becomes increasingly common among people in each succeeding decade over 50.

Adverse Effects. The statins tend to be better tolerated than other cholesterol-lowering drugs. In many studies the side effects reported were nearly the same as those taking placebo. Side effects may include gastrointestinal discomfort, headaches, skin rashes, muscle aches, sexual dysfunction, drowsiness, dizziness, nausea, constipation, and peripheral neuropathy (numbness or tingling in the hands and feet).

The primary safety concern with statins has involved an uncommon condition called myopathy, which can cause muscle damage and in some cases, muscle and joint pain. A specific myopathy, called rhabdomyolysis, can lead to kidney failure. Reports of rhabdomyolysis prompted the recall of cerivastatin (Baycol) in 2001. The risk for myopathy/rhabdomyolysis is highest at higher doses and in older people (over 65 years), those with hyperthyroidism, and those with renal insufficiency (kidney disease). Both statins and fibrates carry a risk for myopathy. The combination of the two drugs increases this side effect. Some people who use a statin-fibrate combination withdraw from the regimen because of muscle discomfort.

In 2005, the FDA issued a public health advisory for rosuvastatin (Crestor), noting that this drug, like other statins, increased the risk for myopathy and rhabdomyolysis. The risks were greatest at the highest dose level (40 mg). The FDA advises that patients should not start therapy at this dose. In addition, the FDA reported the results of a post-marketing study that found that people of Asian heritage had twice the blood levels of the drug as Caucasians who had taken the same dose. Because of this difference in drug metabolism, the FDA advises that Asian Americans should start treatment at the lowest rosuvastatin dose (5 mg). In general, all statin therapy should start at a lower dose and be raised incrementally until healthy cholesterol levels are maintained. Patients should immediately tell their doctor about any unusual muscle discomfort or weakness, fever, nausea or vomiting, or darkening of urine color.

Statins can also affect the liver, particularly at higher doses, so patients should have periodic liver function tests. Statins should not be taken by anyone with liver problems or by women during pregnancy or breast-feeding. Similarly, high statin doses increase the risk for kidney failure, particularly for patients with other existing risk factors (diabetes, hypertension, atherosclerosis, history of heart failure).

Interactions with Drugs and Food. Statins may have some adverse interactions with other drugs, including other cholesterol-lowering medications. Among the drugs that increase the risk for adverse effects are cyclosporine, macrolide antibiotics, and certain antifungals. Patients should tell their doctors about any other medications they are taking. Grapefruit juice and Seville oranges may increase statin potency.

Brands. Nicotinic acid is the active compound found in niacin, or vitamin B3. It is the first choice for patients with low HDL levels. Brands include Niacor, Nicolar, and Slo-Niacin. An extended-release form (Niaspan), administered at bedtime, may have fewer side effects, including headaches and flushing, than rapidly-acting niacin drugs. Although niacin is available over the counter, the active form used for cholesterol is given in much higher doses and is available only by prescription. It is important to take this medication under a doctor's direction in order to ensure its safety and effectiveness.

Benefits. When used in high doses, it has the following benefits:

Raises HDL levels higher than other anti-cholesterol drugs
Reducing triglyceride levels very effectively
Lowers LDL-cholesterol and lipoprotein(a)
Costs less than other anti-cholesterol drugs

Combinations with other drugs, particularly statins, may add significant benefits.

Side Effects. Many patients do not like the side effects of the rapidly-absorbed form of nicotinic acid. About a quarter of patients who use rapid-acting forms of nicotinic acid stop taking them. The most common side effects are flushing of the face and neck, itching, headache, blurred vision, and dizziness. They usually occur between 5 minutes to hours after taking the drug and can last for minutes to, uncommonly, hours. The body does eventually become tolerant to these effects, and they generally subside.

The following may reduce flushing and itching:

Starting with low doses taken at mealtime and gradually working up to the prescribed dose.
Taking low-dose aspirin about 30 minutes before taking nicotinic acid. This may help prevent flushing.
Avoiding hot drinks.
Choosing an extended release form. (Even with this form, it is wise to gradually increase the bedtime dose over time and take a low-dose aspirin a half-hour beforehand.)

Stomach problems are common. Other side effects include dry skin and mucous membranes and darkening of the skin.

About 30% of patients who take niacin experience elevated levels in blood glucose, which can be a problem for people with diabetes. Niacin's effects on HDL and triglycerides, however, are especially suited for the lipid imbalances that are common in diabetes. And, some studies report that people with diabetes who use niacin have little trouble with blood sugar control.

Potentially Serious Complications. About 3 - 5% of people taking nicotinic acid develop liver problems, which disappear after the medication is discontinued. The extended form (Niaspan) appears to be safe for the liver, but people with chronic liver disease should not use any form of nicotinic acid. People with gout should also avoid nicotinic acid because it elevates uric acid.

Bile-acid binding resins work, as their name suggests, by binding to bile in the digestive tract. This reduces cholesterol in the following way:

Bile is made in the liver and is used as one of the body's primary manufacturing components.

Click the icon to see an image of the gallbladder.

Once the resins bind to bile in the digestive tract, the bile is excreted in feces.
As the resins eliminate bile from the body, the liver takes more cholesterol from the bloodstream in order to produce more bile.
As cholesterol is taken out of the bloodstream, LDL levels drop.

When used in combination with dietary control, LDL levels are reduced by 15 - 20%. Combinations with nicotinic acid are even more effective, with reductions of 40 - 60% observed.

Brands. The bile-acid binding resins and similar drugs include cholestyramine (Questran, Questran Light). They are commonly used in a powder that is dissolved in liquid. Colesevelam (Welchol) is available in tablet form.

Side Effects. None of these drugs poses major risks. Most, however, cause constipation, heartburn, gas, and other gastrointestinal problems, side effects that many people cannot tolerate. One study found that only half the standard dose of colestipol was needed when psyllium, (a soluble fiber supplement found in Metamucil, Fiberall, and Perdiem), was added to the drink. In addition, bloating and constipation were reduced. Colesevelam, a newer resin, appears to have significantly fewer of these side effects.

Bile-acting drugs may contribute to calcium loss and therefore increase the risk for osteoporosis. Over time, deficiencies of vitamins A, D, E, and K may occur, and vitamin supplements may be necessary.

Rarely, toxic effects on the liver have been reported. Patients with liver disorders should be monitored.

Drug Interactions. Bile-acid binding resins may also interfere with other medications, including digoxin (Lanoxin), warfarin, beta-blocker drugs, and a number of medications used to treat low blood sugar. In order to prevent drug interactions, other drugs should be taken 1 hour before or 4 - 6 hours after taking the bile acid-binding resins.

Brands. Fibrates (sometimes called fibric acid derivatives) break down the particles that make triglycerides. Gemfibrozil is the standard fibrate. It is usually taken twice a day, 30 minutes before breakfast and before the evening meal. Newer fibrates, including fenofibrate (Lofibra, Tricor, Triglide), may be more effective in lowering cholesterol than gemfibrozil.

Benefits. Most fibrates have been shown to lower the risk of heart attack. In a 2001 study, men with both low HDL and LDL levels had a slightly lower risk of stroke after taking gemfibrozil. Fibric acid derivatives, or fibrates, have the following effects on cholesterol, lipids, and other factors:

They are good choices for many patients who need to lower triglyceride levels and increase HDL but who cannot take drugs ordinarily used for these purposes, such as nicotinic acid. In one study gemfibrozil, the standard fibrate, reduced the risk for adverse heart events by 22%.
Fibrates can produce modest reductions in LDL levels, although not as effectively as statins or other drugs. LDL may actually increase in patients with very high triglycerides who take these drugs. (The newer fibrates are much more effective in lowering LDL than gemfibrozil.)
A study on bezafibrate suggested it might have anti-inflammatory effects in patients with high triglyceride levels. Inflammation in the blood vessels is now recognized as a major contributor to the process leading to heart disease. However, according to a 2004 study, patients with diabetes or impaired fasting glucose levels were less likely to benefit from bezafibrate.
A study on fenofibrate further suggested that it reduced certain clotting factors (another risk factor for heart disease) and also uric acid (a risk factor for gout). Another study, published in 2004, demonstrated that like bezafibrate, fenofibrate has significant anti-inflammatory properties in patients with high triglyceride levels.

Concerns. Fibrates do not appear to reduce mortality rates. In one study, people who took gemfibrozil had higher rates of death from other causes, including cancer. Some evidence suggests that fibrates may affect receptors involved in cancer development. However, a number of studies have found no higher incidence of cancer.

Side Effects. Side effects may include gastrointestinal discomfort, aching muscles, sensitivity to sunlight, and skin rashes. Fibrates have been known to cause gallstones, so people with gallbladder problems should not use these drugs.

Click the icon to see an image of gallstones in the gallbladder.

The drugs may cause abnormal heart rhythms and can affect the liver and kidney.

Drug Interactions. Fibrates interact with a number of drugs and substances including warfarin, some oral drugs used for diabetes, certain antibiotics, and grapefruit juice.

Ezetimibe (Zetia) blocks absorption of cholesterol that comes from food. Ezetimibe is usually prescribed alone or in combination with a statin. In 2004, the FDA approved Vytorin, which combines ezetimbe and the statin simvastatin into a single pill.

In 2006, the FDA approved the use of ezetimbe in combination with fenofibrate (Tricor) for reduction of total cholesterol and LDL in patients with mixed hyperglycemia (high LDL levels, high triglycerides, low HDL levels) whose cholesterol has not been adequately controlled through diet alone. Fenofibrate is a cholesterol drug that is used along with diet to reduce LDL and triglycerides.

CETP Inhibitors. Cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP) inhibitors, such as the experimental drug torcetrapib, are a new drug class that is being investigated for its effect on raising HDL ("good" cholesterol) levels while lowering LDL ("bad") cholesterol levels. Torcetrapib was the most widely studied of these drugs. However, in December 2006, the drug’s manufacturer abruptly stopped late-stage clinical trials after discovering that torcetrapib significantly increased blood pressure and risk of death.

Several studies published in 2007 in the New England Journal of Medicine revealed that while torcetrapib does greatly boost HDL levels (by 61% in one study) and lower LDL, it has no effect on arterial plaque. Scientists are trying to understand why this drug did not work. One theory is that torcetrapib may have increased the quantity of HDL, but not the quality. It is still not clear whether the failure of trocetrapib is specific to this drug or the entire CETP drug class. Given the current findings, it is also unclear whether research will continue on other CETP drugs.

Selective Estrogen-Receptor Modulators(SERMs). Selective estrogen-receptor modulators (SERMs) have been designed to produce the benefits of estrogen without its risks. They are thought to act like estrogen in some tissues but behave like estrogen blockers (antiestrogens) in others. They include tamoxifen (Nolvadex), raloxifene (Evista), and droloxifene. Any beneficial effects of the SERMs on cholesterol and the heart are still unclear. SERMs pose a risk for deep vein blood clots, which may have implications for people with heart problems. Longer studies are needed on possible risks and benefits.

Recombinant ApoA-I Milano. ApoA-I Milano is a type of HDL protein that is found in people with very low levels of HDL. A 2003 study showed that treating patients with a synthetic form of HDL, derived from ApoA-I Milano, caused a significant regression of atherosclerosis. Ongoing trials will evaluate whether this drug can prevent cardiovascular events such as heart attack or death.

Plasmapheresis and Familial Hypercholesterolemia. Plasmapheresis is a blood-filtering procedure that is used to dramatically reduce triglycerides and may also be used to remove LDL. The procedure may be beneficial for patients with severe hereditary forms of high cholesterol who do not respond to other therapies. Studies suggest, for example, that plasmapheresis is particularly useful for patients with familial hypercholesterolemia. The process takes about 3 hours. If not performed regularly, its benefits last only about 2 weeks. People using this procedure are still advised to maintain a healthy diet and continue to take any prescribed medications to control cholesterol.

Resources

www.nhlbi.nih.gov/about/ncep -- National Cholesterol Education Program
www.nhlbi.nih.gov -- National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute
www.acc.org -- American College of Cardiology
www.americanheart.org -- American Heart Association
www.eatright.org -- American Dietetic Association

References

Berthold HK, Unverdorben S, Degenhardt R, Bulitta M, Gouni-Berthold I. Effect of policosanol on lipid levels among patients with hypercholesterolemiaor combined hyperlipidemia: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2006 May 17;295(19):2262-9.

Covas MI, Nyyssonen K, Poulsen HE, Kaikkonen J, Zunft HJ, Kiesewetter H, et al. The effect of polyphenols in olive oil on heart disease risk factors: a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med. 2006 Sep 5;145(5):333-41.

Crouse JR 3rd, Raichlen JS, Riley WA, Evans GW, Palmer MK, O'Leary DH, et al. Effect of rosuvastatin on progression of carotid intima-media thickness in low-risk individuals with subclinical atherosclerosis: The METEOR Trial. JAMA. 2007 Mar 25; [Epub ahead of print]

Deedwania P, Barter P, Carmena R, Fruchart JC, Grundy SM, Haffner S, et al. Reduction of low-density lipoprotein cholesterol in patients with coronary heart disease and metabolic syndrome: analysis of the Treating to New Targets study. Lancet. 2006 Sep 9;368(9539):919-28.

Estruch R, Martinez-Gonzalez MA, Corella D, Salas-Salvado J, Ruiz-Gutierrez V, Covas MI, et al. Effects of a Mediterranean-style diet on cardiovascular risk factors: a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med. 2006 Jul 4;145(1):1-11.

Gardner CD, Kiazand A, Alhassan S, Kim S, Stafford RS, Balise RR, et al. Comparison of the Atkins, Zone, Ornish, and LEARN diets for change in weight and related risk factors among overweight premenopausal women: the A TO Z Weight Loss Study: a randomized trial. JAMA. 2007 Mar 7;297(9):969-77.

Gardner CD, Lawson LD, Block E, Chatterjee LM, Kiazand A, Balise RR, et al. Effect of raw garlic vs commercial garlic supplements on plasma lipid concentrations in adults with moderate hypercholesterolemia: a randomized clinical trial. Arch Intern Med. 2007 Feb 26;167(4):346-53.

Jolliffe CJ, Janssen I. Distribution of lipoproteins by age and gender in adolescents. Circulation. 2006 Sep 5;114(10):1056-62. Epub 2006 Aug 28.

Kastelein JJ, van Leuven SI, Burgess L, Evans GW, Kuivenhoven JA, Barter PJ, et al. Effect of torcetrapib on carotid atherosclerosis in familial hypercholesterolemia. N Engl J Med. 2007 Mar 26; [Epub ahead of print]

McCrindle BW, Urbina EM, Dennison BA, Jacobson MS, Steinberger J, Rocchini AP, et al. Drug therapy of high-risk lipid abnormalities in children and adolescents. A scientific statement from the American Heart Association Atherosclerosis, Hypertension, and Obesity in Youth Committee, Council of Cardiovascular Disease in the Young, With the Council on Cardiovascular Nursing. Circulation. 2007 Mar 21; [Epub ahead of print]

McMillan-Price J, Petocz P, Atkinson F, O'Neill K, Samman S, Steinbeck K, et al. Comparison of 4 diets of varying glycemic load on weight loss and cardiovascular risk reduction in overweight and obese young adults: a randomized controlled trial. Arch Intern Med. 2006 Jul 24;166(14):1466-75.

Nissen SE, Tardif JC, Nicholls SJ, Revkin JH, Shear CL, Duggan WT, et al. Effect of torcetrapib on the progression of coronary atherosclerosis. N Engl J Med. 2007 Mar 26; [Epub ahead of print]

Review Date:
7/23/2007
Reviewed By:
Alan Greene, MD, FAAP, Chief Medical Officer, A.D.A.M., Inc.; and Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M., Inc. is accredited by URAC, also known as the American Accreditation HealthCare Commission (www.urac.org). URAC's accreditation program is an independent audit to verify that A.D.A.M. follows rigorous standards of quality and accountability. A.D.A.M. is among the first to achieve this important distinction for online health information and services. Learn more about A.D.A.M.'s editorial policy, editorial process and privacy policy. A.D.A.M. is also a founding member of Hi-Ethics and subscribes to the principles of the Health on the Net Foundation (www.hon.ch).

A.D.A.M. Copyright

The information provided herein should not be used during any medical emergency or for the diagnosis or treatment of any medical condition. A licensed medical professional should be consulted for diagnosis and treatment of any and all medical conditions. Call 911 for all medical emergencies. Links to other sites are provided for information only -- they do not constitute endorsements of those other sites. © 1997-2009 A.D.A.M., Inc. Any duplication or distribution of the information contained herein is strictly prohibited.

adam.com

Brain tumors - primary

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:12 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Symptoms
Risk Factors
Causes
Prognosis
Diagnosis
Common Brain Tumors
Treatment
Surgery
Radiotherapy
Chemotherapy
Other Treatments
Treatment of Complications...
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Radiation Therapy Complications

Radiation therapy in children with cancer increases the risk of new brain and spinal cord tumors, suggests a study in the Journal of the National Cancer Institute. The risk appears to increase along with the radiation dosage. Children who receive radiotherapy before age 5 are especially at risk for second primary tumors.
Survivors of childhood brain tumors who received cranial radiotherapy as part of their treatment are at risk for later having a stroke, indicates a study in the Journal of Clinical Oncology. The average length of time from brain tumor diagnosis to post-treatment stroke was 14 years.

Radiation Therapy for Elderly Patients

Radiotherapy provides modest improvement in survival for elderly patients (age 70 years and older) with glioblastoma, with no detriment to quality of life or cognition function, according to a 2007 study in the Journal of the American Medical Association.

Temozolomide (Temodar)

The chemotherapy drug temozolomide (Temodar) has become an important and effective treatment for patients newly diagnosed with glioblastoma. However, not all patients respond equally well to this drug. A 2007 study in the journal Neurology suggests that a patient’s genotype may explain differences in response. Though genetic testing, researchers found that temozolomide works best in people who are missing a particular gene.

Investigational Treatments

Vorinostat (Zolinza), a cancer drug used for T-cell lymphoma, may help patients with recurrent glioblastoma multiforme, according to research presented at the 2007 annual meeting of the American Society of Clinical Oncology.
Bevacizumab (Avastin), a targeted therapy drug used for lung and colorectal cancers, may help prolong survival in patients with advanced glioma, indicates a 2007 study in Clinical Cancer Research. Another anti-angiogenesis drug, cediranib (Recentin), may help make glioblastomas more responsive to chemotherapy and radiotherapy, according to recent interim trial results.
Vitespen (Oncophage), an experimental vaccine for glioma, is showing promise in early clinical trials, suggests research presented at the 2007 meeting of the American Association of Neurological Surgeons.

Introduction

Brain tumors are composed of cells that exhibit unrestrained growth in the brain.

The major areas of the brain have one or more specific functions.

They can be benign (noncancerous, meaning that they do not spread elsewhere or invade surrounding tissue) or malignant (cancerous).

Cancerous brain tumors are further classified as either primary or secondary tumors. Primary tumors start in the brain, whereas secondary tumors spread to the brain from another site such as the breast or lung. (In this report, the term "brain tumor" will refer mainly to primary malignant tumors, unless otherwise specified.)

Benign tumors represent half of all primary brain tumors. Their cells look relatively normal, grow slowly, and do not spread (metastasize) to other sites in the body. Benign tumors can still be serious and even life-threatening if they are in vital areas in the brain where they exert pressure on sensitive nerve tissue or if they increase pressure within the brain. While some benign brain tumors may pose a health risk, including risk of disability and death, most are usually successfully treated with techniques such as surgery.

Click the icon to see an image of a primary brain tumor.

A secondary (metastatic) brain tumor occurs when cancer cells spread to the brain from a primary cancer in another part of the body. Secondary tumors are about three times more common than primary tumors of the brain. Usually, multiple tumors develop. Solitary metastasized brain cancers may occur but are less common. Most often, cancers that spread to the brain to cause secondary brain tumors originate in the lung, breast, kidney, or from melanomas in the skin.

A primary malignant brain tumor is one that originates in the brain itself. Although primary brain tumors often shed cancerous cells to other sites in the central nervous system (the brain or spine), they rarely spread to other parts of the body.

Brain tumors are generally named and classified according to the following:

The normal brain cells from which they originate, or
The location in which the cancer develops

The biologic diversity of these tumors, however, makes classification difficult, and some experts believe that more specific categories are needed.

About half of all primary brain tumors are known collectively as gliomas. They are cancerous forms of glial cells, the building-block cells of the connective, or supportive, tissue in the central nervous system. There are several glial cells types from which gliomas form. Their names are:

Astrocytomas are primary brain tumors derived from astrocytes, which are star-shaped glial cells. Normal astrocytes provide nutrients, support, and insulation for nerve cells and are one of the primary neurologic cells in the body. The malignant astrocytomas called glioblastomas account for 23% of brain tumors and are the most common ones.
Oligodendrogliomas develop from oligodendrocyte glial cells, which form the protective coatings around nerve cells. Although oligodendrogliomas were thought to represent about 5% of all gliomas, more recent evidence suggests they may comprise about 20% of gliomas. Pure oligodendrogliomas, however, are rare. In most cases they occur in mixed gliomas.
Ependymomas are derived from ependymal cells, which line the ventricles (fluid-filled cavities) in the lower part of the brain and the central canal of the spinal cord. They constitute about 6% of all primary tumors in the central nervous system. About 30% of these tumors occur in the spinal cord.
Mixed gliomas contain a mixture of malignant gliomas. About half of these tumors contain cancerous oligodendrocytes and astrocytes.

It should be noted that gliomas may also contain cancer cells derived from brain cells other than glial cells.

Some brain tumors are categorized by their location in the brain. Such tumors often contain gliomas but are also frequently a mixture of different cell types.

Meningiomas. Meningiomas are usually benign tumors that develop in the membranes that cover the brain and spinal cord (the meninges).

Click the icon to see an image of the meninges.

They are not technically classified as brain tumors, but they have similar symptoms and develop within the brain. So in practical terms, they are considered brain tumors. In fact, meningiomas comprise 20% of all primary brain tumors. They occur more often in women than in men. Most grow very slowly, and the majority of people who have them never know they are present. Malignant forms called anaplastic meningiomas and hemangiopericytomas are less common and are difficult to remove surgically.

Cerebral Astrocytomas. Gliomas that develop inside the brain often occur in the cerebral hemispheres (the right and left sides of the brain). In such cases, they are referred to as cerebral astrocytomas. Gliomas sometimes occur in another part of the brain, called the cerebellum. The cerebellum is responsible for balance and coordination. In such cases, the term cerebellar astrocytoma is used.

Click the icon to see an image of the function of the left cerebral hemisphere.

Click the icon to see an image of the function of the right cerebral hemisphere.

Brain Stem Gliomas. Brain stem gliomas develop in the lowest portion of the brain. The brain stem connects the cerebrum (the higher centers of the brain) to the spinal cord. The brain stem is thought to be the primitive brain because it controls the most basic functions.

Click the icon to see an image of the function of the brainstem.

The brain stem consists of three primary parts:

The medulla regulates breathing, swallowing, blood pressure, and heart rate.
The pons links the cerebellum to the cerebrum.
The midbrain helps control vision and hearing.

Click the icon to see an image of the structures of the brain.

Medulloblastomas. Medulloblastomas are always located in the cerebellum, which is at the base and toward the back of the brain. They represent about 3% of all brain tumors.

Click the icon to see an image of the function of the cerebellum.

Pituitary Tumors. Pituitary tumors comprise about 10% of primary brain tumors and are often benign, slow-growing masses in the pituitary gland.

Click the icon to see an image of the pituitary gland.

Other Brain Tumor Locations. Optic nerve gliomas occur in the optic nerve, which is located behind the eye. Acoustic neuromas make up 7.5% of brain tumors.

Click the icon to see an image of the optic nerve.

Symptoms

Brain tumors produce a variety of symptoms, ranging from headache to stroke. They are great mimics of other neurologic disorders. Symptoms occur if the tumor directly damages the nerves in the brain or central nervous system or if its growth imposes pressure on the brain. Some gliomas develop gradually, and symptoms may be subtle for a long time, making an early diagnosis difficult.

Headache is probably the most common symptom of a brain tumor. It should be strongly emphasized, however, that everyone has headaches, and they rarely represent an underlying brain tumor. Headaches caused by brain tumors may vary depending on the location, and many different features.

Steady and worse upon waking in the morning and clears up within a few hours
Persistent non-migraine headache that occurs while sleeping and is also accompanied by at least one other symptom (such as vomiting or confusion)
May or may not be throbbing, depending on location of the tumor
Accompanied by double vision, weakness, or numbness
May worsen with coughing or exercise or with a change in body position
Sometimes accompanied by neck pain

Gastrointestinal symptoms, including nausea, are also common. Nausea and vomiting, in fact, often occur in children with brain tumors and in all people with brain stem cell tumors.

Seizures occur in between 15 - 95% of patients, depending on the location of the tumor.

Tumors are more likely to be localized and affect one area of the brain. In such cases they can cause partial seizures. In this case, a person does not lose consciousness but may experience confusion, jerking movements, tingling, or odd mental and emotional events.
Generalized seizures, which can cause loss of consciousness, are less common, since they are caused by disturbances of nerve cells in diffuse areas of the brain.

Sometimes the only symptoms are mental changes, which may include the following:

Memory loss
Impaired concentration
Problems with speech and reasoning
Increased sleep

Gradual loss of movement or sensation in an arm or leg
Unsteadiness
Unexpected visual disturbance (especially if it is associated with headache), including vision loss (usually of peripheral vision) in one or both eyes or double vision
Hearing loss with or without dizziness
Speech difficulty

Specific symptom syndromes may help identify the tumor. The following are some examples.

Symptoms of Brain Stem Gliomas. Sudden onset of symptoms that include vomiting (usually just after waking), a clumsy walk, muscle weakness on one side of the face, difficulty in swallowing, slurred or nasal speech, as well as impaired hearing or vision.

Symptoms of Glioblastoma Multiforme. Rapid onset and worsening of symptoms that include headaches, seizures, memory loss, and changes in behavior.

The below symptoms indicate an emergency condition and require immediate medical attention:

Pupil dilation
A fixed gaze
Paralysis on one or both sides of the body
Blindness or defective vision in one eye

Risk Factors

Nearly 360,000 people in the U.S. are living with brain cancer. Men are at higher risk than women for most brain tumors. Primary malignant brain tumors are still uncommon and represent only 1.3% of all cancers diagnosed in the United States and 2.4% of all deaths due to cancer.

Primary brain cancers are rare, occurring in slightly more than 11 people per 100,000 per year. There has been some evidence of a growing incidence of brain cancer among the elderly since the 1980s. The increase, however, is most likely due to the rise in incidence of non-Hodgkin's lymphomas -- which can occur in the brain. When this malignancy is eliminated, any increase in other tumors is not significant.

The average age of diagnosis for brain tumors is 57, and about 90% of primary brain tumors occur in adults. These tumors can develop at all ages, usually peaking in two age groups.

In adults, ages 55 - 65
In children, ages 3 - 12

Risk Factors in Children. Tumors in the central nervous system are now the most common primary cancers in children, but they are still rare. An estimated 3,110 benign or malignant brain tumors are expected to be diagnosed in children each year. Brain tumors in children are more likely to occur in the cerebellum, the midbrain, or the optic nerve.

The incidence has increased over the past years, but there is some evidence that this increase is only due to better diagnostic procedures. The mortality rate has actually decreased. Researchers have attempted to uncover risk factors for childhood brain cancer. There may be some association between a higher risk and the following conditions:

Children treated with radiation to the head for leukemia and who have a specific genetic defect may face a high risk for brain cancer. (It should be noted that for children without this defect, the risk is very small.)
Having parents with specific cancers. (According to one study, having parents with nervous system cancers, colon cancer, or cancer in the salivary glands increased the risk of specific brain tumors in their children.)

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing colon cancer surgery.

The risk for primary brain tumors in Caucasians is higher -- as much as twofold depending on type -- than in African-Americans.

Radiation Exposure. People who receive radiation therapy to the head during cancer treatment have an increased risk of developing brain tumors 10 - 15 years later. Workers in the nuclear industry are also at increased risk.

There is no evidence that electromagnetic field exposure from power lines or household appliances poses any risk. Several recent epidemiological studies, including a 2006 study in the British Medical Journal, found that cell phones, cordless phones, and wireless devices are also safe and do not increase the risk for gliomas.

Chemical and Metals in Brain Tumors. High exposure to numerous metals and chemicals have been associated with brain tumors:

Industrial chemicals, including vinyl chloride and petroleum products
Lead, arsenic, or mercury exposure
Exposure to pesticides. A major study of pesticides is underway, but results are not in yet. A 2003 study indicated that parental exposure to pesticides or herbicides did not appear to be important in increasing risk for brain cancer in their children.

Brain cancer is uncommon, and, over the course of their lifetime, many people are exposed to these chemicals, many of which are very common. To date, there has been no clear evidence that implicates any specific industrial chemical or metal.

One study reported a higher risk for brain cancers in patients who had undergone organ transplantations. Researchers believed that the drugs used to suppress the immune response after the procedures may increase the risk.

One study reported lower risks for brain cancers in individuals with allergies and autoimmune diseases (such as type 1 diabetes). Autoimmune diseases were also associated with a lower risk for meningiomas. The cause of this possible association remains unknown.

Studies have also found an association between lower risk for gliomas and a history of infection with varicella zoster, the virus that causes chicken pox and shingles.

Click the icon to see an image of the chicken pox.

Causes

Only 5 - 10% of primary brain tumors are associated with genetic disorders. These inherited conditions and associated genes include:

Von Recklinghausen disease, also called neurofibromatosis 1 (NF1 gene) and neurofibromatosis 2 (NF2 gene)
Turcot's syndrome (APC gene)
Gorlin syndrome, also called basal cell naevus syndrome (PTCH gene)
Tuberous sclerosis (TSC1 and TSC2 genes)
Li-Fraumeni syndrome (TP53 gene)

Certain types of brain tumors are specifically linked with these genetic conditions. For example, neurofibromatosis 1 is associated with about 15% of cases of pilocytic astrocytomas, the most common type of childhood glioma. Neurofibromatosis results from defects in the tumor suppressor genes NF1 and NF2. Li-Fraumeni syndrome results from mutations in the tumor suppressor gene TP53. These mutations affect the production of tumor suppressor protein p53.

Tumor suppressor genes regulate cell division and help repair DNA damage. When mutations that affect protein encoding occur, unregulated cell division and growth can lead to the development of a tumor. Tumor suppressor genes are sometimes described as being in a tug-of-war with cancer-causing genes called oncogenes. Oncogenes derive from mutations or overexpressions of proto-oncogenes. Proto-oncogenes encode for proteins that regulate cell growth and differentiation. When proto-oncogenes become oncogenes, normal cells start to grow uncontrollably. Cancer can occur when tumor suppressor genes are turned off, or when oncogenes are turned on.

Many different oncogenes are involved in cancer. Growth factors are a particularly important type of oncogene associated with brain tumors. Growth factors attach to receptors (connectors) that stimulate cell growth. Epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) has been shown to play a role in high-grade brain tumors such as glioblastoma multiforme. In 2007, scientists identified insulin-like growth factor binding protein (IGFBP2) with an oncogene that may be associated with the development of astrocytoma and oligodendroglioma.

Knowing the molecular origin of a brain tumor may help determine the treatment course, both for standard chemotherapy and "targeted therapy" biologic drugs. For example, patients with tumors marked by high EGFR proliferation may benefit from treatment with the EGFR kinase inhibitor drugs gefitinib (Iressa) or erlotinib (Tarceva).

Most genetic abnormalities that cause brain tumors are not inherited but occur as a result of environmental or other factors that affect genetic materials (DNA) in the cells. Researchers are studying various environmental factors (viruses, hormones, chemicals, radiation) that may trigger the genetic disruptions that lead to brain tumors in susceptible individuals. They are also working to identify the specific genes that are affected by these environmental triggers. For example, in a 2007 study, scientists proposed that genetic susceptibility may explain why some people develop meningioma, a rare type of brain tumor, following exposure to ionizing radiation. Future investigations will hopefully identify the specific genes involved and help determine which people would potentially be most at risk.

Prognosis

About 13,100 people die from cancerous brain tumors each year. Recent advances in surgical and radiation treatments have significantly extended average survival times and can reduce the size and progression of malignant gliomas. In general, survival rates are highest in younger people and lowest in the elderly.


Age	Survival Rates
0 - 19 years	63.1%
20 - 44 years	50.4%
45 - 64 years	14.2%
Over 65	4.9%
Data From: 2002 - 2003 Primary Brain Tumors in the United States Statistical Report. Fact Sheet (1973- 1999 data). Brain Tumor Registry of the United States www.cbtrus.org/factsheet/factsheet.html.

In general, studies are reporting that patients who survive the first 2 years after a diagnosis of a brain tumor have at least a 70% chance of surviving for at least 5 years. The best recent progress has been made for:

Medulloblastomas in both children and adults. Long-term survival rates are now about 60% in children after treatment for medulloblastomas, the most common malignant brain tumor in this age group. (New treatments, however, may significantly improve these rates.)
Nonmalignant astrocytomas and oligodendrogliomas in adults.

Unfortunately, the majority of primary brain tumors, notably anaplastic astrocytomas and glioblastoma multiforme, are only rarely curable.

The specific effects of tumors on the brain can cause seizures, mental changes, and mood, personality, and emotional changes. Such effects can be devastating to the patient and the caregivers. Numerous treatments are available that help alleviate these complications, and patients and family members should discuss these with their doctors.

Diagnosis

A neurological exam is usually the first test given when a patient complains of symptoms that suggest a brain tumor. The exam includes checking eye movements, hearing, sensation, muscle movement, sense of smell, and balance and coordination. The doctor will also test mental state and memory.

X-rays of the skull were once standard diagnostic tools but are now performed only when more advanced procedures are not available. Advanced imaging techniques have dramatically improved the diagnosis of brain tumors in recent years.

Magnetic Resonance Imaging. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is the gold standard for diagnosing a brain tumor. It does not use radiation and provides pictures from various angles that can enable doctors to construct a three-dimensional image of the tumor. It gives a clear picture of tumors near bones, smaller tumors, brainstem tumors, and low-grade tumors. MRI is also useful during surgery to show tumor bulk, for accurately mapping the brain and for detecting response to therapy.

An MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) of the brain creates a detailed image of the complex structures in the brain. An MRI creates a three-dimensional picture of the brain, which allows doctors to more precisely locate problems such as tumors or aneurysms.

A variant called magnetic resonance spectroscopy (MRS) is capable of providing information on the activity of the brain using magnetic resonance imaging. MRS is proving to be accurate for distinguishing dead (necrotic) tissue caused by previous radiation treatments from recurring tumor cells in the brain, a difficult diagnostic issue.

Computed Tomography. Computed tomography (CT) uses a sophisticated x-ray machine and a computer to create a detailed picture of the body's tissues and structures. It is not as accurate as an MRI and does not detect about half of low-grade gliomas. It is useful in certain situations, however. Often, doctors will inject the patient with an iodine dye, called contrast material, to make it easier to see abnormal tissues. A CT scan helps locate the tumor and can sometimes help determine its type. It can also help detect swelling, bleeding, and associated conditions. In addition, computed tomography is used to check the effectiveness of treatments and watch for tumor recurrence.

Click the icon to see an image of a CT scan of the brain.

Positron Emission Tomography. Positron emission tomography (PET) provides a picture of the brain's activity rather than its structure by tracking substances that have been labeled with a radioactive tracer. As with magnetic resonance spectroscopy (MRS), it is also able to distinguish between recurrent tumor cells from dead cells or scar tissue, although MRS is more widely available. PET is not routinely used for diagnosis, but it may supplement MRIs to help determine tumor grade after a diagnosis. Data from PET may also help improve the accuracy of newer radiosurgery techniques.

Other Imaging Techniques. Numerous other advanced imaging techniques may be used for specific purposes, if available or under investigation.

Single photon emission tomography (SPECT) is similar to PET but is not as effective in distinguishing tumor cells from destroyed tissue after treatments.
Magnetoencephalography (MEG) scans measure the magnetic fields created by nerve cells as they produce electrical currents.
Cerebral angiography involves x-rays of blood vessels in the brain. A long, thin tube (catheter) is threaded through blood vessels from a distant site to the brain, and a radiopaque substance (a substance that is impenetrable to x-rays) is injected through it. The role of angiography in glioma is usually limited to planning surgical removal of a tumor suspected of having a large blood supply.
Radionuclide brain scintigraphy uses a radioactive substance that is administered and absorbed by capillaries in the tumor, which are then viewed using imaging techniques.
Digital holography, a new technique that provides full three-dimensional mapping, is under investigation.

A lumbar puncture is used to obtain a sample of spinal fluid, which is examined for the presence of tumor cells. A computed tomography (CT) scan or magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) should generally be performed before a lumbar procedure to be sure that the procedure will be safe.

Click the icon to see an image of a lumbar puncture.

A biopsy is a surgical procedure in which a small sample of tissue is taken from the suspected tumor and examined under a microscope for malignancy. The results of the biopsy also provide information on the cancer cell type.

In some cases, such as brain stem gliomas, a biopsy might be too hazardous because removing any healthy tissue from this area can affect vital functions. In such cases, diagnosis must rely on less invasive and possibly less accurate measures. Of promise is the stereotactic technique (also called stereotaxy), which uses computers to provide three-dimensional views of very small areas. This may allow precise biopsies of cancer cells without affecting healthy brain tissue. Expertise in this technique is extremely important, however, and the technique is not widely available.

The survival rates in people with brain tumors depend on many different variables:

Whether the tumor is malignant or benign
Cancer cell type and location (location affects whether the tumor can be removed surgically or not)
The tendency to spread and the growth rate (tumor grade)
Patient's age
Patient's ability to function
Duration of symptoms

The outlook is poorer in the very youngest and very oldest patients, although younger patients who survive 2 years after diagnosis have a much better outlook than older patients.

Grading Tumors. Malignant primary brain tumors are classified according to tumor grade. Grade I is the least cancerous, and Grades IV and V are the most dangerous. Grading a tumor attempts to predict its tendency to spread and its growth rate. It is based on the appearance of the tumor cells as seen under a microscope.

Lower-grade (I and II) tumor cells are well defined and almost normal-shaped. (Some primary low-grade brain tumors are curable by surgery alone, and some are curable by surgery and radiotherapy. Low-grade tumors tend to have the most favorable survival rates and high-grade the least. However, this is not always the case. For example, some low-grade II gliomas are at very high risk for progression.)
Higher-grade (III and IV) tumor cells are abnormally shaped and are more diffuse, which indicates more aggressive behavior. (High-grade brain tumors usually require surgery, radiotherapy, chemotherapy, and possibly investigational treatments.)
In tumors that contain a mixture of different-grade cells, the tumor is graded using the highest-grade cells in the mixture, even when there are very few of them.

Biologic Markers. Elevated levels of certain cancer-associated molecules or compounds may be correlated with prognosis. For example, evidence of genetically mutated p53 indicates a poorer prognosis in younger patients with glioblastoma multiforme.

Elevations of epidermal growth factors (EGF) or vascular endothelial growth factors (VEGF) suggest aggressive tumors. High levels of the receptor for EGF (EGFR), in fact, are found in 70% of glioblastoma specimens.

Genetic Profiles of Cancer Cells. Analyses that identify genetic types may soon help clinicians determine if patients with specific brain tumor cells might respond better to one treatment than another. For example, specific genetic profiles of oligodendrogliomas can help predict how patients respond to nitrosourea alkylating drugs such as carmustine. Genetic variation tests are also being used to determine how patients may respond to epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) kinase inhibitors, such as erlotinib (Tarceva) and gefitinib (Iressa).

A genetic profile can also help give doctors a better idea of a patient’s prognosis and survival. In a 2006 study of patients with anaplastic oligodendroglioma, the status of specific chromosomal deletions within tumors was a better predictor of survival than which kind of treatment patients received. In fact, the researchers suggested that gliomas be classified according to chromosomal deletion status, and recommended that chromosomal testing be a regular part of diagnosis and treatment decisions.

Common Brain Tumors


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF ASTROCYTOMAS: Derived from star-shaped glial cells called astrocytes.

Low-Grade (Usually I) Astrocytomas. Pilocytic gliomas.	Pilocytic gliomas occur mostly in children. Tumors are well differentiated. Cells are relatively normal and rarely metastasize. They grow relatively slowly. Pilocytic astrocytomas have the highest 5-year survival rates (greater than 70%). However, even well differentiated astrocytomas are life threatening if they are inaccessible.	Cancer may sometimes be completely removed through surgery, particularly if it occurs in the cerebellum. For recurrence or residual tumors, reoperation, radiotherapy, or chemotherapy may be given, depending on the circumstances. Repeat surgery for cerebellar astrocytoma is often very successful. For those who fail radiotherapy and chemotherapy, investigative drugs are used.
Low-Grade (II) Astrocytomas. Fibrillary, protoplasmic, and protoplasmic astrocytomas. Some pleomorphic xanthoastrocytomas.	Tumors are well differentiated. Cells are relatively normal and less malignant than those in higher grades. They grow relatively slowly but can spread. Survival rates average 5 years, but people can survive for a decade or more. Pleomorphic xanthoastrocytomas have a relatively favorable prognosis, but can recur and demonstrate aggressive clinical behavior. Low-grade astrocytomas generally occur in young adulthood, with a peak incidence in 30s and 40s.	Surgery, if possible, plus radiotherapy. Surgery alone in certain children, if possible. Trials on postoperative radiotherapy include the following: radiotherapy with or without chemotherapy; low-versus-high radiotherapy doses (studies suggest results are the same and high-dose causes more side effects); deferring radiotherapy until tumor progresses and symptoms occur. (A major study confirmed earlier ones that suggest that this approach has the same 5-year survival benefits -- about 65% -- as immediate postoperative radiotherapy.)
Malignant (High-grade III and IV) Astrocytomas. Anaplastic astrocytoma (gemistocytic and some pleomorphic xanthoastrocytomas). Usually mid-grade (III).	Tumors grow more rapidly than lower grades and infiltrate other nearby healthy cells. Not well-differentiated. Five-year survival rates are about 30%. Recurrence is common.	Treatment same for all high-grade malignant astrocytomas. Surgery, with removal of as much of tumor as possible followed by radiotherapy, with or without chemotherapy. The addition of chemotherapy, particularly being able to take more than 6 cycles, appears to improve survival rates. Carmustine (BCNU) most effective drug at this time. Other drugs and treatment sequences are under investigation. For example, temozolomide is showing promise for many patients, including the elderly. Topotecan may also be useful with other drugs or with radiation. For recurring gliomas, surgery with placement of wafers that release carmustine (Gliadel wafers) is the only proven beneficial therapy to date. Combinations, such as procarbazine and carmustine, provide benefits for recurrent anaplastic astrocytomas. Single drugs may be less toxic and as helpful for other recurrent gliomas. Temozolomide has been approved in Europe for high-grade recurrent gliomas and is proving to be beneficial. Other trials include the following: drugs that block small molecules involved in tumor growth; radioimmunotherapy using monoclonal antibodies; advanced radiotherapy techniques; intraarterial chemotherapy.
High-grade (IV and V). Glioblastoma (notably glioblastoma multiforme or GBM).	Very rapidly growing tumors that spread quickly. Represents about 25% of all primary brain tumors. Most common in older adults (over age 55) and affect more men than women. Recurrences are common in patients who achieve long-term survival.


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EPENDYMOMAS: Derived from cells that line the ventricles (fluid-filled brain cavities) and spinal cord central canal. Do not usually spread into normal brain tissue. Can block exits for cerebrospinal fluid and cause hydrocephalus. They constitute about 4% of all central nervous system tumors in adults and 10% of these tumors in children. About 30% of ependymomas develop in the spinal column.

Low-grade (I). Myxopapillary ependymoma (found in the spine). Subependymoma (found in one of the ventricles).	No or very slow growth. In addition to grade, risk is also based on location of the tumor. Tumors on the spinal cord are more accessible than those in the fourth ventricle or in the middle of the lower back portion of the brain.	Can often be removed and cured with surgery, particularly those on spinal cord. Radiation may be needed. Chemotherapy (avoid radiation, if possible) in children under age 6).
Low-grade (II). Papillary, cellular, and clear cell ependymomas.	Slow growth. Usually affect adults.	Surgery alone or followed by radiotherapy. For those who fail radiotherapy, possible use of nitrosourea-based chemotherapies or investigative drugs.
Grade III. Anaplastic ependymomas.	Spreads to the spinal fluid.	Surgery followed by radiotherapy to brain and spinal cord. Possible shunt.
Grade IV. Primitive neuroecto-dermal tumor (PNET). Composed of malignant forms of early, undeveloped nerve cells called neuroblasts. (This malignancy is also referred to as neuroblastoma.)	Very rare, but more common in children. Primitive nerve cells that grow very rapidly. Usually occur in cerebellum.	Surgery followed by radiotherapy to brain and spinal cord. Chemotherapy in young children. Investigative high-dose chemotherapy with stem cell rescue for children with relapsed cancer.


DESCRIPTION OF OLIGODENDROGLIOMAS: They develop from oligodendrocyte glial cells. These cells form the protective coatings around nerve cells. Pure cell types are rare. Most often occur in mixed gliomas. Categorized as either low- or high-grade. Most are low-grade II.

Low-grade: Low grade difficult to tell from astrocytomas, although they are usually calcified. Very likely to bleed. Usually spread along nerve pathways of the brain and spine and rarely outside this area. In spite of difficulty in removing surgically, in some patients survival can be 30 - 40 years. Usually have better prognosis than astrocytomas of equal grade. Occur mostly in middle-aged adults, although there is also a small peak of incidence in children.	Treatment usually delayed until progression causes symptoms. Surgery to remove whole tumor. Radiotherapy often follows in all adults over age 40 or in anyone in which tumor cannot be completely removed. Solid evidence is lacking on this approach, however, and there is some debate on its benefits. Trials using chemotherapy after radiation are promising. Two-thirds of patients respond to PCV (combination of procarbazine, lomustine and vincristine.) Sustained remissions averaging 16 years often achieved. Pure oligodendrogliomas respond better than mixed gliomas. Temozolomide is showing promise as second-line treatment. Others under investigation. Trials of additional chemotherapy for less well-differentiated tumors or for residual tumors after surgery.
High-grade. Anaplastic oligodendrogliomas.	Immediate treatment. Surgery to remove the whole tumor, if possible. Radiation typically follows surgery. Chemotherapy treatments either before or with radiation. Standard drugs are limited. Experts recommend trying investigative drugs. Temozolomide and retinoic acid may be useful. Possible additional drugs include melphalan, thiotepa, carboplatin, cisplatin, and etoposide. (Numerous biologic markers may help identify specific oligodendrogliomas that will respond better or worse to specific treatments.)


GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF MIXED GLIOMAS: Mixed gliomas contain a mixture of malignant gliomas. About half of these tumors contain cancerous oligodendrocytes and astrocytes.

Grade determined by the highest-grade cell present in the tumor.	Same as for oligodendroglioma.



Meningiomas	They are found in the membranes around the brain and spinal column. They are usually benign and rarely invasive. In such cases, long-term outlook is very favorable. (Malignant forms, anaplastic meningiomas, and hemangiopericytomas are uncommon and occur in about 2% of cases.)	Usually watchful waiting. Aggressive surgery the treatment of choice, if possible, although 20% recur after 10 years. Malignant forms and those at the base of the skull difficult to impossible to remove surgically. Stereotactic radiosurgery or fractionated external beam radiotherapy showing promising results for some patients.
Cerebellar astrocytomas (located in cerebellum)	Located in the cerebellum. Usually low-grade, but depends on cell type. If surgical removal is complete, up to 90% survival rates. More common in children than adults.	Surgery primary treatment. Radiotherapy if removal is incomplete.
Brain Stem Gliomas	About 60 - 70% of brain stem tumors are diffuse, which are likely to spread and have a rapid onset of symptoms. Focal tumors tend to be solid or cyst-like. They generally develop gradually. Occurs in both children and young adults.	Radiation is usual treatment. Tumors in this area are rarely removed surgically since the nerve tissue in this area is responsible for vital life functions. Slow-growing tumors may only require watchful waiting. Trials using advanced radiotherapy techniques, gene therapy, immunotherapy, and other experimental drugs.
Medulloblastomas	Occurs in cerebellum (the lower portion of the brain), brainstem, and spinal cord. Usually fast-growing aggressive cells. Most common brain tumors in children and young people, causing between 15 - 20% of brain tumors. With aggressive therapy, in children 5-year survival rates between 60 - 80%. In patients who survive for 2 years after diagnosis, long-term survival rate is nearly 80%.	Treatment is usually surgery and radiotherapy followed by chemotherapy. A 2005 study found that a combination chemotherapy regimen may replace radiation for very young children. A 2006 study suggested that radiation and chemotherapy doses should be adjusted based on disease severity.
Optic Tract Gliomas	Spread along the optic nerve. Usually slow growing. Most often in children under age 10. Children with these tumors often have vision and hormonal problems.	Usually surgery if one eye is involved. Possible chemotherapy or radiation.

Treatment

The approach for treating brain tumors is to reduce the tumor as much as possible using surgery, radiation treatment (also called radiotherapy), chemotherapy, or investigative procedures. Such treatments are used alone or, more commonly, in combinations. With some very slow-growing cancers, such as those that occur in the midbrain or optic nerve pathway, patients may be closely observed and not treated until the tumor shows signs of growth. The intensity, combination, and sequence of these treatments depends on the glioma subtype, its size and location, and patient age, health status, and medical history.

Recent advances in surgical and radiation treatments have significantly extended average survival times compared to those of standard therapy. Investigative treatments, such as monoclonal antibodies, are also showing promise. Patients or their caretakers should discuss all options thoroughly with a specialist in brain cancer. Different specialists may be needed to help manage symptoms.

Because of the low-cure rates of most malignant brain tumors, support for the patients and their families is a critical component of treatment and management. In response to one survey of patients with gliomas, experts made several recommendations to help both patients and caregivers:

Any physical impairment that could benefit from home equipment or physical therapy should be identified and treated.
Patients should discuss emotional as well as physical issues with their doctors. Depression, for instance, can be medically treated. Caregivers should also seek help for the inevitable stress, depression, and tension arising from their difficult role.
Relaxation techniques, meditation, and spiritual resources can be extremely helpful. Support groups are beneficial, but experts recommend separate groups for patients and their families.

Surgery

Surgery is usually the first step in treating most brain tumors. In some cases, however, such as most brain stem gliomas, it may be too dangerous to perform surgery. The object of most brain tumor surgeries is to remove or reduce as much of its bulk as possible. By reducing the size, other therapies, particularly radiotherapy, can be more effective. (Although there have been significant advances in brain surgeries, some experts argue that in high-grade gliomas extensive surgery may not improve survival rates at all and patients are best served by radiation therapy.)

The standard procedure is called craniotomy.

The neurosurgeon removes a piece of skull bone to expose the area of brain over the tumor.
The tumor is located and then removed.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing craniotomy surgery.

There are various surgical options for breaking down and removing the tumor. They include:

Standard surgical procedures
Laser microsurgery (which produces great heat and vaporizes tumor cells)
Ultrasonic aspiration (which uses ultrasound to break the glioma tumor into small pieces, which are then suctioned out)

Relatively benign, grade I gliomas may be treated only by surgery. Some controversy exists over whether surgery for low-grade astrocytomas improves survival, although insufficient research has been conducted to prove its benefits for these gliomas. Most malignant tumors require additional treatments, including repeat surgery.

The surgeon's skill in removing the tumor as completely as possible is critical to survival. No one should be shy about asking the surgeon the number of similar procedures they have performed. (Asking for complication rates may not be useful, since a very experienced surgeon might operate on many high-risk patients.)

In most cancers outside the brain, surgical removal of a tumor usually involves taking out surrounding healthy tissue to be sure all cancer cells are gone. In the brain, however, removing healthy nearby nerve tissue can be as disastrous for the patient as the cancer itself. Special techniques have been developed to allow maximum removal of tumors while protecting healthy brain cells.

Stereotaxy. Stereotaxy has become a useful adjunct to both surgery (stereotactic surgery) and radiotherapy (stereotactic radiotherapy).

Cortical Localization. Cortical localization, or stimulation, uses a probe that passes a tiny electrical current to delicately stimulate a specific area of the brain. This produces a visible response of the body part (such as a twitch in a leg), which the stimulated region of the brain controls. The surgeon then knows to avoid those areas during the operation.

Image-Guided Surgery. Image guided surgery uses a three-dimensional picture of the patient's brain derived from computed tomography (CT) or magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scans. An advanced technique called high-field interventional MR imaging (iMRI) is particularly accurate in identifying the tumor, but it is not widely available. The image, with various views of the brain, is displayed on a monitor in the operating room. During surgery, as the surgeon's instrument touches a part of the brain, a camera sends the image to a computer, which calculates the position of the surgical tool and displays it in its proper location on the 3-D image. The surgeon then can look at the monitor and see what structures to avoid.

Magnetic-Tipped Catheters. Neurosurgeons are investigating a technique in which external magnetic fields direct a magnet-tipped flexible catheter to the tumor site through a path that avoids harming certain important areas of the brain.

Heparin. Heparin, a blood-thinning drug, should be given at the time of surgery to help prevent blood clots.

Radiotherapy

Radiotherapy plays a central role in the treatment of most brain tumors, whether benign or malignant.

Radiotherapy after Surgery. Even when it appears that the entire tumor has been surgically removed, microscopic cancer cells often remain in the surrounding brain tissue. Radiation targets the residual tumor with the goal of reducing its size or stopping its progression. If the entire tumor cannot be removed safely, postoperative radiotherapy is often recommended. Even some benign gliomas may require radiation, since they may be life-threatening if their growth is not controlled.

Radiotherapy When Surgery Is not Appropriate. Radiotherapy may be used instead of surgery for inaccessible tumors or for tumors that have properties that are particularly responsive to radiotherapy.

Radiotherapy and Chemotherapy (Radiochemotherapy). Combining chemotherapy with radiotherapy is beneficial in some patients with high-grade tumors.

Various radiation treatments are now available.

Conventional radiotherapy uses external beams aimed directly at the tumor and is usually recommended for large or infiltrating tumors. It begins about a week after surgery and continues 5 days per week for 6 weeks. Older adults tend to have a more limited response to external-beam radiation therapy than younger people. According to a 2007 study in the New England Journal of Medicine, radiotherapy leads to a modest improvement in survival in elderly patients (70 years or older) with glioblastoma, and causes few negative impacts on quality of life or cognition.

For tumors that are highly localized, the radiation therapist has a choice of other radiation treatments:

Brachytherapy (also called interstitial radiation) uses radioactive "seeds" implanted directly in the tumor site. It is used as a booster to external beam radiation for patients with malignant astrocytoma. Brachytherapy appears to prolong survival in some aggressive gliomas. It may also be a safe and effective treatment for some children.
Intensity-modulated radiation therapy (IMRT) uses high-dose radiation beams that conform to the three-dimensional shape of the tumor.
Hyperfractionated radiation uses many small radiation doses to deliver a high total dosage of radiation.
A balloon catheter (GliaSite) that delivers radiation to the tumor cavity after surgery is showing promise.

Stereotactic radiosurgery has been developed to allow highly targeted radiation to be delivered directly to the small tumors while avoiding healthy brain tissue. The term radiosurgery is used because the destruction is so precise that it acts almost like a surgical knife. Some studies suggest that stereotactic radiosurgery improves survival, even in patients with the highly aggressive glioblastoma multiforme brain cancer. The procedure is being tested to boost standard radiotherapy.

Benefits of Stereotaxy. There are numerous benefits for stereotaxy:

Stereotaxy allows precisely focused, high-dose beams to be delivered to gliomas less than 1.25 inch in diameter.
Investigators have found that stereotactic radiosurgery can help them reach small tumors located deep in the brain that were previously considered inoperable.
Sometimes with stereotaxy only a single treatment may be needed.
Unlike traditional radiotherapy, stereotactic radiotherapy can be repeated, so it is useful for recurrent tumors when a patient has already received standard radiation treatments.
Combining stereotaxy with techniques that gauge speech and other mental functions in patients who are awake during the procedure can allow removal of brain tissue with a lower risk for complications in areas that affect such functioning.

The Planning Procedure. Stereotactic radiosurgery usually begins with a series of steps designed to plan the radiation target:

First, the patient is given a local anesthetic. In the standard operation, the patient's head must be totally immobilized by screwing a device known as a stereotactic frame into the patient's skull. (The frame procedure is effective only on brain tumors that have regular margins.) The frame is removed as soon as the whole procedure has been completed (about 3 - 4 hours).
A three-dimensional map, usually using magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scans, is made of the patient's brain.
A computer program calculates dosage levels and specific areas for radiation targeting.

Advanced imaging techniques are now allowing frameless stereotaxy, which eliminates the frame and may be effective on more tumors. For example, high-field interventional MR imaging (iMRI) uses a guidance system based on cruise-missile technology to calculate the slightest variations in movements of the head and the location of the tumor relative to these movements. These calculations are then used to target the radiation beams directly on the tumor, even if the patient's head is moving slightly.

Delivery of Radiation Beams. Once the preliminary planning stage has been completed, treatment begins. Several advanced machines, such as the gamma knife, adapted linear accelerator (LINAC), and cyclotron, are being used with stereotaxy and can deliver very focused beams of radiation. Actual treatment takes 10 minutes to 1 hour.

The gamma knife uses gamma rays that are sent from multiple points to converge at a single point on the tumor. Although each gamma-ray beam is very low dosage, when the beams converge, the intensity and destructive power is very high. The gamma knife is limited to very small tumors and so is generally useful as a booster after standard radiation, surgery, chemotherapy, or combinations.
The linear accelerator (LINAC) produces photons (positively-charged atomic particles) in patterns that are matched to the tumor shape. The patient is positioned on a bed that can be moved to allow flexible positioning. It allows treatment over multiple sessions of small doses (fractionated stereotactic radiotherapy), instead of a single session. This means that larger tumors can be treated.
The cyclotron is basically an atom smasher, which produces protons that can be directed toward the tumor. As part of this procedure, some researchers are using boron neutron capture therapy (BNCT). BNCT employs intravenous administration of a boron compound, which is picked up more selectively by tumor cells than by normal brain tissue. The cyclotron delivers a single dose of radiation that triggers the release of high-energy particles from the boron to destroy nearby tumor cells. The cyclotron is available only in a very few locations, and there have been few trials to date.

Researchers are studying drugs that may be used along with radiation to increase the effectiveness of the treatment.

Radioprotectors. Drugs such as amifosistine (Ethyol) may protect healthy cells during radiation.

Radiosensitizers. Drugs such as fluorouracil (5-FU) and cisplatin (Platinol) may help make cancerous cells more sensitive to radiation.

Common Side Effects. Side effects of radiotherapy may vary depending on the tumor type and radiation treatment. Side effects may include hair loss, fatigue, and nausea and vomiting. Skin irritation and sensitivity may develop in the areas being treated. To prevent further irritation, avoid scratching or rubbing, avoid direct sunlight and heating pads, and do not attempt to treat the symptoms yourself. (Ask your doctor or radiation therapist for advice.) Brain swelling (edema) is another common radiotherapy side effect, which can sometimes cause an increase in brain tumor symptoms. Edema can be treated with steroids.

Tissue Injury. Radiation necrosis (total destruction of nearby healthy tissue) occurs in about 25% of patients treated with intensive radiation. Radiation necrosis can cause brain swelling and reduction in mental functions. The condition is treated with steroids. If steroids prove ineffective, surgery may be required to remove the damaged tissue.

New Tumors. Radiation therapy for childhood cancer is the most important risk factor for developing new brain and spinal column tumors, according to a 2006 study. The risk appears greatest for children who received radiation therapy before age 5. Researchers found that the risk of second primary tumors increased in relation to the radiation dose used to treat the first cancer.

Stroke. Survivors of childhood brain tumors who were treated with high doses of cranial radiation (especially doses greater than 50Gy) may be at increased risk of having a stroke later in life. In a study of nearly 2,000 brain tumor survivors, the average length of time from cancer diagnosis to stroke was 14 years.

Chemotherapy

Chemotherapy involves the use of drugs to kill or alter cancer cells. Chemotherapy is not an effective initial treatment for low-grade brain tumors, mostly because standard drugs cannot pass through the blood-brain barrier, the functional system that protects the brain by preventing certain molecules from reaching the central nervous system. In addition, not all types of brain tumors respond to chemotherapy. In general, chemotherapy for brain tumors is usually administered following surgery or radiation therapy.

The type of drug determines how it is administered. "Systemic delivery" drugs, which pass to the brain from the bloodstream, may be given by mouth, injected into a vein through an IV, or injected into an artery or a muscle. "Local delivery" drugs are placed within or around the brain tumor.

Scientists are working on several approaches to overcome the blood-brain barrier. Newer delivery methods include:

Interstitial chemotherapy uses disc-shaped polymer wafers (known as Gliadel wafers) soaked with carmustine, the standard chemotherapeutic drug for brain cancer. The surgeon implants the wafer directly into the surgical cavity after a tumor is removed.
Intrathecal chemotherapy delivers chemotherapeutic drugs directly into the spinal fluid.
Intraarterial chemotherapy delivers high-dose chemotherapy into arteries in the brain using tiny catheters. In one study, this approach was used within 2 weeks of radiotherapy in patients with high-grade astrocytomas, and the survival rates for glioblastoma multiforme tripled (20 months) compared to those who had chemotherapy and radiation at the same time.
Convection-enhanced delivery (CED) involves placing catheters into the brain tumor or nearby brain tissue to deliver slowly and continuously a cancer drug over several days.

Many different drugs, and drug combinations, are used for chemotherapy. Standard ones include:

Temozolomide (Temodar). Temozolomide, the first new drug approved for brain tumors in several decades, is taken by mouth as a pill. Temozolomide was first approved in 1999 for adult patients with anaplastic astrocytoma that did not respond to other treatments. In 2005, it was approved for use during and after radiation therapy for patients newly diagnosed with glioblastoma multiforme. The current first-line treatment for patients with glioblastoma is combined radiotherapy and temozolomide, followed by monthly doses of temozolomide after radiation treatment ends. A 2005 study, published in the New England Journal of Medicine, reported that adults with newly diagnosed glioblastoma who received temozolomide during and after radiation therapy had a higher rate of 2-year survival than patients who received radiation alone. A 2007 study in Neurology suggested that temozolomide works best for patients who are missing a particular gene (1p/19q). Temozolomide’s side effects are relatively minor, but may include constipation, nausea and vomiting, fatigue, and headache.

Carmustine (BCNU, BiCNU). Carmustine is used to treat many types of brain tumors, including glioblastoma, medulloblastoma, and astrocytoma. Carmustine is usually administered into the vein by IV. It can also be delivered through a wafer implant (Gliadel), which is surgically placed into the brain cavity after tumor removal. If carmustine is administered intravenously, side effects may include nausea and vomiting, fatigue, respiratory problems, and lung scarring (pulmonary fibrosis). Intravenous carmustine may cause bone marrow impairment, which results in decreased production of blood cells (a condition called myelosuppression). If carmustine is delivered through a wafer, side effects may include seizures, brain swelling, and infection within the brain cavity.

PCV Drug Regimen. PCV is an abbreviation for a chemotherapy regimen that combines procarbazine (Matulane), lomustine (CCNU), and vincristine (Oncovin). PCV is commonly used to treat oligodendrogliomas and oligoastrocytomas. The drugs may also be used alone or in other combinations. Procarbazine and lomustine are taken by mouth. Vincristine is given by either injection or IV. These drugs can cause significant side effects, including a drop in blood cell counts, nausea and vomiting, constipation, fatigue, and mouth sores. Procarbazine can cause high blood pressure when taken with foods high in tyramine. Patients should avoid foods such as beer, red wine, cheese, chocolate, processed meat, yogurt, and certain fruits and vegetables.

Platinum-Based Drugs. Cisplatin (Platinol) and carboplatin (Paraplatin) are standard cancer drugs that are sometimes used to treat glioma, medulloblastoma, and other types of brain tumors. These drugs are delivered by IV. In addition to nausea and vomiting, carboplatin can cause hair loss, and cisplatin can cause muscle weakness.

Patients with brain tumors, especially tumors that are in advanced stages, should consider enrolling in clinical trials. Many clinical trials are conducted through academic medical centers. Some promising areas of drug research include:

Other Chemotherapy Drugs. Researchers are investigating whether drugs used to treat other types of cancer may have benefits for brain tumors. These drugs include tamoxifen (Nolvadex) and paclitaxel (Taxol), which are used to treat breast cancer; topotecan (Hycamtin), which is used to treat ovarian and lung cancers; and vorinostat (Zolinza), which is approved for treatment of cutaneous T-cell lymphoma. Research presented at the 2007 meeting of the American Society of Clinical Oncology indicated that vorinostat may help patients with glioblastoma multiforme. Irinotecan (Campath) is another cancer drug that is being studied in combination treatment.

Molecular Targeted Therapy Drugs. One of the most promising developments in cancer treatment research has been the emergence of so-called "targeted therapies." Traditional chemotherapy drugs can be effective, but because they do not distinguish between healthy and cancerous cells their generalized toxicity can cause severe side effects. Targeted therapies work on a molecular level by blocking specific mechanisms associated with cancer cell growth and division. Because they selectively target cancerous cells, they may induce less severe side effects. In addition, these drugs hold the promise of creating options for more individualized cancer treatment based on a patient's genotypes.

Promising targeted therapies for brain tumors include:

Anti-angiogenesis drugs block molecules involved with the growth of blood vessels that feed the tumor (a process called "angiogenesis," which is particularly important in the growth of glioblastomas.) These drugs starve tumors of vital nutrients and oxygen. Bevacizumab (Avastin) is being studied in combination with irinotecan for treatment of recurrent malignant gliomas. Bevacizumab targets vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), a specific angiogenesis growth factor. Cediranib (Recentin, AZD2171) is another VEGF inhibitor. In 2007 clinical trials, cediranib appeared to help make recurrent glioblastomas more responsive to chemotherapy and radiation treatment.
Tyrosine kinase inhibitor drugs block proteins involved in tumor cell growth and production. Drugs that specifically target epidermal growth factor receptors (EGFR) are a type of tyrosine kinase inhibitor of special interest in brain tumor research. These drugs include erlotinib (Tarceva), imatinib (Gleevac), and gefitinib (Iressa).
Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitors, such as tipifarnib (Zarnestra) and lonafarnib (Sarasar), are drugs that target a protein involved in the functioning of the cancer-causing Ras protein. Lonafarnib is being studied in combination with temozolomide, and tipifarnib in combination with radiation therapy.
MTOR inhibitors target other enzymes involved in cell growth and replication. Everolimus (RAD-001) is being studied for glioblastoma multiforme and astrocytoma. Everolimus is related to rapamycin (Siroliumus) and tacrolimus (Prograf), which are also being investigated for brain tumor treatment. These drugs are commonly used to suppress the immune system to prevent rejection after organ transplantation.

Other Treatments

Researchers are testing several drugs that target specific mechanisms associated with brain cancer. Combinations of some of these drugs, with or without standard chemotherapy and radiotherapy, may prove to be more effective than the use of any one treatment. It should be noted that none of these drugs at this time are producing cures, although some are improving survival.

Immunotherapy aims at using modalities that boost the patient's own immune system's ability to seek out and destroy cancerous cells.

Radioimmunotherapy with Monoclonal Antibodies. Radioimmunotherapy is showing special promise as a treatment approach to brain tumors. It typically uses monoclonal antibodies (MAbs), genetically engineered drugs designed to work against a specific target. MAbs are bound with radioactive substances and delivered directly into the brain and sometimes into the tumor. The MAbs are specifically designed to lock with the surface of certain cells in the tumor. Once they do so, the radioactive substances destroy the cell. The approach is essentially mini-radiation therapy without the damage or severe side effects of standard radiation treatments. Numerous different radioimmunotherapies are being investigated, and trials of some are reporting improved survival rates in high-grade gliomas. Some doctors believe this approach could prove to be the most effective therapy against these cancers.

Interleukins. Interleukins are natural proteins created by the immune system. Certain tumor cells carry receptors for specific interleukins, which are being investigated for a possible therapeutic role. For example, some drugs combine an interleukin with a drug that is toxic to cancer cells. The interleukin locks onto the receptor on the cancer cell, and the toxic chemical enters the tumor with the intent to kill it. Some interleukins are also being investigated alone for their own tumor-cell killing properties.

Tumor Vaccines. Tumor vaccines are being created, in which tumor cells are removed from the patient and inactivated. When the tumor cells are transferred back to the patient, they are harmless but can elicit a powerful immunologic response against the tumor. Vitespan (Oncophage) is a tumor vaccine that is showing promise against recurrent high-grade glioma, according to preliminary results from early trials presented at the 2007 annual meeting of the American Association of Neurological Surgeons.

Much research is focusing on drugs that block small molecules involved with the growth of blood vessels that feed the tumor (a process called angiogenesis). Such drugs, when effective, would starve tumors of vital nutrients and oxygen. Angiogenesis is particularly important in the growth of glioblastomas, the most malignant brain tumors. Of particular promise are drugs that inhibit enzymes called tyrosine kinase, farnesyl protein transferase, and matrix metalloproteinase, which play critical roles in angiogenesis.

Farnesyl Protein Transferase Inhibitors. Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitors, such as tipifarnib, also called R115777 (Zarnestra) and lonafarnib (Sarasar), are drugs in a new class that block a mutated gene called the Ras gene, which is responsible for about 30% of cancers. Lonafarnib is in early trials in combination with temozolomide. Tipifarnib is also currently in early trials and may prove to be effective.

Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors. Drugs that target growth factor receptors, such as tyrosine kinase, interfere with the pathway leading to angiogenesis. Some tyrosine kinase inhibitors -- including erlotinib (Tarceva), imatinib (Gleevac), gefitinib (Iressa), and others -- are being investigated in early trials for brain tumor treatment. Side effects include rash, diarrhea, nausea and vomiting. Some of these drugs may reduce white blood cell count or cause liver damage. Researchers are trying to identify biomarkers that could help predict which patients would best respond to tyrosine kinase inhibitor therapy.

Matrix metalloproteinase Inhibitors. Matrix metalloproteinase is an important enzyme in angiogenesis. Inhibitors of these enzymes, including marimastat, metastat, and prinomastat, are in early trials. Marimastat has been studied and has shown some benefits in early trials for patients with recurrent glioblastoma and anaplastic gliomas, particularly in combination with temozolomide.

Phophoinositide 3-Kinse (Pi3K) Inhibitors. Rapamycin and its analog (CCI-779) inhibit Pi3K, an enzyme involved in cell growth. Early trials using CCI-779 are underway. (Another rapamycin analog, everolimus, has different effects but is also being studied for its actions in inhibiting cell growth.)

Other Drugs that Block Angiogenesis. Thalidomide was one of the first drugs used to inhibit angiogenesis and has undergone several trials. There is some evidence that it may work more effectively for metastasized brain tumors than primary tumors. Other drugs in early trials with various effects on tumor growth include suramin, cilengitide, semaxanib, PTK787, and atrasentan.

Retinoids. Retinoids are vitamin A derivatives and act as differentiating drugs in cancer treatments. That is, they can convert immature, dividing tumor cells into mature cells, stopping tumor growth. Studies suggest that they have little benefits as single drugs. Combination with radiotherapy and other drugs may hold promise.

Inactivated Viruses. Investigators are finding that certain genetically inactivated viruses, such as the poliovirus or herpes virus, may prove to be valuable fighters of brain cancers. Such viruses can enter cells and destroy them but do not pose any danger for infection. For example, one specially designed herpes virus targets the enzyme thymidine kinase (an enzyme that promotes tumor growth). Some researchers believe that a combination of this virus with retinoids may be effective with few serious side effects. Other viruses are being investigated. A drug based on this model is years away, however.

Immunotoxins. Drugs called immunotoxins use natural toxins to kill malignant brain cells.

Drugs that use diphtheria toxins, including TransMID-107R and DAB(389)EGF), are the first immunotoxins to show some promise. Clinical trials are investigating them for gliomas and metastatic brain cancers. Other toxins under investigation include irofulven (a mushroom toxin) and chlorotoxin (a substance derived from scorpions).

Taurolidine. Taurolidine is a unique drug that prevents tumor formation and growth in animals. An early clinical trial in patients with high-grade gliomas is under way.

Protein-Blocking Drug. Another development is the discovery of a protein called BEHAB (Brain-Enriched Hyaluronan Binding Protein). BEHAB is produced only by invasive glioma tumor cells, not by normal brain tissue or noninvasive tumor cells. Breakdown of BEHAB releases a substance called HABD (hyaluronan-binding domain), which appears to give glioma cells the ability to invade other areas of the brain. Both BEHAB and HABD represent potential targets for new therapies.

Chemotherapy destroys not only cancer cells but also healthy cells, including special blood cells in the bone marrow called stem cells. Stem cells are immature cells from which all blood cells develop. Transplantation procedures using bone marrow or stem cells allow high-dose chemotherapy to be administered while protecting blood cells. The procedures are being tested for patients with recurrent brain tumors, such as medulloblastoma, primitive neuroectodermal tumors, and germ cell tumors. A 2003 study reported long-term survival in some patients who underwent this procedure

Photodynamic therapy uses a special drug (Photofrin) that is absorbed by the tumor and causes the cancer cells to become fluorescent when a laser is directed at them. It is being investigated in trials in combination with other treatments. A 2003 study reported encouraging results, notably in patients with recurring glioblastoma multiforme. In the study, more than half of these patients survived for at least a year.

Treatment of Complications

Some tumors, particularly medulloblastomas, interfere with the flow of cerebrospinal fluid and cause hydrocephalus (accumulation of fluid in the skull). This causes a build-up fluid in the ventricles (the cavities) in the brain. Symptoms include nausea and vomiting, severe headaches, lethargy, difficulty staying awake, seizures, visual impairment, irritability, and tiredness.

The ventricles of the brain are hollow chambers filled with cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), which supports the tissues of the brain.

Corticosteroids (commonly called steroids) such as dexamethasone (Decadron), prednisolone, and prednisone are used to treat hydrocephalus. Side effects include high blood pressure, mood swings, increased risk of infection, stronger appetite, facial swelling, and fluid retention.

Human corticotropin-releasing factor (hCRF), a naturally occurring neurohormone, appears to possess substantial anti-swelling properties and thus has been proposed as an alternative to corticosteroids in brain edema, with potentially fewer side effects. A hCRF drug called Xerecept is currently in clinical trials.

A shunt procedure may be performed to drain fluid. Shunts are flexible tubes used to reroute and drain the fluid.

Seizures are common in brain tumor cases, with younger patients having higher risks than older ones. Anti-epileptic medications, such as carbamazepine or phenobarbital, may treat seizures and are helpful in preventing recurrence. These drugs are not useful in preventing a first seizure, however, and they should not be used routinely to treat patients with newly diagnosed brain tumors. Anti-seizure medications should be used only for patients who are experiencing seizures. Despite these guidelines, a 2005 study in the Journal of the American Medical Association reported that nearly 90% of patients with newly diagnosed malignant glioma are treated with anti-epileptic drugs, although only 32% of the patients actually have seizures. Anti-seizure medications can interact with some of the chemotherapies used to treat brain cancers, including paclitaxel, irinotecan, interferon, and retinoic acid. Patients should discuss these interactions with their doctors.

Antidepressants are very useful for treating the emotional side effects of this disease. However, according to a 2005 Journal of the American Medical Association study, only 8% of patients with malignant gliomas receive antidepressant medication even though over 90% report depressive symptoms. Support groups can also have great benefit for both patients and families.

Resources

www.abta.org -- American Brain Tumor Association
www.cbtf.org -- Children's Brain Tumor Foundation
www.virtualtrials.com -- Musella Foundation for Brain Tumor Research and Information
www.braintumor.org -- National Brain Tumor Foundation
www.neurosurgery.org -- American Association of Neurologic Surgeons
www.cancer.org -- American Cancer Society
www.cancer.gov -- National Cancer Institute
www.asco.org -- American Society for Clinical Oncology
www.cancer.gov/clinicaltrials -- Find clinical trials
www.radiologyinfo.org -- RadiologyInfo
www.plwc.org -- People Living with CAncer

References

Bowers DC, Liu Y, Leisenring W, McNeil E, Stovall M, Gurney JG, et al. Late-occurring stroke among long-term survivors of childhood leukemia and brain tumors: a report from the Childhood Cancer Survivor Study. J Clin Oncol. 2006 Nov 20;24(33):5277-82. Epub 2006 Nov 6.

Dunlap SM, Celestino J, Wang H, Jiang R, Holland EC, Fuller GN, et al. Insulin-like growth factor binding protein 2 promotes glioma development and progression. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2007 Jul 10;104(28):11736-41. Epub 2007 Jul 2.

Flint-Richter P, Sadetzki S. Genetic predisposition for the development of radiation-associated meningioma: an epidemiological study. Lancet Oncol. 2007 May;8(5):403-10.

Kaloshi G, Benouaich-Amiel A, Diakite F, Taillibert S, Lejeune J, Laigle-Donadey F, et al. Temozolomide for low-grade gliomas: predictive impact of 1p/19q loss on response and outcome. Neurology. 2007 May 22;68(21):1831-6.

Keime-Guibert F, Chinot O, Taillandier L, Cartalat-Carel S, Frenay M, Kantor G, et al. Radiotherapy for glioblastoma in the elderly. N Engl J Med. 2007 Apr 12;356(15):1527-35.

Neglia JP, Robison LL, Stovall M, Liu Y, Packer RJ, Hammond S, et al. New primary neoplasms of the central nervous system in survivors of childhood cancer: a report from the Childhood Cancer Survivor Study. J Natl Cancer Inst. 2006 Nov 1;98(21):1528-37.

Sharma MK, Mansur DB, Reifenberger G, Perry A, Leonard JR, Aldape KD, et al. Distinct genetic signatures among pilocytic astrocytomas relate to their brain region origin. Cancer Res. 2007 Feb 1;67(3):890-900.

Vredenburgh JJ, Desjardins A, Herndon JE 2nd, Dowell JM, Reardon DA, Quinn JA,et al. Phase II trial of bevacizumab and irinotecan in recurrent malignant glioma. Clin Cancer Res. 2007 Feb 15;13(4):1253-9.

Review Date:
11/1/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Exercise

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:02 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Recommended Exercise Method...
Exercise's Effects on the H...
Exercise's Effects on Diabe...
Exercise's Effects on Bones...
Exercise's Effects on the L...
Exercise's Effects on Weigh...
Exercise's Effects on Other...
Complications
Motivation
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Chronic Conditions and Exercise:

A new study found that aerobic and resistance training significantly reduced fatigue in men undergoing radiation treatments for prostate cancer. Fatigue is a common side effect of such treatments.
Doctors at the Mayo Clinic found that exercise improves the physical and emotional well-being of patients with Alzheimer's disease. The patients exercised for as little as 60 minutes each week. Doctors noted improvements in areas ranging from depression to wandering.

Exercise and Smoking:

A 2007 review of existing studies found that moderate exercise, for as little as 5 minutes, can help combat the nicotine withdrawal symptoms people experience when they try to stop smoking.

Exercise and Aging:

A 2006 report found that older and elderly adults who exercised twice a week for 4 months significantly increased their body strength, flexibility, balance, and agility. The average age of the study participants was 83.5.

Before and After Exercising:

You should do warm-up exercises for 5 - 10 minutes at the beginning of an exercise session. Low-level aerobic exercise is the best warm-up.
To cool down, you should walk slowly until your heart rate is 10 - 15 beats above your resting heart rate. Stopping too suddenly may sharply reduce blood pressure or cause muscle cramping.
You must be careful when stretching during your warm-up to avoid injuring cold muscles.

Definitions:

Aerobic exercise: Aerobic exercise forces the heart and lungs to work harder for longer periods. It builds endurance, improves blood flow throughout the body, and increases the levels of "good" cholesterol.
Resistance Training: Resistance training works muscles against a force (usually weights). It burns fat and builds muscle.

Introduction

Everyone's goal of living a long and healthy life should include a healthy diet, regular exercise, and maintaining normal weight. The combination of inactivity and eating the wrong foods is the second most common preventable cause of death in the United States (smoking is the first).

Most research on the benefits of exercise focuses on heart protection. Studies clearly show that exercise helps the heart. In addition, new studies are reporting that even people at higher risk for heart disease may lower their risk of dying from it if they exercise.

Evidence suggests that our genes evolved to favor exercise. In other words, during prehistoric times, if a person couldn't move quickly and wasn't strong, he or she died. Those who were fit survived to reproduce and pass on these "fitter" genes. Some researchers believe that with our current inactive lifestyle, these genes produce a number of bad effects, which can lead to many chronic illnesses.

The benefits of exercise include:

Improved oxygen delivery throughout the body
Improved metabolic processes - the way the body breaks down and builds necessary substances
Improved strength and endurance
Decreased body fat
Improved movement of joints and muscles
Improved sense of well-being

In addition, exercise can help change other dangerous lifestyle habits. A 2007 review of existing studies found that moderate exercise, for as little as 5 minutes at a time, can help combat the nicotine withdrawal symptoms people experience when they try to stop smoking.

No one is too young or too old to exercise. The United States Surgeon General recommends at least 30 minutes of moderate exercise, such as brisk walking, nearly every day. However, vigorous exercise carries risks that people should discuss with a doctor. You should always check with your doctor before starting a new exercise program, especially if you have any of the following risk factors:

History of smoking
Obesity
Family history of a long-term disease
A symptom you haven’t told your doctor about
Chest pain
Shortness of breath
Heart palpitations
Blood clots
Infections
Fever
Unexplained weight loss
Foot or ankle sores that won’t heal
Joint swelling
Pain or trouble walking after a fall
Eye injury or eye surgery
Hernia
Hip surgery

Fifty percent of all people who begin a vigorous training program drop out within a year. The key to reaching and maintaining physical fitness is to find activities that are exciting, challenging, and satisfying.

Recommended Exercise Methods

A few simple rules are helpful as you develop your own routine.

Don't eat for 2 hours before vigorous exercise.
Drink plenty of fluids before, during, and after a workout.
Adjust your activity level according to the weather, and reduce it when you are fatigued or ill.
When exercising, listen to the body's warning symptoms, and consult a doctor if exercise causes chest pain, irregular heartbeat, undue fatigue, nausea, unexpected breathlessness, or light-headedness.

Heart rate is the standard guide for determining aerobic exercise intensity. It can be determined by counting one's own pulse or with the use of a heart rate monitor. To feel your own pulse, press the first two fingers of one hand gently down on the inside of the wrist or under the jaw on the right or left side of the front of the neck. You should feel a faint pounding as blood passes through the artery. Each pounding is a beat.

Click the icon to see how to take a radial pulse

Click the icon to see how to take a carotid pulse.

There are different types of heart rates.

Resting heart rate. The average heart rate for a person at rest is 60 - 80 beats per minute. It is usually lower for people who are physically fit, and often rises as you get older. You can determine your resting heart rate by counting how many times your heart beats in one minute. The best time to do this is in the morning after a good night’s sleep before you get out of bed.

Maximum heart rate. To determine your own maximum heart rate per minute subtract your age from 220. For example, if you are 45, you would calculate your maximum heart rate as follows: 220 - 45= 175.

Target heart rate. Your target rate is 50 - 75% of your maximum heart rate. You should measure your pulse off and on while your exercise to make sure you stay within this range. After about 6 months of regular exercise, you may be able to increase your target heart rate to 85% (but only if you can comfortably do so).

Certain heart medications may lower your maximum and target heart rates. Always check with your doctor before starting an exercise program.

Note: Swimmers should use a heart rate target of 75% of the maximum and then subtract 12 beats per minute. The reason for this is that swimming will not raise the heart rate quite as much as other sports because of the so-called "diving reflex," which causes the heart to slow down automatically when the body is immersed in water.


Age	Low	High
	(50% max.)	(75% max.)
20	100	150
30	95	142
40	90	135
50	85	127
60	80	120
Source: American Heart Association

VO2 Max. Serious exercisers may use a VO2 max calculation, which measures the amount of oxygen consumed during intensive, all-out exercise. The most accurate testing method uses computers, but anyone can estimate V02 without instrumentation (with an accuracy of about 95%):

After running at top pace for 15 minutes, round off the distance run to the nearest 25 meters.
Divide that number by 15.
Subtract 133.
Multiply the total by 0.172, then add 33.3.

Olympic and professional athletes train for VO2 max levels above 80. But for the average person interested in fitness, a VO2 max equaling between 50 and 80 is considered an excellent score for overall fitness.

Click the icon to see an image on exercise and heart rate.

Warming up and cooling down are important parts of every exercise routine. They help the body make the transition from rest to activity and back again, and can help prevent soreness or injury, especially in older people.

Warm-up exercises should be practiced for 5 - 10 minutes at the beginning of an exercise session. Older people need a longer period to warm up their muscles. Low-level aerobic exercise such as brisk walking, swinging the arms, or jogging in place, is the best approach.
To cool down, you should walk slowly until the heart rate is 10 - 15 beats above your resting heart rate. Stopping too suddenly can sharply reduce blood pressure, and is dangerous for older people. It may also cause muscle cramping.
Stretching may be appropriate for the cooling down period, but it must be done carefully for warming up because it can injure cold muscles. (There is no clear evidence, however, that stretching reduces muscle injuries.)

Warming up before exercise and cooling down after is just as important as the exercise itself. By properly warming up the muscles and joints with low-level aerobic movement for 5 - 10 minutes, one may avoid injury and build endurance over time. Cooling down after exercise by walking slowly, then stretching muscles, may also prevent strains and blood pressure fluctuation.

For most people, exercise may be divided into three general categories:

Aerobic or endurance
Strength or resistance
Flexibility

A balanced program should include all three. Speed training is also a major category, but generally only competitive athletes practice it.

Benefits of Aerobic Exercise. Regular aerobic exercise provides the following benefits:

Builds endurance
Keeps the heart pumping at a steady and high rate for a long time
Boosts HDL ("good") cholesterol levels
Helps control blood pressure
Strengthens the bones in the spine
Helps maintain normal weight
Improves one's sense of well-being

Types of Aerobic Exercise. Aerobic exercise is usually categorized as high or low impact. Examples of each include the following:

Low- to moderate-impact exercises: Walking, swimming, stair climbing, step classes, rowing, and cross-country skiing. Nearly anyone in reasonable health can engage in some low- to moderate-impact exercise. Brisk walking burns as many calories as jogging for the same distance and poses less risk for injury to muscle and bone.
High-impact exercises: Running, dance exercise, tennis, racquetball, squash. High-impact exercises should be performed no more than every other day, and less often for those who are overweight, elderly, out of condition, or have an injury or other medical problem that would rule out high-impact.

Click the icon to see an image of aerobic exercise.

Aerobic Regimens. As little as one hour a week of aerobic exercises is helpful, but 3 - 4 hours per week are best. Some research indicates that simply walking briskly for 3 or more hours a week reduces the risk for coronary heart disease by 65%. In general, the following guidelines are useful for most individuals:

For most healthy young adults, the best approach is a mix of low- and higher-impact exercise. Two weekly workouts will maintain fitness, but three to five sessions a week are better.
People who are out of shape or elderly should start aerobic training gradually. For example, they may start with 5 - 10 minutes of low-impact aerobic activity every other day and build toward a goal of 30 minutes per day, three to seven times a week. (For heart protection, frequency of exercises may be more important than duration.)
Swimming is an ideal exercise for many elderly and certain people with physical limitations, including pregnant women, individuals with muscle, joint, or bone problems, and those who suffer from exercise-induced asthma.
People who seek to lose weight should aim for six to seven low-impact workouts a week.

One way of gauging the optimal intensity of exercise is to aim for a "talking pace," which is enough to work up a sweat and still be able to converse with a friend without gasping for breath. As fitness increases, the "talking pace" will become faster and faster.

Shoes. All that's really necessary for a workout is a good pair of shoes that are made well and fit well. They should be broken in, but not worn down. They should support the ankle and provide cushioning for impact sports such as running or aerobic dancing. Airing out the shoes and feet after exercising reduces chances for skin conditions such as athlete's foot.

Clothing. Comfort and safety are the key words for workout clothing. For outdoor nighttime exercise, a reflective vest and light-colored clothing must be worn. Bikers, roller bladers, and equestrians should always wear safety devices such as helmets, wrist guards, and knee and elbow pads. Goggles are mandatory for indoor racquet sports. For vigorous athletic activities, such as football, ankle braces may be more effective than tape in preventing ankle injuries.

Aerobic-Exercise Equipment. Home aerobic exercise machines can be adapted to any fitness level and used day or night. Before investing in any exercise machine, however, it is wise to first test it at a gym. In addition, initial supervised training when using these machines can reduce the risk of injury that might occur with self-instruction.

Very inexpensive exercise machines tend to be flimsy and hard to adjust, but many sturdy machines are available at moderate prices. The higher-end models may utilize computers to record calories burned, speed, and mileage. While their readouts may provide motivation and gauge the intensity of a workout, however, they are not always accurate.

The following are a few observations on specific equipment:

A good floor mat is important to provide cushioning for all home exercises.
A simple jump rope improves aerobic endurance for people who are able to perform high-impact exercise. Jumping rope should be done on a floor mat plus a surface that has some give to avoid joint injury.
For burning calories, the treadmill has been ranked best, followed by stair climbers, the rowing machine, cross-country ski machine, and stationary bicycle. (Elliptical trainers, however, may be even better than treadmills for increasing heart rate, calorie expenditure, and oxygen consumption.)
Stationary bikes condition leg muscles and are fairly economical and easy to use safely. The pedals should turn smoothly, the seat height should adjust easily, and the bike's computer should be able to adjust intensity.
Stair machines also condition leg muscles. They offer very intense, low-impact workouts and may be as effective as running with less chance of injury.
Rowing and cross-country ski machines exercise both the upper and lower body.


Aerobic dancing	Sufficient cushioning to absorb shock and pressure that are many times greater than ordinary walking. Arches that maintain side-to-side stability. Thick upper leather support. Toe-box. Orthotics may be required for people with ankles that over-turn inward or outward. Soles should allow for twisting and turning.
Cycling	Rigid support across the arch to prevent collapse during pedaling. Heel lift. Cross-training or combination hiking/cycling shoes may be sufficient for casual bikers. Toe clips or specially designed shoe cleats for serious cyclers. In some cases, orthotics may be needed to control arch and heel and balance forefoot.
Running	Sufficient cushioning to absorb shock and pressure. Fully bendable at the ball of the foot. Sufficient traction on sole to prevent slipping. Consider insoles or orthotics with arch support for problem feet.
Tennis	Allow side-to-side sliding. Low-traction soles. Snug fitting heels with cushioning. Padded toe box with adequate depth. Soft-support arch.
Walking	Lightweight. Breathable upper material (leather or mesh). Wide enough to accommodate ball of the foot. Firm padded heel counter that does not bite into heel or touch ankle bone. Low heel close to ground for stability. Good arch support. Front provides support and flexibility.

Benefits of Strength Exercise. While aerobic exercise increases endurance and helps the heart, it does not build upper body strength or tone muscles. Strength-training exercises provide the following benefits:

Build muscle strength while burning fat
Help maintain bone density
Improve digestion

It is also associated with a lower risk for heart disease, possibly because it lowers LDL (the so-called "bad") cholesterol levels.

Click the icon to see an image of cholesterol.

Strength exercise is beneficial for everyone, even people in their 90s. It is the only form of exercise that can slow and even reverse the decline in muscle mass, bone density, and strength that occurs with aging. Please note: People at risk for cardiovascular disease should not perform strength exercises without checking with a doctor.

Types of Muscle Contractions. There are three types of muscle contractions involved in strength training:

Isometric contractions do not change the length of the muscle. An example is pushing against a wall.
Concentric contractions shorten muscles. An example is the "up" phase of a bicep curl.
Eccentric contractions lengthen muscles. An example is the "down" phase as weights are lowered.

Click the icon to see an image of isometric exercise.

Strength-Training Regimens. Strength training involves intense and short-duration activities. For beginners, adding 10 - 20 minutes of modest strength training two to three times a week may be appropriate. The following are some guidelines for starting a strength regimen:

The sequence of a strength training session should begin with training large muscles and multiple joints at higher intensity and end with small muscle and single joint exercises at lower intensities.
Both shortening and lengthening muscle actions should be performed. Emphasizing the movements that lengthen muscles is of increasing interest. This approach involves slowing and increasing the duration of these "down" movements. It appears to significantly increase blood flow, and some evidence suggests it may achieve stronger muscles more quickly. It may also improve heart function compared to standard movements. Exercises that lengthen muscles may be particularly beneficial for older people and some people with chronic health problems. This type of training increases the risk for muscle soreness and injury, however, and this approach is still controversial.
Strength training involves moving specific muscles in the same pattern against a resisting force (such as a weight) for a preset number of times. This is called a repetition. Students should first choose a weight that is about half of what would require a maximum effort in one repetition. In other words, if it would take maximum effort to do a single repetition with a 10-pound dumbbell, the person would start with a five-pound dumbbell. In the beginning, most people can start with one set of 8 - 15 repetitions per muscle group with low weights. As individuals are able to perform one or two repetitions over their routine, weights can be increased by 2 - 10%.
Breathe slowly and rhythmically. Exhale as the movement begins. Inhale when returning to the starting point.
The first half of each repetition typically lasts 2 - 3 seconds. The return to the original position lasts 4 seconds.
An alternative technique called "super slow" training stretches out one repetition to a 14-second count. This method places far more stress on the muscle group, so fewer repetitions are needed. A full week of recovery is required before repeating this workout. The goal is to initiate changes in the muscles so that the body continues to burn calories after the exercise. Some people report dramatic results from this approach, but scientific proof of these claims is not available. It is a very tedious workout, and people have a hard time sticking with it. People with high blood pressure should not use this approach.
Joints should be moved rhythmically through their full range of motion during a repetition. Do not lock up the joint while exercising it.
For maximum benefit, one should allow 48 hours between workouts for full muscle recovery.

Click the icon to see the proper way to breathe during exercise.

Strength-Training Equipment. Unlike aerobic exercise, strength training almost always requires some equipment. Strength-training equipment does not, however, have to cost anything.

Any heavy object that can be held in the hand, such as a plastic bottle filled with sand or water, can serve as a weight.
Dumbbells (1 - 10 pounds) and resistance bands are inexpensive, portable, and effective.
Wearable weights help strengthen and tone the upper body.
Ankle weights strengthen and tone muscles in the lower body. Wearable ankle weights should not be worn during high-impact aerobics or jumping.
Hand grips strengthen arms and are good for relieving tension.
A pull-up bar can be mounted in a doorway for chin-ups and pull-ups.

More elaborate and expensive home equipment for working body muscles is also available, costing from $100 to over $1,000. No one should purchase or use strength-training equipment without instruction from a professional.

Benefits of Flexibility Training. Flexibility training uses stretching exercises. Many stretching exercises are particularly beneficial for the back. In general, flexibility training provides the following benefits:

Prevents cramps, stiffness, and injuries
Improves joint and muscle movement (improved range of motion)

Certain flexibility practices, such as yoga and tai chi, also involve meditation and breathing techniques that reduce stress. Such practices appear to have many health and mental benefits. They may be very suitable and highly beneficial for older people, and for patients with certain chronic diseases.

Click the icon to see an image of flexibility exercise.

Flexibility Training Regiments. Doctors recommend performing stretching exercises for 10 to 12 minutes at least three times a week. The following are some general guidelines:

When stretching, exhale and extend the muscles to the point of tension, not pain, and hold for 20 - 60 seconds. (Beginners may need to start with a 5- to 10-second stretch.)
Breathe evenly and constantly while holding the stretch.
Inhale when returning to a relaxed position. Holding your breath defeats the purpose; it causes muscle contraction and raises blood pressure.
When doing stretches that involve the back, relax the spine to keep the lower back flush with the mat, and to work only the muscles required for changing position (often these are only the abdominal muscles).

Studies continue to show that it is never too late to start exercising. A report published in the February 2006 Journal of Aging and Health found that elderly adults who exercised twice a week for four months significantly increased their body strength, flexibility, balance, and agility. The exercise program included walking and lifting weights. The average age of the study participants was 83.5. The study adds further evidence that even small improvements in physical fitness and activity can prolong life and independent living.

Still, about half of Americans over 60 describe themselves as sedentary (inactive). According to a 2004 report by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, approximately 12% of people aged 65 - 75 years and 10% of people aged 75 years or older meet current recommendations for strength training.

The following tips for exercising may be helpful:

Any older person should have a complete physical and medical examination, as well as professional instruction, before starting an exercise program.
Start low and go slow. For sedentary, older people, one or more of the following programs may be helpful and safe: Low-impact aerobics, gait (step) training, balance exercises, tai chi, self-paced walking, and lower legs resistance training, using elastic tubing or ankle weights. Even in the nursing home, programs aimed at improving strength, balance, gait, and flexibility have significant benefits.
Strength training assumes even more importance as one ages, because after age 30 everyone undergoes a slow process of muscular erosion. The effect can be reduced or even reversed by adding resistance training to an exercise program. As little as one day a week of resistance training improves overall strength and agility. Strength training also improves heart and blood vessel health.
Power training, which aims for the fastest rate at which a muscle or muscle group can perform work, may be particularly helpful for older women in strengthening muscles and preventing falls.
Flexibility exercises promote healthy muscle growth and help reduce the stiffness and loss of balance that accompanies aging.
Chair exercises may be performed by people who are unable to walk.
Older women are at risk for incontinence accidents during exercise. This can be reduced or prevented by performing Kegel exercises, limiting fluids (without risking dehydration), going to the bathroom frequently, and using leakage prevention pads or insertable devices.

Exercise's Effects on the Heart

Inactivity is one of the major risk factors for heart disease. However, exercise helps improve heart health, and can even reverse some heart disease risk factors.

Like all muscles, the heart becomes stronger as a result of exercise, so it can pump more blood through the body with every beat and continue working at maximum level, if need be, with less strain. The resting heart rate of those who exercise is also slower, because less effort is needed to pump blood.

A person who exercises often and vigorously has the lowest risk for heart disease, but any amount of exercise is beneficial. Studies consistently find that light-to-moderate exercise is even beneficial in people with existing heart disease. Note, however, that anyone with heart disease should seek medical advice before beginning a workout program.

The heart is a large muscular organ that pumps blood throughout the body. Valves inside the heart open and close. This controls how much blood enters or leaves the heart.

Exercise has a number of effects that benefit the heart and circulation (blood flow throughout the body). These benefits include improving cholesterol and fat levels, reducing inflammation in the arteries, assisting weight loss programs, and helping to keep blood vessels flexible and open. Studies continue to show that physical activity and avoiding high-fat foods are the two most successful means of reaching and maintaining heart-healthy levels of fitness and weight.

The American Heart Association recommends that individuals perform moderately-intense exercise for at least 30 minutes on most days of the week. This recommendation supports similar exercise guidelines issued by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and the American College of Sports Medicine.

Coronary Artery Disease. People who maintain an active lifestyle have a 45% lower risk of developing heart disease than do sedentary people. Experts have been attempting to define how much exercise is needed to produce heart benefits. In 2002, a well-conducted study on overweight adults confirmed previous research that reported beneficial changes in cholesterol and lipid levels, including lower LDL levels (bad cholesterol), even when people performed low amounts of moderate- or high-intensity exercise such as walking or jogging 12 miles a week. However, more intense exercise is required to significantly change cholesterol levels, notably increasing HDL (good cholesterol). An example of this kind of program would be jogging about 20 miles a week. Such benefits in the study occurred even with very modest weight loss, suggesting that overweight people who have trouble losing pounds can still achieve considerable heart benefits by exercising.

Some studies suggest that for the greatest heart protection, it is not the duration of a single exercise session that counts but the total daily amount of energy expended. Therefore, the best way to exercise may be in multiple short bouts of intense exercise, which can be particularly helpful for older people.

Resistance (weight) training has also been associated with heart protection. It may offer a complementary benefit to aerobics by reducing LDL levels. Exercises that train and strengthen the chest muscles may prove to be very important for patients with angina.

Effects of Exercise on Blood Pressure. Regular exercise helps keep arteries elastic (flexible), even in older people. This, in turn, ensures good blood flow and normal blood pressure. Sedentary people have a 35% greater risk of developing high blood pressure than athletes do.

Click the icon to see the risks associated with untreated hypertension.

It should be noted that high-intensity exercise may not lower blood pressure as effectively as moderate-intensity exercise. In one study, moderate exercise (jogging 2 miles a day) controlled high blood pressure so well that more than half the patients who had been taking drugs for the condition were able to discontinue their medication. However, a small study published in 2005 suggests that moderate exercise does not have a significant impact on systolic blood pressure (the top number) in older adults. While those who exercised did have notable drops in both the top and lower (diastolic) blood pressure levels, the only statistically significant change was the decrease in the lower number.

Experts recommend at least 30 minutes of exercise on most -- if not all -- days. Studies show that yoga and tai chi, an ancient Chinese exercise involving slow, relaxing movements, may lower blood pressure almost as well as moderate-intensity aerobic exercises.

Click the icon to see an image of someone practicing yoga.

Anyone with existing high blood pressure should discuss an exercise program with their doctor. Before starting to exercise, people with moderate-to-severe high blood pressure should lower their pressure, and be able to control it with medications. Everyone, and especially people with high blood pressure, should breathe as normally as possible through each exercise. Holding the breath increases blood pressure.

Effects of Exercise on Heart Failure. Traditionally, heart failure patients have been discouraged from exercising. Now, exercise performed under medical supervision is proving to be helpful for select patients with stable heart failure.

Studies continue to report benefits from exercise training. In one study, heart failure patients as old as 91 years old increased their oxygen use significantly, after 6 months of supervised treadmill and stationary bicycle exercises.
Progressive resistance training may be particularly useful for heart failure patients, since it strengthens muscles, which commonly weaken in this disorder. Even simply performing daily handgrip exercises can improve blood flow through the arteries.

Experts warn, however, that exercise is not appropriate for all heart failure patients.

All stroke survivors should have a pre-exercise evaluation done by their doctor before starting an exercise program.

The effects of exercise on stroke are less established than those on heart disease, but most studies show benefits. The following are some examples:

According to one major analysis, men cut their risk for stroke in half if their exercise program was roughly equivalent to about an hour of brisk daily walking 5 days a week. In the same study, exercise that involved recreation was more protective against stroke than exercise routines consisting simply of walking or climbing.
A 2000 study of women also found substantial protection from stroke in brisk walking or striding (rather than casual walking).

Anyone with heart disease or risk factors for developing heart disease or stroke should seek medical advice before beginning a workout program. Patients with heart disease can nearly always exercise safely as long as they work out under medical supervision. Still, it is often difficult for a doctor to predict health problems that might arise as the result of an exercise program. At-risk individuals should be very aware of any symptoms warning of harmful complications while they exercise.

Some experts believe that anyone over 40 years old, whether or not they are at risk for heart disease, should have a complete physical examination before starting or intensifying an exercise program. Some doctors use a questionnaire for people over 40 to help determine whether they require such an examination. The questions they use are as follows:

Has any doctor previously recommended medically supervised activity because of a heart condition?
Is chest pain brought on by physical activity?
Has chest pain occurred during the previous month?
Does the person faint or fall over from dizziness?
Is bone or joint pain intensified by exercise?
Has medication been prescribed for hypertension (high blood pressure) or heart problems?
Is the person aware of or has a doctor suggested any physical reason for not exercising without medical supervision?

Those who answer "yes" to any of the above questions should have a complete medical examination before developing an exercise program.

Stress Test. A stress test helps determine the risk for a heart problem resulting from exercise. Anyone with a heart condition or history of heart disease should have a stress test before starting an exercise program. Experts currently also recommend this test before a vigorous exercise program for older persons who are sedentary, even in the absence of known or suspected heart disease. The test is expensive, however, and some experts believe that it may not be necessary for many older people with no evident health problems or risk factors.

A small percentage of heart attacks occur after heavy physical work.

High-Risk Individuals. In general, the following people should avoid intense exercise or start it only with careful monitoring:

People who have certain medical conditions: These conditions include uncontrolled diabetes, uncontrolled seizures, uncontrolled high blood pressure, a heart attack within the previous 6 months, heart failure, unstable angina, significant aortic valve disease, or aortic aneurysm.
People with moderate-to-severe hypertension: Experts generally recommend that moderate or severe high blood pressure (systolic blood pressure over 160 mm Hg or diastolic (bottom number) pressure over 100 mm Hg) should be brought to lower levels before a person starts a vigorous exercise program.
Sedentary people should be cautious. One major study found that sedentary people who throw themselves into a grueling workout significantly increase their risk of heart attack.
Episodes of exercise-related sudden death in young people are rare but of great concern. Some are preceded by fainting, which is due to a sudden and severe drop in blood pressure. It should be noted that fainting is relatively common in athletes, and is dangerous only in people with existing heart conditions. Young people with genetic or congenital (present at birth) heart disorders should avoid intensive competitive sports.
Anabolic steroids or products containing ephedra have been associated with cases of stroke, heart attack, and even death.

The risk for heart attack from exercise should be kept in perspective, however. Some form of exercise, carefully personalized, has benefits for most of the individuals mentioned above. In many cases, particularly when the only risk factors are a sedentary lifestyle and older age, exercise can often be increased over time until it is intense.

Hazardous Activities for High-Risk Individuals. The following activities may pose particular dangers for high-risk individuals:

Intense workouts (snow shoveling, slow jogging, speed walking, tennis, heavy lifting, heavy gardening) may be particularly hazardous for people with risk factors for heart disease, especially older people. They tend to stress the heart, raise blood pressure for a brief period, and may cause spasms in the arteries leading to the heart. (See image: Coronary Artery Spasm)
Some studies suggest that competitive sports, which couple intense activity with aggressive emotions, are more likely to trigger a heart attack than other forms of exercise.

Listening for Warning Signs. It should be noted that according to one study, at least 40% of young men who die suddenly during a workout have previously experienced, and ignored, warning signs of heart disease. In addition to avoiding risky activities, the best preventive tactic is simply to listen to the body and seek medical help at the first sign of symptoms during or following exercise. These symptoms include the following:

Irregular heartbeat
Shortness of breath
Chest pain

Click the icon to see an image of a coronary artery spasm.

Click the icon to see an image of stable angina.

Exercise's Effects on Diabetes

Moderate aerobic exercise can lower your risk for type 2 diabetes. An important study found that adults who worked out 2 and 1/2 hours a week cut their risk by 58%.

Exercise has positive benefits for those who have diabetes. It can lower blood sugar, improve insulin sensitivity, and strengthen the heart. Strength training, which increases muscle and reduces fat, may be particularly helpful for people with diabetes, but more evidence is needed to confirm this theory. One study reported that yoga helped patients with type 2 diabetes reduce their need for oral medications.

In 2005, researchers found that people with type 2 diabetes who walked a minimum of 3 miles every day were in better health, and had lower medical expenses, after 2 years of such exercise. Those who remained sedentary for that time period experienced a decline in their overall health and higher health care-related expenses. Study participants who worked out for an average of 38 minutes per day lowered their blood pressure, cholesterol ,and A1C levels (glucose concentration over time). These participants also had lower heart disease risk, even if they didn't lose weight. The increase in the study participants' activity equaled about 2,200 extra steps a day. The findings were reported in the journal Diabetes Care.

An earlier study found that healthy lifestyle changes may work better than the prescription medication metformin (Glucophage), when it comes to preventing metabolic syndrome. Metabolic syndrome is a combination of risk factors including abdominal obesity, insulin resistance, high triglycerides, and hypertension.

The following are precautions for all people with diabetes, whether type 1 or 2:

Because people with diabetes are at higher than average risk for heart disease, they should always check with their doctors before starting a demanding exercise program. For best and fastest results, frequent high-intensity (not high-impact) exercises are best for people who are cleared by their doctor. For people who have been sedentary, or have other medical problems, lower-intensity exercises are recommended, using programs the patients designed with their doctors.
Strenuous strength training or high-impact exercise is not recommended for people with uncontrolled diabetes. Such exercises can strain weakened blood vessels in the eyes of patients with retinopathy (a common diabetic complication). High-impact exercise may also injure blood vessels in the feet.

Patients who are taking medications that lower blood glucose, particularly insulin, should take special precautions before starting a workout program.

Glucose levels swing dramatically during exercise. People with diabetes should monitor their levels carefully before, during, and after workouts.
Patients should probably avoid exercise if glucose levels are above 300 mg/dL or under 100 mg/dL.
To avoid hypoglycemia (low blood sugar), people with diabetes should inject insulin in sites away from the muscles they use the most during exercise.
People with diabetes should drink plenty of fluids. Before exercising, they should avoid alcohol, which increases the risk of hypoglycemia.
Insulin-dependent athletes may need to decrease insulin doses, or take in more carbohydrates, prior to exercise. However, they may need to take an extra dose of insulin after exercise. Stress hormones released during exercise may increase blood glucose level (in people without diabetes, insulin is released to control this increase). People with diabetes must regularly test their blood sugar, and take any medications as instructed by their doctor.

A person with diabetes must regularly check their blood sugar (glucose) level.

Exercise's Effects on Bones and Muscles

Exercise is critical for strong muscles and bones. Muscle strength declines as people age, but studies report that when people exercise they are stronger and leaner than others in their age group.

Exercise helps kids lower their risk of chronic pain in the future. Research has shown that it helps them prevent back and neck pain. The more flexible men are as teenagers, the lower their risk of neck tension in the future, according to a study published in the February 2006 British Journal of Sports Medicine. The same report found that women who had the greatest endurance strength as teenagers had a lower risk of tension neck than those with lower teenager endurance strength. However, men with the greatest endurance strength had higher rates of knee injuries later on.

Joints are complex structures. They are designed to bear weight and move the body. Above the knee is the femur (thigh bone). Below the knee is the tibia (shin bone) and fibula. The kneecap is also called the patella. It rides on top of the lower portion of the femur and the top portion of the tibia. The muscles and ligaments connect these bones and the space between them is cushioned by fluid-filled capsules (synovia) and cartilage. When you exercise, the muscles pull on the bones, strengthening them. The range of motion of a joint represents how far it can be flexed (bent) and extended (stretched).

Joints require motion to stay healthy. Long periods of inactivity cause the arthritic joint to stiffen and the adjoining tissue to weaken. A moderate exercise program that includes low-impact aerobics, power, and strength training has benefits for osteoarthritic patients, even if exercise does not slow down the disease progression. Many patients who start an exercise program report less disability and pain. They are also better able to perform daily chores, and remain independent longer than their inactive peers. Older patients and those with medical problems should always check with their doctor before starting an exercise program.

Click the icon to see an image of osteoporosis.

The following are useful exercises for osteoarthritis patients:

Strengthening exercises builds muscle strength. Some experts encourage patients to emphasize strengthening leg muscles as a first treatment step, even before using pain relievers. They fear that patients who rely on painkilling drugs may overuse knees, which do not have strong enough muscle tissue to protect the joints from further damage. Strengthening the thigh muscles is certainly protective for those who have not developed osteoarthritis.
Range-of-motion exercises increase the amount of movement in a joint and muscle. The best examples are yoga and tai chi, which focus on flexibility, balance, and proper breathing. In one 2001 study, older adults who practiced the gentle movement, breathing, and meditation exercises of tai chi for 10 weeks reported less pain than their peers who did not learn the technique.
Low-impact aerobic workouts help stabilize and support the joints. Cycling and walking are beneficial, and swimming or exercising in water is highly recommended for people with arthritis. Patients with arthritis should avoid high-impact sports, such as jogging, tennis, and racquetball.
Some researchers are now focusing on "power" training, which involves improving the muscle's ability to move more rapidly against resisting forces, such as gravity. For example, such training helps people stand up or climb stairs more quickly. Muscle power declines more rapidly than muscle strength, and may be particularly important in older people.

Exercise is very important for slowing the progression of osteoporosis, and extremely important for reducing the risk of falling, which causes fractures. Falls are one of the leading causes of death in people over the age of 65. Exercise helps build balance and flexibility, which reduces the risk of falling.

Specific exercises may be especially helpful for reducing the risk of fractures:

Weight-bearing exercise is very beneficial for bones in people of all ages, even older people. This approach applies tension to muscle and bone, and the body responds to this stress by increasing bone density, in young adults by as much as 2 - 8% a year. Careful weight training can also be very beneficial for elderly people, particularly women. In addition to improving bone density, weight-bearing exercise reduces the risk of fractures by improving muscle strength and balance, thus helping to prevent falls.
Regular brisk long walks improve bone density and mobility. In one 2002 study, for example, older women reduced their risk of hip fracture by over 40% by working out just four hours a week.
Exercises specifically targeted to strengthen the back can be beneficial in improving posture, and may even reduce kyphosis (hunchback) in people with osteoporosis.
Low-impact exercises, particularly yoga and tai chi, which improve balance and strength, have been found to decrease the risk of falling. In one study, tai chi reduced this risk by almost half.

Click the icon to see an image of the bone-building exercise.

Note on Female Athlete Triad. Some young female athletes who exercise very intensely, and are subject to intense pressure to remain thin, are at risk for the female athlete triad. This syndrome is a combination of three disorders -- an eating disorder, loss of menstrual periods, and osteoporosis.

People who do not exercise regularly face an increased risk for low back pain, especially during times when they suddenly have to perform stressful, unfamiliar activities. These activities may include shoveling, digging, or moving heavy items. Although no definitive studies have been done to prove the relationship between lack of exercise and low back pain, sedentary living is probably a primary nonmedical cause contributing to this condition.

Lack of exercise leads to the following conditions that may threaten the back:

Muscle inflexibility can restrict the back's ability to move, rotate, and bend.
Weak stomach muscles can increase the strain on the back and can cause an abnormal tilt of the pelvis (hip bones).
Weak back muscles may increase the load on the spine and the risk of disk compression.
Obesity puts more weight on the spine and increases pressure on the vertebrae and disks. Studies report only a weak association between obesity and low back pain, however.

Benefits for Chronic Back Pain. People in with sudden and severe back pain should not exercise. Exercise plays a very beneficial role in relieving chronic back pain, however. In one study, patients with back pain lasting for an average of 18 months were assigned eight 1-hour exercise sessions over 4 weeks. They showed greater improvement in nearly every area, including reduced pain, compared to patients who did not exercise.

Exercise should be considered as part of a broader program to return to normal home, work, and social activities. In this way, the positive benefits of exercise not only affect strength and flexibility but they also alter and improve the patients' attitudes toward their disability and pain.

Repetition is the key to increasing flexibility, building endurance, and strengthening the specific muscles needed to support the spine. Some exercise programs used for prevention or treatment of chronic low back pain include the following:

Low-impact Aerobic Exercises: Low-impact aerobic exercises, such as swimming, bicycling, and walking, can strengthen muscles in the abdomen and back without over-straining the back. Programs that use strengthening exercises while swimming may be a particularly beneficial approach for many patients with back pain. In one study, for example, pregnant women who engaged in a water gymnastics program had less back pain, and were able to continue working longer.
Lumbar Extension Strength Training: Exercises called lumbar extension strength training are proving to be effective. Generally, these exercises attempt to strengthen the abdomen, and improve lower back mobility, strength, and endurance. They also enhance flexibility in the hip and hamstring muscles, and in the tendons at the back of the thigh.
Yoga, Tai Chi, and Chi Kung: These exercises combine low-impact physical movements and meditation. They are based on principles of disciplining the mind to achieve a physical and mental balance, and can be very helpful in preventing recurrences of low back pain. In one study of Pilates, an exercise practice that uses yoga principles, the exercises were helpful in a woman with progressive and disabling severe low back pain resulting from early scoliosis. This approach deserves further research.
Flexibility Exercises: Whether flexibility exercises alone offer any significant benefit for chronic back pain is uncertain. One study suggested that any benefits derived from flexibility exercises are lost unless the exercise programs are sustained.
Retraining Deep Muscles: Studies are finding a link between low back pain and poor motor control of deep muscles in the back and trunk. According to these studies, contraction exercises specifically designed to retrain these muscles may be effective for patients with both acute and chronic pain.

It is important for any person who has low back pain to have an exercise program guided by professionals who understand the limitations and special needs of back pain and who can address individual health conditions. One study indicated that patients who planned their own exercise did worse than those in physical therapy or doctor-directed programs.

Hazardous Effects on the Back. Improper or excessive exercise can also cause back pain.

Exercise's Effects on the Lungs

Patients with chronic lung problems have difficulty exercising. Shortness of breath is a major limitation in most patients, but in about a third, muscle fatigue is an even greater problem. Although exercise does not improve lung function, training helps many patients with chronic lung disease by strengthening their limb muscles, thus improving endurance and reducing breathlessness.

In people who already have colds, exercise has no effect on the illness' severity or duration. People should avoid strenuous physical activity when they have fevers, muscle aches, or other symptoms of a widespread viral illnesses.

Long-term exercise may help control asthma and reduce hospitalization. One 2000 study found that aerobic exercise improves breathing capacity and function in patients with mild asthma. People with asthma who enjoy running should probably choose an indoor track, to avoid pollutants. Swimming is particularly excellent for people with asthma. Yoga practice, which uses both stretching, breathing, chest expansion, and meditation techniques may have specific benefits that include stress reduction as well as airway opening. One study reported that two thirds of patients who practiced yoga regularly were able to reduce or eliminate their asthma medications.

Exercise-Induced Asthma. About 40 - 90% of asthma cases are exercise-induced asthma (EIA), in which exercise triggers coughing, wheezing, or shortness of breath. It occurs most often in children and young adults and during intense exercise in cold dry air. EIA is triggered only by exercise. Unlike allergic asthma, there is no long-term increase in airway activity. People who only have EIA do not require long-term maintenance therapy. The warm-up and cool-down periods, which are important for any exercise regimen, may help reduce EIA events. A study of military recruits found that exercise-induced asthma attacks did not hinder their ability to perform or train, suggesting that EIA is not a reason to exclude people from physically demanding occupations.

Exercise-induced asthma is distinct from allergic asthma in that it does not produce long-term increase in airway activity. People who only experience asthma when they exercise may be able to control their symptoms with preventive measures such as warm-up and cool-down exercises.

Walking is the best exercise for people with emphysema. Patients should try to walk three to four times daily for 5 - 15 minutes each time. Devices that assist ventilation may reduce breathlessness that occurs during exercise.

Inspiratory muscle training involves exercises and devices that make inhaling (breathing in) more difficult, in order to strengthen breathing muscles. In a 2001 study, patients who took part in an inspiratory muscle training group improved their breathing, walking capacity, and quality of life. Yoga or martial arts exercises, such as tai chi, which emphasize breathing techniques and balanced movements, may be particularly beneficial for patients with emphysema.

Exercise's Effects on Weight

Exercising helps people reduce their weight, maintain weight loss, and fight obesity. Research has shown that women who regularly exercise but do not change their diet can lose significantly more weight than less active women.

Thirty minutes of moderate-intensity exercise may be adequate to maintain cardiovascular health, but it might not prevent weight gain. Recommendations published in 2003 and 2004 suggest that 45 - 60 minutes of exercise per day is necessary to promote weight loss. Children may need more activity.

Losing significant weight requires both exercise and calorie restriction. In addition, if a person exercises without dieting, any actual weight loss may be minimal because dense and heavier muscle mass replaces fat. Nonetheless, regardless of weight loss, a fit body will look more toned and be healthier.

People who exercise are more apt to stay on a diet plan. Exercise improves psychological well-being and replaces sedentary habits that usually lead to snacking. Exercise may even act as a mild appetite suppressant.

Exercising without dieting still adds health benefits. One study found that overweight but fit people have half the death rate of overweight, unfit people. Research suggests that people who have trained for a long time develop more efficient mechanisms for burning fat and are able to stay leaner.

Lifting weights builds muscle, which burns calories more efficiently than other body tissues.

The following are some suggestions and observations on exercise and weight loss:

The treadmill burns the most calories of standard aerobic machines. It may be particularly effective when used in short multiple bouts during the day. Exercise sessions as short as 10 minutes, which are done frequently (about four times a day), may be the most successful program for obese people.
The more strenuous the exercise, the longer the body continues to burn calories before returning to its resting level. This state of fast calorie burning can last for as little as a few minutes after light exercise, to as long as several hours after prolonged or heavy exercise.
Resistance (strength) training is excellent for replacing fat with muscles. It should be performed two or three times a week.
Fidgeting may be very helpful in keeping pounds off. Regular exercise is certainly the best course, but for people who must sit for hours at work, frequently shifting positions while sitting may have some benefit.
It is important to realize that as people slim down, they burn fewer calories per mile of walking or jogging. The rate of weight loss slows down, sometimes discouragingly so, after an initial dramatic head start using diet and exercise combinations. People should be aware of this trend and keep adding to their daily exercise routine.
Changes in fat and muscle distribution may differ between men and women as they exercise. Men tend to lose abdominal fat (which lowers their risk for heart disease faster than reducing general body fat). Exercise, however, does not appear to have the same effect on weight distribution in women. A study of women who practiced aerobic and strength training showed the training resulted in fat loss in the women's arms and trunk. However, they did not gain muscle tissue in those areas.

Because obesity is one of the risk factors for heart disease, anyone who is overweight must discuss their exercise program with a physician before starting.

Exercise's Effects on Other Conditions

Physical activity makes you healthier. It lowers your risk for cardiovascular disease and reduces bone loss. Physical activity also helps the body use calories more efficiently, which helps you eliminate body fat and lose weight. It also helps you maintain weight loss by increasing your metabolism and reducing your appetite.

A number of studies have indicated that regular exercise may reduce the risk of breast, colon, and possibly prostate cancers.

Studies confirm that exercise significantly reduces the risk of both colon cancer (by up to 50%) and breast cancer (by up to 30%).

A 2006 study found that, though protection from breast cancer may vary among the types of tumor, exercise offered the most marked protection from the more aggressive tumors. A second study, also done in 2006, supported this finding. Several studies also suggested that more intense exercise is more protective against breast cancer. Exercising consistently throughout life gives the best protection. Exercise not only lowers a woman's chance of getting breast cancer, it can help those who have received chemotherapy for the disease fight off fatigue.

While endurance athletes may suffer from stomach problems, low intensity exercise has a marked protective effect against colon cancer, according to studies, including the Nurses Health Study and the American Cancer Society's Cancer Prevention Study II. Furthermore, a 2006 study found that people with colon cancer who exercise reduce their risk of a recurrence.

Exercise also has a beneficial effect on people receiving treatment for prostate cancer. A new study found that aerobic and resistance training significantly reduced fatigue in men undergoing radiation treatments for prostate cancer. Fatigue is a common side effect of such treatments. In this study, 122 patients received supervised aerobic training, resistance training, or neither. At the end of 24 weeks, participants in both exercise groups noted significant improvement in their fatigue symptoms, compared to the control group. Participants in the resistance training group also lost a significant percentage of their body fat.

Endurance athletes often report stomach problems, such as bloating, diarrhea, and gas, even at rest. Experts suggest that moderate regular exercise might reduce the risk for some intestinal disorders. These disorders include ulcers, irritable bowel syndrome, indigestion, and diverticulosis. Older people who exercise moderately may have a lower risk for severe gastrointestinal bleeding.

Patients with end-stage kidney disease who exercise four to five times per week have better survival rates than those who are less active, according to researchers involved in the Dialysis Morbidity and Mortality Wave 2 study. However, the majority of study participants said that severe physical limitations prevented them from exercising so often.

Studies have shown that regular exercise, particularly walking, helps reduce one's risk for memory loss. A 2005 study found that older men who walked less than a mile daily had a 71% higher risk of dementia than those who walked more than two miles a day. A 2006 study found that people older than 65 who exercise regularly had lower risk of developing dementia, particularly Alzheimer's disease. An earlier study found that walking regularly protects women from mental decline. To date, there are no clear explanations for this apparent benefit. A preliminary study in mice suggests that physical activity changes the way brain-damaging proteins are processed in the brain, thus slowing the development of Alzheimer's disease. Aerobic exercise has been linked with improved reaction time, perception, and math skills in people of all ages.

Doctors found that exercise improves the physical and emotional well-being of patients who already have Alzheimer's disease. The patients exercised moderately for as little as 60 minutes each week. Doctors noted patients who exercised were less depressed, wandered away less, suffered fewer falls, and were placed in nursing homes later, compared to patients who did not exercise.

People with existing neurological diseases, such as multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, and Alzheimer's disease, should be encouraged to exercise. Specialized exercise programs that improve mobility are particularly valuable for patients with Parkinson's disease. Patients with neurological disorders who exercise experience less stiffness, as well as reduction in, and even reversal of, muscle wasting. In addition, the psychological benefits of exercise are extremely important in managing these disorders. Exercise machines, aquatic exercises, and walking are particularly useful.

Some research has suggested that exercise may have antidepressant effects. Although there is little strong evidence that exercise can help manage depression, a number of studies have suggested benefits. Research findings include:

Just 30 minutes of brisk exercise three times a week was as effective as medication in relieving symptoms, and reducing relapse, in many patients with mild-to-moderate depression.
Over half of older women with depression that did not respond to medication improved with 10 weeks of exercise. (About a third of women who did not exercise also improved during that time.)
Studies on elderly, depressed patients report modest benefits from exercise, even in those who do not response to antidepressants. Simply participating in a group activity may help improve mood.
Teenagers who are active in sports have a greater sense of well-being than their sedentary peers. The more vigorously they exercise, the better their emotional health.
Physical inactivity is strongly linked to depression in children 8 - 12 years of age.

Specific exercises may be particularly beneficial:

Aerobics. Either brief periods of intense training or prolonged aerobic workouts can raise levels of certain chemicals in the brain. These chemicals -- which include endorphins, adrenaline, serotonin, and dopamine -- produce the so-called runner's high. Weight loss and increased muscle tone can boost self-esteem.

Yoga. Yoga practice, which involves rhythmic stretching movements and breathing, has been found to positively affect mood. It may have clinical potential as a technique for improving and stabilizing mood. A study comparing yoga to aerobic exercise found that men have significantly lower levels of tension, fatigue, and anger after yoga, compared with levels after swimming. Yoga and swimming tended to produce equal benefits in women.

Click the icon to see an image of the benefits of yoga.

Moderate exercise in healthy pregnant women does not increase the risk for miscarriage, preterm labor, or rupture of the membrane. Not exercising increases the risk for complications, including low-birth weight babies. Exercising increases the fetal heart rate, which in turn protects the baby.

Healthy women with normal pregnancies should exercise at least three times a week, being careful to warm up, cool down, and drink plenty of liquids. Many prenatal calisthenics programs are available.

The following are specific exercises that may benefit the pregnant woman:

Swimming and water aerobics may be the best option for most pregnant women. Swimming has special benefits for those with fluid buildup. Water exercises involve no impact, overheating is unlikely, and swimming face down promotes optimum blood flow to the uterus.
Performing yoga exercises under the guidance of informed instructors can be very helpful.
Walking is also beneficial.

To strengthen pelvic muscles, women should perform Kegel exercises at least six times a day. This involves contracting the muscles around the vagina and urethra for three seconds 12 - 15 times in a row.

Experts generally recommend the following precautions for pregnant women who exercise:

Fit women who have exercised regularly before pregnancy may work out intensely as long as the doctor approves and no discomfort occurs.
As a rule for previously sedentary, low-risk expectant mothers, the pulse rate should not exceed 70 - 75% of the maximum heart rate, or more than 150 beats per minute. Any sedentary expectant mother should check with her doctor before starting an exercise program.
According to one study, vigorous exercise may improve the chances for a timely delivery. All pregnant women, however, should avoid high-impact, jerky, and jarring exercises, such as aerobic dancing, which can weaken the pelvic floor muscles that support the uterus.
During exercise, women should monitor their temperature to avoid overheating, a side effect that can damage the fetus. (Pregnant women should also not use hot tubs or steam baths, which can cause fetal damage and miscarriage.)

Note: Strenuous exercise may affect the flavor of breast milk for a short time afterward. Nursing mothers who engage in such activity might want to wait about an hour after exercising before they feed their infant.

Complications

Exercise may lead to injury if not done properly. Always exercise with care.

Competitive running or high-impact aerobics pose a high risk of a number of injuries to the bones and muscle. The effect of high-impact exercise on the back is not entirely clear. Some research suggests that over time, high-impact exercise may increase the risk for degenerative disk disease. A survey of people who played tennis, however, found no increased risk for low back pain or sciatica.

High-impact exercise can also cause dizziness, ringing in the ear, motion sickness, or loss of high-frequency hearing.

Some research further suggests that in people unused to exercise, intense activity increases production of harmful particles in the body called free radicals. These unstable oxygen particles injure muscle tissue. Muscle pain in this case does not occur until 24 - 48 hours after exercise.

Some people have a higher than average risk for injury:

About half of people at any age who participate in competitive running or high-impact aerobics experience minor injuries at least once a year. Young, intensely competitive athletes may be at risk for permanent injury. Studies are mixed over whether intensive high-impact sports in younger people cause long-term degenerative joint disease.
As the number of older people who start exercising increases, there has also been an increase in injuries for this age group. Between 1990 and 1996, injuries from active sports increased by 54% in people age 65 and older.
Women are far more likely than men to suffer knee injuries.
Urinary incontinence affects many female athletes who engage in high-impact exercise.
Tennis players are at high risk for injuries from repetitive force on the shoulder joint.

Preventing High-Impact Injuries. The following may be helpful for preventing injury:

Wear shock-absorbing footwear with weight-dampening inserts.
Combine weight lifting with jumping exercises. This may prevent injury by strengthening hamstrings and improving coordination.
Vary training and alternate easy and harder workouts.
Be careful to warm up, cool down, and stretch. Flexibility is the key to preventing many muscle strains.
Take days off now and then. The risk of injury increases when athletes train more than five times a week.

Because of the association between high-impact exercises and oxidation, some experts suggest eating foods rich in antioxidants, such as vitamins A, C, and E. Such foods, which may protect against damage from free radicals, include many fresh fruits and vegetables.

Treating Minor Injuries. Most mild or moderate injuries respond well to a simple, four-step treatment: rest, ice, compression, and elevation (RICE). This combination works well for both spot injuries and chronic problems. Ice packs, which reduce inflammation and pain, can help new injuries, and can be useful for the first few hours after a chronically injured area is exercised. How much or how long to compress the injury is unclear.

Evidence suggests that early movement is helpful, although taping or bracing in people with a recurrent ankle sprain is known to be protective. It may not be helpful in those without a previous ankle injury.

Minor injuries like sprains may be treated at home if broken bones are not suspected. The acronym RICE can help you remember how to treat minor injuries: "R" stands for rest, "I" is for ice, "C" is for compression, and "E" is for elevation. Pain and swelling should decrease within 48 hours. Gentle movement may help, but pressure should not be put on a sprained joint until pain is completely gone. This can take up to a few weeks.

Heat, ultrasound, whirlpool, and massage may speed healing if applied a day or two after the initial injury or for warm-up before another workout session.

Some young female athletes who exercise very intensely, and are subject to intense pressure to remain thin, are at risk for a syndrome known as the female athlete triad. This combination of symptoms includes loss of menstruation, eating disorders, and osteoporosis. Eating disorders among young female athletes are estimated at 15 - 62%. Women at higher risk include ballet dancers, gymnasts, and divers. Continued intense exercise causes a stress response in which estrogen (the primary female hormone) is lost. Estrogen loss can lead to infertility and osteoporosis. Iron loss and anemia may also be a problem in women who exercise frequently, even at moderate intensity. A doctor should be consulted for any of these concerns.

Incorrect movements can literally cause mechanical problems in the muscles. These problems are usually the result of improper exercise instruction, and lack of attention. A single jerky golf swing, or the incorrect use of exercise equipment (especially free weights, nautilus, and rowing machines), can cause serious back injuries.

Between 30 - 70% of cyclists experience low back pain. Pain may be improved by adjusting the angle of the bicycle seat.

Everyone should drink lots of fluid during intense exercise. Thirst is often a poor indicator of dehydration in people who exercise, particularly older people. During a tough workout in a hot environment, the body can lose two liters of fluid per hour through sweat.

Anyone who exercises intensely should take the following precautions:

Drink 6 - 8 ounces of fluid about 15 minutes before a workout, and then pause regularly during exercise to drink more.
Water is the best choice for replenishing body fluids. Glucose-sodium-potassium solutions, the so-called "sports drinks," which promise instant energy, appear to be no better than water at improving endurance during prolonged intense running.
Caffeinated beverages like coffee and soft drinks give short bursts of energy, but can actually cause fluid loss. Caffeine before a workout has been shown to temporarily raise blood pressure, and reduces blood flow to inactive limbs.

Contrary to popular belief, drinking fluids will not cause cramps. Drinking enough, in fact, helps prevent the painful involuntary muscle spasms that sometimes occur during exercise.

Overheating, or hyperthermia, can be a problem with hard exercise, or when working out in hot weather. Overheating can cause mild to life-threatening conditions. Heat exhaustion, a moderate form of hyperthermia, is characterized by the following symptoms:

Lightheadedness, nausea, headache, hyperventilation, fatigue, and loss of concentration
A high temperature (above 103° F), possibly accompanied by complaints of chills and clammy skin

Individuals should rest in a cool, dry place, drink plenty of fluids, and bring down their body temperature with ice packs pressed against the skin.

Heatstroke. Heatstroke is the most dangerous complication of hyperthermia. The victim may suddenly stop sweating, after which symptoms such as altered consciousness, seizures, and even coma may quickly follow. Heat stroke is a medical emergency and requires immediate cooling of the victim in an ice-water bath or with ice packs. One study suggests that risk for serious complications from exercising in high temperatures may persist as late as the following day, even if the weather has cooled down.

Click the icon to see an image of the dangers of heatstroke.

Precautions are also necessary in cold weather. When exercising in winter dress in layers, including gloves and socks, which create insulated air pockets that trap heat. In cold weather, wear shoes with less ventilation than those worn in the summer. Fingers, toes, ears, and nose are most susceptible to frostbite. Frostbite progresses from stinging or aching to numbness. Fingers and toes may become white. Soaking the hands and feet in warm water can help, but only once there is no risk of refreezing, since a second bout of frostbite after thawing can quicken tissue damage.

Hypothermia can be life-threatening and can occur even after long exposure to temperatures that are above freezing. The condition is characterized by extreme fatigue, mental confusion, apathy, and a lack of coordination. The victim should be warmed as soon as possible with blankets, body heat, and warm fluids.

Motivation

Motivation, or a lack thereof, is one reason many people stop exercising. Here are some tips for avoiding burnout:

Think of exercise as a menu rather than a diet. Choose a number of different physical activities that are personally enjoyable such as sports, dancing, or biking. Although experts say you should get 30 minutes of aerobic exercises at least five times a week, those times can be divided into shorter periods -- such as 10 minute sessions. In addition, people can achieve health benefits from other exercise programs, including weight training, yoga, or tai chi.
Stick to a prepared schedule and record progress.
Develop an interest or hobby that requires physical activity.
Adopt simple routines such as climbing the stairs instead of taking the elevator, walking instead of driving to the local newsstand, or canoeing instead of zooming along in a powerboat.
Try cross training (regularly switching from one type of exercise to another). Studies suggest it is more beneficial than focusing only on one form of exercise.
Exercise with friends.
Join a gym or take classes. Many affordable programs are available.
For those who can afford them, personal trainers can be very helpful and are available in many gyms and exercise clubs. Personal trainers without any connection to a well-reputed gym or fitness club should be certified by a major fitness organization, such as the Aerobics and Fitness Association of America (AFAA) or the American Council on Exercise.
Exercise videos may also be helpful, but people should be sure they are suited to their individual age and health needs, and bear the seal of the AFAA.
Consider getting a dog. A study in the February 2006 American Journal of Preventive Medicine found that dog owners in Canada walk almost twice as much as those who don’t own a dog. Regular walking is a good way to improve health.

Differences in Motivation Between Men and Women. Motivation factors may differ by gender, and women appear to have a harder time. In one study, weight loss was the greatest motivator to exercise for women, and muscle tone was the primary motivator for men. Unfortunately, effects on appearances may take a long time to show, discouraging people from continuing an exercise program even though their health is improving.

Overweight among children and adolescents has now become an epidemic in the United States. Experts say that children should be vigorously active for at least 20 - 60 minutes 3 - 5 days a week. Parents and schools must be imaginative and rigorous in encouraging children to exercise.

Role of Parents. Parents must make conscious efforts to limit sedentary activities, and to encourage physical ones for their children. This includes monitoring the time children spend on the computer, in front of the TV, or playing video games. Parents should suggest different forms of entertainment. Even children who aren't interested in joining a Little League team may enjoy a round of catch with their parents, walking in the park, or swimming in a local lake.

Role of Schools. Early school physical education programs can make a significant difference and the earlier these routines are learned, the more likely they will be carried forth into a healthy adulthood. Schools should emphasize team cooperation or individual improvement and self-mastery. Studies have shown that people tend to give up more quickly and feel less competent if their perceptions of success are based only on comparison to their peers.

People mature at different rates, and there seems to be a genetic component to coordination, strength, speed, and one's response to resistance exercise. Nonetheless, everyone should strive to be as fit as they possibly can, given their strengths and limitations.

The decision to adopt a healthier behavior -- whether it's more exercise, weight loss, or quitting smoking -- is not as simple as just deciding to do it. Behavior change expert James Prochaska and his colleagues outlined a theory, which has been supported by numerous studies, showing that people cycle through a variety of stages before a new behavior is successfully adopted over the long term. It may help you to understand how this works. As you read the description of each stage -- specifically as it relates to exercise -- you may find yourself nodding and saying to yourself, "Yes, that's me!"

Stage 1: Pre-Contemplation. People at this stage have no plans or desire to exercise. They aren't even considering exercising. They are generally unaware of the specific benefits that exercise can bring -- exercise may seem more like a hassle than something worth doing. Or, they may simply have "failed" in the past and have given up.

There's no point in talking about how to start an exercise program if you are at this stage. Instead, it is important to think about how exercise might be good for you personally -- by helping you to lose weight, feel better, have more confidence, live longer, sleep better, or reduce your stress levels. The benefits must be identified before a person will consider exercise.

If you are at this stage, a good activity is to ask four friends or family members why they exercise. Their answers may show you some real-life benefits, and inspire enough interest to compel you to take the next step.

Stage 2: Contemplation. A person at this stage is thinking, "I think I should probably exercise, but I need help getting started." People at this stage know that exercise is good for them, but it seems like a daunting task or they don't think they can pull it off. Some may have tried and "failed" in the past, but they are still receptive to another go-round.

It's important for people at this stage to consider some of the truths and falsehoods of exercise. For example, it is helpful to know that there are many forms of physical activity to select from, and that you can do your exercising in small chunks. It is not true that exercise has to be painful, or that you either succeed or fail. There is no such thing as "failure" -- people become more or less active at different stages of their lives, and it is never too late to get moving again. And people at this stage should find assurance that an exercise plan can be very simple.

If you are at this stage, a good activity is to write down all the things that you believe make exercise difficult -- and to learn strategies for overcoming or side-stepping those hurdles. People at this stage might benefit from making a pledge, contract, or other commitment that they are going to get more active in the near future. The goal is to get un-stuck by identifying the roadblocks and the ways to overcome these roadblocks. The final goal at this stage is to make a commitment.

Stage 3: Preparation. These folks are primed and motivated. They are ready to give exercise a try. The goal of this stage is to create a specific action plan that takes all factors into account, so that the "launch" is successful. People at this stage need to know how much they should be exercising, their target heart rate, and the types of exercises. They should explore the different kinds of exercises and decide which ones to try.

At this stage, people will evaluate exercise machines and health plans, if that interests them, pick the proper clothing or accessories, and consult a doctor if necessary. They also need to think about how they are going to fit their exercise plans into their daily and weekly schedule.

If you are at this stage, you should also consider some backup plans -- what to do if it rains, or if you don't feel like exercising. That way you are prepared to overcome that hurdle when you encounter it. You should be aware of what to expect realistically at the beginning -- for example, be aware that weight loss takes time, but health benefits begin immediately.

Stage 4: Action! People at this stage have just started exercising. This stage is where the biggest behavior change occurs -- these people have started to exercise but it is not yet a long-term, ingrained habit. This stage requires significant commitment and energy.

If you are at this stage, keep talking to friends and family for inspiration. Review your backup plans. Reward yourself for small achievements. Give yourself notes and reminders to exercise. Having a friend to exercise with can be very helpful as you get through this stage. You want to build and maintain momentum, because exercising gets easier once it is a habit!

Stage 5: Maintenance. The people at this stage have been exercising for at least 6 months. At this point, exercising has started to become a habit. The goal here is to prevent relapse. If you are at this stage, identify ways that you can fine-tune your program. Continue to identify roadblocks and improve your backup plans. Think about what you have found most enjoyable about exercising.

What benefits have you gained? Keep reminding yourself of these perks. If giving yourself a challenge was part of your initial motivation, set new goals and find new challenges. If you risk getting bored with your routine, find ways to vary it. Or maybe you have found a comfortable routine that you enjoy -- if it's working, great! There is no need to change it. You might want to read or learn more about your method of exercising, and develop a deeper level of understanding about it. Soon you'll be a pro!

One point about this theory is that people do not proceed from one stage to another in a simple, step-by-step fashion. They actually cycle or spiral back and forth, so that they may move from stage 1 to 2 to 3, and then back to 2 again. They may stay in maintenance mode for years and then fall back to stage 2. Remember that this is normal -- if you tried exercising in the past and didn't stick with it, don't consider yourself a failure. Just know that it's time to try again!

Resources

http://fitness.gov -- The President's Council on Physical Fitness and Sports
www.ncppa.org --National Coalition for Promoting Physical Activity
www.acefitness.org --American Council on Exercise
www.arthritis.org --The Arthritis Foundation offers tips on exercising with arthritis
www.justmove.org -- Just Move (American Heart Association)

References

Taylor, A.H., Ussher, M., & Faulkner, G. The acute effects of exercise on cigarette cravings, withdrawal symptoms, affect and smoking behaviour: a systematic review. Addiction. 2007;102:534-543.

Kruk J. Lifetime physical activity and the risk of breast cancer: a case-control study. Cancer Detect Prev. 2007;31(1):18- 28.

Tehard B, Friedenreich CM, Oppert JM, et al. Effect of physical activity on women at increased risk of breast cancer: results from the E3N cohort study. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev. 2006 Jan;15(1):57-64.

Adams SA, Matthews CE, Hebert JR, et al. Association of physical activity with hormone receptor status: the Shanghai Breast Cancer Study. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev. 2006 Jun;15(6):1170-8.

Larson EB, Wang L, Bowen JD et al. Exercise is associated with reduced risk for incident dementia among persons 65 years of age and older. Ann Intern Med. 2006 Jan 17;144(2):73-81.

Meyerhardt JA, Heseltine D, Niedzwiecki D, et al. Impact of physical activity on cancer recurrence and survival in patients with stage III colon cancer: findings from CALGB 89803. J Clin Oncol. 2006 Aug 1;24(22):3535-41.

Slattery ML. Physical activity and colorectal cancer. Sports Med. 2004;34(4):239-52.

Peters HP, De Vries WR, Vanberge-Henegouwen GP et al. Potential benefits and hazards of physical activity and exercise on the gastrointestinal tract. Gut. 2001 Mar;48(3):435-9.

Abbott, RD, White, LR, G. Ross, W, et al. Walking and Dementia in Physically Capable Elderly Men. JAMA. 2004;292:1447-1453

Calton BA, Lacey JV Jr, Schatzkin A, Schairer C, Colbert LH, Albanes D, Leitzmann MF. Physical activity and the risk of colon cancer among women: A prospective cohort study (United States). Int J Cancer. 2006 Feb 17; [Epub ahead of print]

Di Loreto C, Fanelli C, Lucidi P, et al. Make your diabetic patients walk: long-term impact of different amounts of physical activity on type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care. 2005 Jun;28(6):1295-302.

Mikkelsson LO, Nupponen H, Kaprio J, Kautiainen H, Mikkelsson M, Kujala UM. Adolescent flexibility, endurance strength, and physical activity as predictors of adult tension neck, low back pain, and knee injury: A 25 year follow up study. Br J Sports Med. 2006 Feb;40(2):107-13.

Brown SG, Rhodes RE. Relationships among dog ownership and leisure-time walking in Western Canadian adults. Am J Prev Med. 2006 Feb;30(2):131-6.

Simons R, Andel R. The effects of resistance training and walking on functional fitness in advanced old age. J Aging Health. 2006 Feb;18(1):91-105.

Review Date:
4/30/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Scoliosis

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:13 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Risk Factors
Prognosis
Symptoms
Diagnosis
Treatment
Managing Scoliosis
Braces
Surgery
Treatment for Adult Scolios...
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Diagnosing Scoliosis

Scoliosis is diagnosed typically in children 10 - 15 years of age. However, only about 1% of cases actually require treatment. There is a large female preponderance for larger curves that do require treatment.

Defining Scoliosis

Nonstructural scoliosis is a simple side-to-side curve of the spine. Structural scoliosis adds to that simple curve a rotation of the vertebrae, resulting in a twisting of the spine.

Causes

In about 80% of scoliosis cases, the cause is unknown (idiopathic scoliosis). Research has not been able to identify any genetic abnormality that would make a person susceptible to developing scoliosis.

Treatment with Bracing

Bracing has long been the standard treatment to prevent progression of the curvature of scoliosis. However, patient compliance has been a problem, especially for younger patients. Newer braces are now more comfortable and can be worn discretely under the clothing, thus improving patient compliance and treatment results.

Introduction

Scoliosis is the abnormal curvature of the spine. While the normal spine has gentle natural curves that round the shoulders and make the lower back curve inward, scoliosis typically involves a three-dimensional deformity of the spinal column and rib cage. To varying degrees, the spine curves from side-to-side, and some of the spinal bones may rotate slightly, making the hips or shoulders appear uneven. It may develop in the following way:

As a single primary side-to-side curve (resembling the letter C), or
As two curves (a primary curve along with a compensating secondary curve that forms an S shape).

Scoliosis most commonly develops in the area between the upper back (the thoracic area) and lower back (lumbar area). It may also occur only in the upper or lower back. The doctor attempts to define scoliosis by the following characteristics:

The shape of the curve
Its location
Its direction
Its magnitude
Its causes, if possible

Click the icon to see an image of scoliosis.

The severity of scoliosis is determined by the extent of the spinal curvature and the angle of the trunk rotation (ATR) and is usually measured in degrees. Curves of less than 20 degrees are considered mild and account for 80% of scoliosis cases. Curves that progress beyond 20% require medical attention. Such attention, however, usually involves periodic monitoring to make sure the condition is not becoming worse.

Scoliosis affects about 2 - 3% of the population (about 6 million people in the United States). It can occur in adults but is more commonly diagnosed for the first time in children aged 10 - 15 years. About 10% of the adolescent population has some degree of scoliosis, but less than 1% develops scoliosis that requires treatment. The condition also tends to run in families. Among persons with relatives that have scoliosis, about 20% develop the condition.

Among adults, previous reports have indicated a prevalence of scoliosis of up to 32%. But a recent study of 75 healthy adults aged 60 years and older with no known history of scoliosis or prior spine surgery suggested a rate of 68%. However, scoliosis was not linked to physical or social impairment in this population.

Scoliosis is often categorized by the shape of the curve, usually as either structural or nonstructural.

Structural scoliosis. In addition to the spine curving from side to side, the vertebrae rotate, twisting the spine. As it twists, one side of the rib cage is pushed outward so that the spaces between the ribs widen and the shoulder blade protrudes (producing the rib-cage deformity, or hump). The other half of the rib cage is twisted inward, compressing the ribs.
Nonstructural scoliosis. The curve does not twist but is a simple side-to-side curve.

Other abnormalities of the spine that may occur alone or in combination with scoliosis include hyperkyphosis (an abnormal exaggeration in the backward rounding of the upper spine) and hyperlordosis (an exaggerated forward curving of the lower spine, also called swayback).

Click the icon to see an image of kyphosis.

The location of a structural curve is defined by the location of the apical vertebra. This is bone at the highest point (the apex) in the spinal hump. This particular vertebra also undergoes the most severe rotation during the disease process.

The direction of the curve in structural scoliosis is determined by whether the convex (rounded) side of the curve bends to the right or left. For example, a doctor will diagnose a patient as having right thoracic scoliosis if the apical vertebra is in the thoracic (upper back) region of the spine, and the curve bends to the right.

The magnitude of the curve is determined by taking measurements of the length and angle of the curve on an x-ray view.

Vertebrae. The spine is a column of small bones, or vertebrae, that support the entire upper body. The column is grouped into three sections of vertebrae:

Cervical (C) vertebrae are the 7 spinal bones that support the neck.
Thoracic (T) vertebrae are the 12 spinal bones that connect to the rib cage.
Lumbar (L) vertebrae are the 5 lowest and largest bones of the spinal column. Most of the body's weight and stress falls on the lumbar vertebrae.

Each vertebra can be designated by using a letter and number; the letter reflects the region (C=cervical, T=thoracic, and L=lumbar), and the number signifies its location within that region. For example, C4 is the fourth bone down in the cervical region, and T8 is the eighth thoracic vertebra.

Below the lumbar region is the sacrum, a shield-shaped bony structure that connects with the pelvis at the sacroiliac joints. At the end of the sacrum are 2 - 4 tiny, partially fused vertebrae known as the coccyx or "tail bone."

The Spinal Column and its Curves. Altogether, the vertebrae form the spinal column. In the upper trunk the column normally has a gentle outward curve (kyphosis) while the lower back has a reverse inward curve (lordosis).

The Disks. Vertebrae in the spinal column are separated from each other by small cushions of cartilage known as intervertebral disks. Inside each disk is a jelly-like substance called the nucleus pulposus, which is surrounded by a tough, fibrous ring called the annulus fibrosis. The disk is 80% water. This structure makes the disk both elastic and strong. The disks have no blood supply of their own, relying instead on nearby blood vessels to keep them nourished.

Processes. Each vertebra in the spine has a number of bony projections, known as processes. The spinal and transverse processes attach to the muscles in the back and act like little levers, allowing the spine to twist or bend. The particular processes form the joints between the vertebrae themselves, meeting together and interlocking at the zygapophysial joints (more commonly known as facet or z joints).

Spinal Canal. Each vertebra and its processes surround and protect an arch-shaped central opening. These arches, aligned to run down the spine, form the spinal canal, which encloses the spinal cord, the central trunk of nerves that connects the brain with the rest of the body.

Click the icon to see an image of the spine.

Click the icon to see an image of the sacrum.

Click the icon to see an image of the curves of the spine.

Click the icon to see an image of an intervertebral disk.

Click the icon to see an image of the spinal canal.

Causes

In 80% of patients, the cause of scoliosis is unknown. Such cases are called idiopathic scoliosis. (Idiopathic means without a known cause.) Idiopathic scoliosis may be due to multiple, poorly understood inherited factors, most likely from the mother's side. However, the severity often varies widely among family members who have the condition, suggesting that other factors must be present.

Researchers have not been able to identify the specific genetic abnormalities that make a young person susceptible to spinal distortion. Inherited physical abnormalities, problems in coordination, abnormalities in the central nervous system, and other inherited factors may play some role either alone or in combination with other conditions to produce scoliosis.

Physical Abnormalities. Researchers are investigating possible physical abnormalities that may cause imbalances in bones or muscles that would lead to scoliosis. Among them are the following:

Imbalances in Muscles around the Vertebrae. Some research suggests that imbalances in the muscles around the vertebrae may make children susceptible to spinal distortions as they grow.
High Arches. One study showed a higher incidence of abnormally high arches in the feet in people with idiopathic scoliosis, suggesting that altered balance may be a factor in certain cases.

Problems in Coordination. Some experts are looking at inherited defects in perception or coordination that may cause asymmetrical growth in the spine of some children with scoliosis.

Genetic Abnormalities in the Central Nervous System. Genetic defects that cause altered processing in the brain may play a role in producing abnormalities in the growing spine. For example, research has implicated low levels of melatonin, a hormone secreted in the pineal gland in brain. Melatonin is involved with sleep and growth. Researchers speculate that genetic factors that cause reduced blood levels of melatonin may adversely affect muscle tone and development during sleep, perhaps contributing to scoliosis.

Other Biologic Factors. Several other biologic factors are being investigated for some contribution to scoliosis:

Abnormalities in collagen, the critical structural protein found in muscles and bones. Enzymes known as matrix metalloproteinases are involved in the repair and remodeling of collagen. Researchers have found high levels of the enzymes in the disks of patients with scoliosis, which suggests that the enzymes may contribute to curve progression. Elevated levels of the enzymes can cause abnormalities in components in the spinal disks, contributing to disk degeneration.
A possible defective gene responsible for production of fibrillin, an important component of connective tissue, which makes up bones and muscles.
Abnormalities in a protein called platelet calmodulin that binds to calcium. This protein acts like a tiny muscle and pulls clots together. Measuring levels of this protein may eventually help predict whether scoliosis will worsen.

Congenital scoliosis is caused by inborn spinal deformities that may result in the development of absent or fused vertebrae. Kidney problems, particularly having only one kidney, often coincide with congenital scoliosis. The condition usually becomes evident at either age 2 or between ages 8 and 13 as the spine begins to grow more quickly, putting additional stress on the abnormal vertebrae. It is essential to diagnose and monitor such curvatures as early as possible, since they can progress quickly. Early surgical treatment -- before age 5 -- may be important in many of these patients to prevent serious complications.

Adult scoliosis has two primary causes:

Progression of childhood scoliosis.
Degenerative lumbar scoliosis. Degenerative lumbar scoliosis is a condition that typically develops after age 50. With this condition, the lower spine is affected, usually due to disk degeneration. Osteoporosis, a serious problem in many older adults, is not a risk factor for new-onset scoliosis, but it can be a contributing factor. In most cases, however, it is not known why scoliosis occurs in adults.

Scoliosis may be a result of various conditions that affect bones and muscles associated with the spinal column. They include the following:

Muscle paralysis.
Muscle deterioration from diseases such as muscular dystrophy, polio, or cerebral palsy.
Injury to the spinal cord.
Tumors, growths, or other small abnormalities on the spinal column. For example, syringomyelia, a disorder in which cysts form along the spine, can cause scoliosis. These spinal abnormalities may play a larger role in causing some cases of scoliosis than previously thought.
Familial dysautonomia, a rare disorder in Jewish children of Ashkenazi descent. (Only about 500 cases have been reported.)
Stress fractures and hormonal abnormalities that affect bone growth in young, competitive athletes.
Birth defects, including spina bifida (an open spinal cord) and myelomeningocele (a hernia of the central nervous system).
Turner syndrome, a genetic disease in females that affects physical and reproductive development.
Other diseases that can cause scoliosis are Marfan syndrome, Aicardi syndrome, Friedreich ataxia, Albers-Schonberg disease, rheumatoid arthritis, Cushing syndrome, and osteogenesis imperfecta.

Spina bifida is a congenital disorder (birth defect) in which the backbone and spinal canal do not close before birth. In severe cases, this can result in the spinal cord and its covering membranes protruding out of an affected infant's back. Spina bifida may also be nearly inconsequential, or may be repairable through surgery.

Nonstructural scoliosis is usually not a serious problem, since the curve is side to side. It can develop from a number of physical problems, including the following:

Unequal leg length. Injury, a shortened Achilles tendon, or other structural in-born problems can cause this very common condition. Unequal leg length rarely causes any problems and in most cases requires no treatment other than a lift in one of the shoes to equalize the length.
Muscle spasms.

Risk Factors

Risk Factors for Initial Scoliosis. Idiopathic scoliosis, the most common form, occurs most often during the growth spurt right before and during adolescence. (Between 12 - 21% of idiopathic cases occur in children ages 3 - 10 years, and less than 1% in infants.) Mild curvature (under 20 degrees) occurs about equally in girls and boys, but curve progression is 10 times more likely to occur in girls. Being taller than average at earlier ages may put some girls at risk, but other factors must be present to produce scoliosis. A risk factor that affects females is a delayed onset of menstruation, which can prolong the growth spurt period, thus increasing the possibility for the development of scoliosis.

Risk Factors for Curvature Progression. Once scoliosis is diagnosed, it is very difficult to predict who is at highest risk for curve progression. About 2 - 4% of all adolescents develop curvature of 10 degrees or more, but only about 0.3 - 0.5% of teenagers have curves greater than 20 degrees, which requires some medical attention.

People with certain medical conditions that affect the joints and muscles are at higher risk for scoliosis. These conditions include rheumatoid arthritis, muscular dystrophy, polio, and cerebral palsy. Children who receive organ transplants (kidney, liver, heart) are also at increased risk.

In one study, idiopathic scoliosis occurred in about 5% of close family members of children with the condition.

Scoliosis may be evident in young athletes, with a prevalence of 2 - 24%. The highest rates are observed among dancers, gymnasts, and swimmers. The scoliosis may have been due in part to loosening of the joints, delay in puberty onset (which can lead to weakened bones), and stresses on the growing spine. There have also been other isolated reports of a higher risk for scoliosis in young athletes who engage vigorously in sports that put an uneven load on the spine. These include figure skating, dance, tennis, skiing, and javelin throwing, among other sports. In most cases, the scoliosis is minor, and everyday sports do not lead to scoliosis. Exercise has many benefits for people both young and old and may even help patients with scoliosis.

Prognosis

In general, the severity of the scoliosis depends on the degree of the curvature and whether it threatens vital organs, specifically the lungs and heart.

Mild Scoliosis (less than 20 degrees). Mild scoliosis is not serious and requires no treatment other than monitoring.
Moderate Scoliosis (between 25 and 70 degrees). It is still not clear whether untreated moderate scoliosis causes significant health problems later on. Some studies have found no difference in either back pain or survival rates in adult untreated patients versus the general population. In one study, adults with moderate scoliosis had normal lung function, although they had difficulty exercising. (This low exercise tolerance might have been because many patients with scoliosis do not engage in regular physical activity.)
Severe Scoliosis (over 70 degrees). If the curvature exceeds 70 degrees, the severe twisting of the spine that occurs in structural scoliosis can cause the ribs to press against the lungs, restrict breathing, and reduce oxygen levels. The distortions may also affect the heart and possibly cause dangerous changes.
Very Severe Scoliosis (Over 100 degrees). Eventually, if the curve reaches over 100 degrees, both the lungs and heart can be injured. Patients with this degree of severity are susceptible to lung infections and pneumonia. Curves greater than 100 degrees increase mortality rates, but this problem is very uncommon in America.

Some experts argue that simply measuring the degree of the curve may not identify patients in the moderate and severe groups who are at greatest risk for lung problems. Other factors (spinal flexibility, the extent of asymmetry between the ribs and the vertebrae) may be more important in predicting severity in this group.

Scoliosis is associated with osteopenia, a condition characterized by loss of bone mass. About 27 - 38% of adolescent girls who have scoliosis also have osteopenia. Some experts recommend measuring bone mineral density when a patient is diagnosed with scoliosis. The amount of bone loss may help predict how severely the spine will curve. Preventing and treating osteopenia may help limit further curve progression.

If not treated, osteopenia can later develop into osteoporosis. Osteoporosis is a more serious loss of bone density that is common among postmenopausal women. Adolescents who have scoliosis are at increased risk of developing osteoporosis later in life. [See In-Depth Report#18: Osteoporosis.]

Osteoporosis is a condition characterized by progressive loss of bone density, thinning of bone tissue, and increased vulnerability to fractures. Osteoporosis may result from disease, dietary or hormonal deficiency, or advanced age. Regular exercise and vitamin and mineral supplements can reduce and even reverse loss of bone density.

After 20 years or more, scoliosis patients who were previously treated with surgery experience small but significant physical impairment, (mainly mild back problems), compared to their peers without scoliosis. In one study, 65% of patients reported some low back pain compared to 47% of people without a history of scoliosis. In general it was mild, although 45% of patients reported having to take days off from work compared to 19% of nonscolosis patients. In another study, only 1.5% of the scoliosis group had severe debilitating back pain. In general, the quality of life was similar, however. Pain also did not play a major role in social limitations.

The following are some possible causes of later back problems in people with a history of treated scoliosis:

Spinal fusion disease. Patients who are surgically treated with fusion techniques lose flexibility and may experience weakness in back muscles due to injuries during surgery.
Disk degeneration and low back pain. With disk degeneration, the disks between the vertebrae may become weakened and rupture. In some patients, years after the original surgeries, particularly with the first generation of the Harrington rods, the weight of the instrumentation can cause disk and joint degeneration severe enough to require surgery. Treatment may involve removal of the old instrumentation and extension of the fusion into the lower back. Still, most patients do not experience significant back pain from these problems.
Height loss.
Scarred regions. Pain can occur from old scars in the incision areas.
Lumbar flatback. This condition is most often the result of a scoliosis surgical procedure called the Harrington technique, which eliminated lordosis (the inward curve in the lower back). Adult patients with flatback syndrome tend to stoop forward. They may experience fatigue and back and even neck pain.
Rotational trunk shift (uneven shoulders and hips).

Evidence suggests that previous treatment with braces may also cause mild back pain and more days off, but problems appear to be less than with surgery. In one study, dysfunction was comparable to people without a history of scoliosis.

Pain in adult-onset or untreated childhood scoliosis often develops because of posture problems that cause uneven stresses on the back, hips, shoulders, necks, and legs. In one study conducted 20 years after growth had stopped, two-thirds of adults who had lived with curvatures of 20 - 55 degrees reported they experienced back pain. Other studies have reported that adults with a history of scoliosis tend to have chronic and more back pain than the general population.

Nearly all individuals with untreated scoliosis at some point develop spondylosis, an arthritic condition in the spine. The joints become inflamed, the cartilage that cushions the disks may thin, and bone spurs may develop. If the disk degenerates or the curvature progresses to the point that the spinal vertebrae begin pressing on the nerves, pain can be very severe and may require surgery. Even surgically treated patients are at risk for spondylosis if inflammation occurs in vertebrae around the fusion site.

Emotional Impact in Childhood. The emotional impact of scoliosis, particularly on young girls or boys during their most vulnerable years, should not be underestimated. Adults who have had scoliosis and its treatments often recall significant social isolation and physical pain. Follow-up studies of children who had scoliosis without having strong family and professional support often report significant behavioral problems. Fortunately, current treatments are solving many of the problems that previous generations had to deal with, including unsightly bracing and extremely painful surgeries with little pain control.

Emotional Effects in Adults. Of some concern are growing numbers of adults with scoliosis. This group experiences considerable problems in general health, social functioning, emotional and mental health, as well as pain.

Older people with a history of treated scoliosis may carry negative emotional events into adulthood that have their roots in their early experiences with scoliosis. Many studies have reported that patients who were treated for scoliosis have limited social activities and a poorer body image in adulthood. Some patients with a history of scoliosis have reported a slight negative effect on their sexual life. Pain appears to be only a minor reason for such limitation.

Women who have been successfully treated for scoliosis have only minor or no additional risks at all for complications during pregnancy and delivery. A history of scoliosis also does not endanger the child. Pregnancy itself, even multiple pregnancies, does not increase the risk for curve progression. Women who have severe scoliosis that restricts the lungs, however, should be monitored closely.

Some evidence suggests a slightly higher risk for breast cancer and leukemia in patients who had multiple x-rays. Risks are highest in patients who had the largest radiation exposure, such as those who had been surgically treated.

Patients who simply received x-ray series for untreated idiopathic scoliosis or scoliosis caused by uneven length legs or hip abnormalities have a very low risk for future complications.

Click the icon to see an image of an x-ray.

Symptoms

Scoliosis is usually painless. The curvature itself may often be too subtle to be noticed, even by observant parents. Some parents may notice abnormal posture in their growing child that includes:

A tilted head that does not line up over the hips
A protruding shoulder blade
One hip or shoulder that is higher than the other, causing an uneven hem or shirt line
An uneven neckline
Leaning more to one side than the other
In developing girls, breasts appearing to be of unequal size
One side of the upper back being higher than the other when the child bends over, knees together, with the arms dangling down

Scoliosis may be suspected when one shoulder appears to be higher than the other, there is a curvature in the spine, or the pelvis appears to be tilted. The treatment of scoliosis can involve the use of a brace or surgery. Treatment is determined by the cause of the scoliosis, the size and location of the curve, and the stage of bone growth of the patient.

With more advanced scoliosis, fatigue may occur after prolonged sitting or standing. Scoliosis caused by muscle spasms or growths on the spine can sometimes cause pain. Nearly always, however, mild scoliosis produces no symptoms, and the condition is usually detected by the pediatrician or during a school screening test.

Diagnosis

The severity of scoliosis and need for treatment is usually determined by two factors:

The extent of the spinal curvature. (Scoliosis is diagnosed when the curve measures 11 degrees or more.)
The angle of the trunk rotation (ATR).

Both are measured in degrees. These two factors are usually related. For example, a person with a spinal curve of 20 degrees will usually have a trunk rotation (ATR) of 5 degrees. These two measurements, in fact, used to be the cutoff for recommending treatment. However, the great majority of 20-degree curves do not get worse. Patients do not usually need medical attention until the curve reaches 30 degrees, and the ATR is 7 degrees.

Adam's Forward Bend Test. The screening test used most often in schools and in the offices of pediatricians and primary care doctors is called the Adam's forward bend test.

The child bends forward dangling the arms, with the feet together and knees straight. The curve of structural scoliosis is more apparent when bending over. In a child with scoliosis, the examiner may observe an imbalanced rib cage, with one side being higher than the other, or other deformities.

The forward bend test is used most often in schools and doctor's offices to screen for scoliosis. During the test, the child bends forward with the feet together and knees straight while dangling the arms. Any imbalances in the rib cage or other deformities along the back could be a sign of scoliosis.

The forward bend test, however, is not sensitive to abnormalities in the lower back, a very common site for scoliosis. Because the test misses about 15% of scoliosis cases, many experts do not recommend it as the sole method for screening for scoliosis.

Other Physical Tests.

The patient walks on the toes, then the heels, and then jumps up and down on one foot. Such activities indicate leg strength and balance.
The doctor will check leg length and look for tight tendons in the back of the leg, which may cause an uneven leg length or other back problems.
The doctor will also check for neurologic impairment by testing reflexes, nerve sensation, and muscle function.

Proper diagnosis is important. A misjudgment can lead to unnecessary x-rays and stressful treatments in children not actually at risk for progression. Unfortunately, although measurements of curves and rotation are useful, no test exists yet to determine whether a curve will progress.

Inclinometer (Scoliometer). An inclinometer, also known as a Scoliometer, measures distortions of the torso. The procedure is as follows:

The patient bends over, arms dangling and palms pressed together, until a curve can be observed in the upper back (thoracic area).
The Scoliometer is placed on the back and measures the apex (the highest point) of the upper back curve.
The patient continues bending until the curve can be seen in the lower back (lumbar area). The apex of this curve is also measured.
Measurements are repeated twice, with the patient returning to a standing position between repetitions.
If results show a deformity, x-rays probably need to be performed to determine the extent.

Some experts believe the Scoliometer would make a useful device for widespread screening. Scoliometers, however, indicate rib cage distortions in more than half of children who turn out to have very minor or no sideways curves. They are therefore not accurate enough to guide treatment.

Currently, x-rays are the most cost-effective method for diagnosing scoliosis. Experts hope that accurate, noninvasive diagnostic techniques will eventually be developed to replace some of the x-rays used to monitor the progression of scoliosis. To date, imaging techniques under investigation appear to be fairly accurate for detecting scoliosis in the upper back (the thoracic region), but not scoliosis in the lower back (the lumbar region).

X-Rays. If screening indicates scoliosis, the child may be sent to a specialist who takes an initial x-ray and monitors the child every few months using repeated x-rays. X-rays are essential for an accurate diagnosis of scoliosis in that they:

Reveal the degree and severity of scoliosis.
Identify any other spinal abnormalities, including kyphosis (hunchback) and hyperlordosis (swayback).
Help the doctor determine whether skeletal growth has reached maturity.
X-rays taken when patients are bending forward can also help differentiate between structural and nonstructural scoliosis. Structural curves persist when a person bends over, and nonstructural curves tend to disappear. (Muscle spasms or spinal growths may sometimes cause nonstructural scoliosis that shows a curve on bending.)
Children and young adolescents who have mild curves and in older adolescents who have more severe curvatures but whose growth has stopped or slowed need x-rays every few months to detect increasing severity. Young people who are diagnosed with scoliosis should keep their x-rays indefinitely in case they develop back problems later in adulthood and need to be re-examined.

Magnetic Resonance Imaging. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is an advanced imaging procedure that does not use radiation, as x-rays do. It is expensive, however, and not generally used for an initial diagnosis. MRI can, nevertheless, identify spinal cord and brain stem abnormalities, which some studies indicate may be more prevalent than previously believed in children with idiopathic scoliosis. It also may be particularly useful before surgery for detecting defects that could lead to potential complications.

Click the icon to see an image of a MRI scan.

Because frequent x-rays may be required for young children with scoliosis, parents should be sure that x-ray technicians take all necessary protective measures. Experts are concerned about the long-term effects of radiation on sensitive young organs, particularly about a possible increase in the risk for cancer. Studies have reported an increased risk for cancer in women and men who, because of scoliosis, had been exposed to diagnostic x-rays in their childhood and adolescence.

X-ray techniques have become safer in recent years, and technicians can reduce the hazards with the following simple measures:

Directing x-ray beams through the patient from back to front, rather than the reverse.
Using x-ray filters that absorb some of the beam.
Using fast film to reduce exposure by two to six times.
Placing lead aprons or shields over parts of the body that are not being x-rayed.

There are various methods for determining and classifying the extent of the curve.

Cobb Method. The technique known as the Cobb method nearly always calculates the degree of the curve.

On an x-ray of the spine, the examiner draws two lines: One line extends out and up from the edge of the top vertebrae of the curve. The second line extends out and down from the bottom vertebrae.
The technician then draws a perpendicular line between the two lines.
Measuring the intersecting angle determines the degree of curvature.

The Cobb method is limited because it cannot fully determine the flexibility or the three-dimensional aspect of the spine. It is not as effective, then, in defining spinal rotation or kyphosis. It also tends to over-estimate the curve. Other diagnostic tools are needed then to make a more accurate diagnosis.

Classifying the Curve.Classification of the curve allows the doctor to identify patterns that can help determine treatments, particularly specific surgical techniques. The following are examples:

King Classification. The King classification classifies scoliotic curves as one of five patterns, which can help determine surgical treatments. It has limitations, however, and is not very useful for advanced surgical techniques.
Lenke Classification. Lenke classification takes more features of the curve into consideration and is proving to be more reliable. This includes six curve patterns plus additional factors that modify each of these curves.

Three-Dimensional Modeling Techniques. Advanced computer modeling techniques are able to create three dimensional images using x-rays or other two-dimensional images. They allow doctors to observe the spinal distortions and eventually could reduce the number of x-rays currently needed to monitor scoliosis and help surgeons determine optimal surgical procedures.

Even if the curve is accurately calculated, it still remains difficult to predict whether the scoliosis will progress. A recent report indicates that measuring the nerve conduction activity of the muscles supporting the spine may help predict subsequent progression in children with scoliosis. In addition, computer models are being used to better predict risk. One approach requires measuring 21 radiographic and clinical indicators and entering them into a computer program. The technique takes less than 20 minutes per patient, and studies found it to be up to 80% accurate in determining progression of curvature.

One way of predicting whether or not the curvature will progress is knowing when the child will stop growing:

If the child has years to grow, then the spine has more time to progress.
If the child will stop growing within a year, then progression should be very slight. (However, some progression continues in nearly 70% of curves even after the spine has matured.)

Knowing the child's age is, of course, the first step in estimating the end of growth. In addition, other methods can help predict the end of the growth stage. One method is called the Risser sign, which grades the amount of bone in the area at the top of the hipbone. A low grade indicates that the skeleton still has considerable growth; a high grade means that the child has nearly stopped growing and the curve is unlikely to progress much further. The Risser scale differs between genders, and, in boys, a high grade does not always signify the end of progression.

Screening programs for scoliosis, which began in the 1940s, are now mandatory in middle or high schools in many states, but there is considerable debate over whether screening should be routine.

Arguments Against Routine Screening. The U.S. Preventive Services Task Force does not recommend routine screening to detect adolescent scoliosis for the following reasons:

Screening tests are not accurate and depend too much on the skill of the examiner.
Schools often refer children with minor curves who are not at any risk for a progressive or serious condition to doctors, and such over-referrals add considerably to the costs of the health system. In one major study, 94% of the children referred to a doctor by the school did not require treatment. (Over 2,000 children were screened in order to find only 5 children who did need treatment.)
A long-term study of untreated patients with late-onset scoliosis indicates that these patients are productive and functional at a high level at 50-year follow-up. Patients with scoliosis have no greater danger for significant lung problems than the general population until their curves reach 60 - 100 degrees, making early screening unnecessary.

Experts against screening argue that such programs result in early treatments that either will not prevent curve progression and surgery or are unnecessary in the first place since curvatures often do not progress at all.

Arguments for Routine Screening. The American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons recommends that girls be screened twice, at ages 10 and 12, and that boys be screened once, at 13 or 14. The American Academy of Pediatrics recommends, however, scoliosis screening at ages 10, 12, 14, and 16 years. (In one study, over 40% of high school sophomores with newly diagnosed scoliosis had shown no signs of the disorder in earlier screening tests.) Other experts make the following arguments for universal screening:

Universal screening is useful for producing information on scoliosis that may eventually lead to knowledge of its cause and ways to prevent it.
Braces have proven to be effective, and early treatment can be important.
Without screening, the chances are slim that children with scoliosis will be diagnosed at an early stage if parents rely only on examinations by a family doctor or pediatrician. Such doctors often do not even look at backs and, if they do, they tend to use only the forward bend test, which is not accurate.

Some experts argue that widespread screening would be cost effective if schools had reasonable guidelines for determining which children should see a doctor for further testing. The following are some suggested guidelines for determining the need for a doctor referral:

Children should be sent to a doctor only if they have a 30-degree curve. (A 20-degree curve with a 5-degree trunk rotation has been the criteria for recommending treatment, although up to 80% of 20-degree curves do not get worse.)
Children with curves between 20 and 30 degrees should be screened every 6 months.

Such guidelines would detect about 95% of all genuinely serious cases while referring only 3% of all children tested for follow-up, thereby cutting costs without jeopardizing children.

Treatment

The treatments for scoliosis are not always straightforward. Some young people do not need treatment at all -- only careful observation. When treatment is warranted, several options, including braces and different surgical procedures, can help.

The general rule of thumb for treating scoliosis is to monitor the condition if the curve is less than 20 degrees. Curves greater than 25 degrees, or those that progress by 10 degrees while being monitored, may require treatment. Whether scoliosis is treated immediately or simply monitored is not an easy decision, however. The percentage of cases that will progress more than 5 degrees can be as low as 5% in certain cases or as high as 50 - 90%, depending on the severity of the curve or other predisposing factors:

Age. In general, the older the child the less likely the curve will progress. Scoliosis in a child under 10, for example, is more likely to progress than scoliosis in an adolescent. Experts estimate that curves less than 19 degrees will progress 10% in girls ages 13 - 15 years and 4% in children older than 15. (In some rare, severe cases, a curve may worsen even after a child has received treatment and stopped growing because of the weight of the body pressing against the abnormal curve.)

Gender. Girls have a higher risk for progression than boys.

Location of the Curvature. Thoracic curves, those in the upper spine, are more likely to progress than thoracolumbar curves or lumbar curves, those of the middle to lower spine.

Severity of the Curvature. The higher the degree of curvature the more likely the chance of progression and the more likely the lungs will be affected. Some experts argue that the degree of the curve alone may not identify patients with moderate and severe scoliosis who are at greatest risk for complications and therefore need treatment. For example, spinal flexibility and the extent of asymmetry between the ribs and the vertebrae may be more important than the curve degree in predicting severity in this group.

Presence of Other Health Conditions. Children in poor health may suffer more from stressful scoliosis treatments than other children. On the other hand, children who have existing conditions and are predispose to lung and heart problems may warrant immediate, aggressive treatment.

For example, a young man of 18 who has a curvature of 30 degrees may require no treatment because his growth has probably almost stopped, and his gender puts him at lower risk. A young girl of 10, however, with the same curvature requires immediate treatment.

In general, the following criteria are used to determine whether a patient should receive braces and conservative therapies or surgery:

Braces tend to be used in children with curvatures between 25 - 40 degrees who still will be growing significantly.
Surgery is suggested for patients with curvatures over 50 degrees, in untreated patients, or when braces have failed. In adults, scoliosis rarely progresses beyond 40 degrees, but surgery may be required if the patient is in a great deal of pain or if the scoliosis causes neurologic problems.

The choice may not be so straightforward in certain cases, and patients should discuss all options with their doctor.

In Children and Adolescents. After a mild curve is detected, a more difficult step is required: predicting whether the curve will progress into a more serious condition. Although as many as 3 in every 100 teenagers have a condition serious enough to need at least observation, progression is highly variable and individual.

In a study of patients whose curves did progress after diagnosis, 34% progressed more than 10 degrees, 18% progressed more than 20 degrees, and 8% progressed more than 30 degrees. Doctors cannot rely on any definitive risk factors for curve progression to predict with any certainty which patients will need aggressive treatment. Some evidence suggests the following factors may help determine patients at lower or higher risk:

Being female, particularly if taller than average.
Being younger at the onset of scoliosis.
Having a greater angle of curvature. For example, at 20 degrees, only about 20% of curves progress. Young people diagnosed with a 30-degree curve, however, have a risk for progression of 60%. With a curve of 50 degrees, the risk is 90%.
Curvatures caused by congenital scoliosis (spinal problems present at birth). These may progress rapidly.
Treatment with growth hormone. (Studies are mixed on whether this treatment poses any significant risk, although strict monitoring is still essential in young patients being given growth hormone.)

Curvatures may be less likely to progress in girls whose scoliosis was low in the back and whose spine was out of balance by more than an inch. Height also comes into play. For example, a shorter-than-average girl of 14 with low-back scoliosis of 25 - 35 degrees but whose spine is imbalanced by over an inch would have almost no risk. The same degree of curvature in the chest region of a tall 10-year old girl whose spine was in balance, however, would almost certainly progress.

In Adults. In rare cases, unrecognized or untreated scoliosis in youth may progress into adulthood, with the following curvatures posing low to high risk:

Curvatures under 30 degrees almost never progress
Predicting progression at curves around 40 degrees is not clear
Curvatures over 50 degrees are at great risk for progression

Managing Scoliosis

Exercise has many health benefits and is important for maintaining strength and muscle tone and stabilizing weight. Stretching exercises may be beneficial in children whose scoliosis is due to uneven leg lengths or a shortened tendon.

Strengthening the Muscles That Turn the Torso. A promising approach focuses on training and strengthening the muscles that turn the torso. Studies using specific equipment (MedX Torso Rotation machine) are showing promise. In a 2003 study, 16 of the 20 patients experienced curve reduction, and no curves progressed. In an earlier study, patients increased strength from 12 - 40%. One girl with a severe lumbar curve required surgery, but the remaining 11 patients had no progression of curvature, and 4 of the patients experienced a reduction in their curvature. Treatment did not involve braces. Clinical trials using this approach are underway. Exercising the torso to build muscle strength is important, in any case, in conjunction with braces.

ASCO Scoliosis Treatment Method. ASCO Scoliosis Treatment Method is a Russian approach that consists of isometric and stretching exercises, vibration, spinal manipulation, and electrical muscle stimulation. Some U.S. centers are reporting success in halting curve progression, but more research is needed to determine possible benefits.

Biofeedback. Researchers have investigated biofeedback on the premise that people receiving a signal to improve posture when slumping may, in some cases, reduce their spinal deformities. (Some experts believe that braces work only because the young patients self-correct their curves by retraining their posture to avoid the discomfort of the brace.)

Chiropractic Care. Several case reports suggest that chiropractic manipulation of the spine may help stop progression of mild curves. However, no rigorous studies have proved this. One small study reported no benefits from chiropractic in girls with spinal curves less than 20 degrees. (About 80% of such curves will not progress significantly without any treatment.)

Airway Ventilation at Night. Some research has focused on the use of airway systems, such as nasal continuous positive airflow pressure, for patients with severe scoliosis and reduced lung capacity. Patients use such systems during the night to force air into the upper airways and into the lungs. In one study, the use of these devices reduced hospitalization and improved lung function, shortness of breath, and fatigue. Such systems also can treat sleep apnea, a common sleep disorder.

Breathing Exercises. Breathing exercises may help improve lung function in children with scoliosis, and signs of lung problems.

When a difference in leg lengths causes secondary scoliosis, adding lifts to the heels may decrease a mild curvature. In one study, this practice reduced the curvature by an average of 5.3 to 7.5 degrees. (Curvatures were all less than 20 degrees.) Patients with the greatest curvature experienced some muscle pain, fatigue, and even nausea during the first few days they were using the lifts, but these symptoms eased within 10 days.

Braces

A brace can prevent further progression of moderate curves of (24 - 40 degrees). However, a brace will almost never reverse an existing curve and is only used to stop progression. One study reported overall success rates of around 74%, but results vary widely depending on the length of time the brace is worn, the type of brace, and the severity of the curve. The great majority of subjects in scoliosis studies are girls. Limited data suggest that in boys compliance rates are low, and braces are not effective.

Compliance with wearing a brace correlates strongly with success rate. In analysis of 34 patients, the compliance rate for the patients whose curve progressed by more than 5 degrees was 62%, while the compliance rate for the patients who did not progress was 85%.

In overweight patients with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis, braces appear to be less effective than in those who are not overweight. In one 10-year multicenter retrospective study, overweight patients were about three times more likely to have an unsuccessful result with braces than were people of normal weight.

A brace is one type of treatment for scoliosis. The brace works by exerting pressure on the back and ribs to push the spine in a straighter position. The brace usually fits snugly around the torso and can come in many styles. In a child who is still growing, bracing is usually recommended to help slow the progression of the curve. The brace is usually worn full-time until the growth of the bones has stopped.

Many experts have questioned whether a brace is any better than nature in halting curvature progress. Early studies found that braces were successful in halting progression in only half of cases (the same rate as no treatment at all). In recent years, however, braces have improved. Many now fit under the arms and can be worn under clothing, so that patients are much more likely to use them for longer periods during the day, which greatly affects their success rates.

Wearing the brace for the prescribed time is difficult but essential for any success. A team approach, with several health professionals involved, is beneficial and often necessary to support the patient through the bracing process. An orthopedic surgeon interprets the x-rays, assesses the potential progression of the scoliosis, and plans the treatment with the patient and family. If a brace is used, an orthotist measures and fits the patient with the device. A physical therapist tailors an exercise program best suited for the patient. A nurse may also coordinate the treatment plans and provide physical and emotional support.

Milwaukee Brace. A full torso brace called the Milwaukee brace was the standard treatment until a decade ago. It is still used particularly for high curves.

The device contains a wide flat bar in front and two smaller ones in back. These bars attach to a ring around the neck that has rests for the chin and back of the head. One study determined that correcting the curve occurs best if the patient lies on their chest when wearing the brace. Some researchers suggest that increasing the tension on the chest straps might add benefit. The brace is also periodically adjusted for growth.

The brace needs to be worn 23 hours a day, with relief during bathing and exercise only. Compliance is a major problem. In one study, only 15% of patients wore the Milwaukee brace as directed. It is a particularly difficult brace to endure wearing; one woman who had worn it for 7 years during adolescence remembered being invisible during her school years, ignored and shunned by other children.

The Boston and TLSO Braces. Molded braces called thoracolumbar-sacral orthoses (TLSOs), most often the Boston brace, come up to beneath the underarms and can be fitted close to the skin so they do not show beneath clothing. It appears to be effective for mid-back and lower curves. In one study, treatment was judged successful in 61% of adolescents who wore Boston braces, and success correlated with wearing the brace more than 18 hours a day. Wearing the brace for 16 hours a day may still be beneficial, although the risk for curve progression is significantly higher the less time the brace is worn. These braces have problems; they are hot, reduce lung capacity by nearly 20%, and cause mild, temporary changes in kidney function.

The Charleston Bending Brace. The Charleston Bending Brace is worn only at night. Some doctors question its value, although it appears to be suitable for small, flexible curves. In a 2002 study, it was equally effective as the Boston brace. Other studies have reported success rates of 56 - 66% in patients who wore the brace as directed. Still, more than 10% of the patients using either brace eventually needed surgery.

Additional Braces in Development. New braces are being developed in an attempt to improve compliance and results. Some examples are:

The Providence brace is a computer-fitted device that is worn only at night. It is specifically designed for the individual curvature abnormalities, and early studies are showing promise.
A bracing method called the SpineCor uses adjustable bands and a cotton vest that allows flexibility. A 2003 study reported that after 2 years, the brace corrected the curve by 5 degrees in more than half the patients, while 38% were stabilized and only 7% had curvature that worsened by more than 5 degrees. A recent trial of 24 girls with idiopathic scoliosis compared the SpineCor with a TLSO-type brace. The study indicated that the SpineCor did not halt curvature progression associated with idiopathic scoliosis during the pubertal growth spurt whereas the TLSO device did.
The custom-fitted TriaC brace exerts pressure in specific areas of the back to allow greater comfort and flexibility. It may be less conspicuous than some of the older braces.

Studies are needed to determine if these or other new braces provide any additional value.

According to a 2003 study, compliance in wearing the brace averages 65% (although it varied from 8 - 90%). Patients were apt to wear them at night but often wore them sporadically during the day. The quality of life can vary by the type of brace worn. In one study, patients who had the Milwaukee brace reported greater impairment than patients with the Boston, TSLO, or Charleston braces. The choice of brace should be one that will be the most effective for a particular patient with the lowest impact on quality of life. Young people often refuse to wear braces, even the newer models, and emotional support from the family and professionals is extremely important to help a child accept the process and sustain compliance. On a positive note, one study reported that brace treatment did not negatively affect the self images of the adolescents who had to wear them.

For children who require braces, an exercise program helps boost well being, improves compliance with treatment, and keeps muscles in tone so that the transition period after brace removal is easier.

An exercise and physical therapy program is important to maintain or achieve the following:

Chest mobility.
Proper breathing. In one study, young girls who wore the Boston brace and performed aerobic exercises for 30 minutes four times a week experienced improved lung function, whereas lung function declined in girls who did not exercise.
Muscle strength (especially in the abdominal muscles).
Flexibility in the spine. One small study showed that patients who performed exercises improving flexibility in the torso experienced less spinal twisting and had improved curvature.
Correct posture. Practicing correct posture, especially in front of a mirror, is an extremely important part of any physical therapy program. A patient who is accustomed to a curved spine may have the sensation of being crooked when first taught to properly align the spine. Practicing in front of a mirror provides a reality check.
Patients must also learn to conduct daily activities while wearing the brace. Patients tend to comply with physical therapy in the period when the brace is first being used. They typically stop exercising when they have gotten used to the brace, however, and resume exercising only near the time the brace is being removed. Patients who don't stay with the program throughout the duration of brace use experience a weakening in the back at the time of removal.

Surgery

The goals of scoliosis surgery are threefold:

Straighten the spine as much as possible in a safe manner
Balance the torso and pelvic areas
Maintain correction

It takes a two-part process to accomplish these goals:

Fusing (joining together) the vertebrae along the curve
Supporting these fused bones with instrumentation (steel rods, hooks, and other devices) attached to the spine

There are many surgical variations that use different instruments, procedures, and surgical approaches to treat scoliosis. All of the operations require meticulous skill. In most cases, success depends less on the type of operation than on the skill and experience of the surgeon. The cause of scoliosis often determines the type of procedure. Parents of patients or adult patients should not be shy in asking the surgeon and hospital about their experience with the specific procedures being considered.

Surgery is usually recommended for the following children and adolescents with idiopathic scoliosis:

All young people whose curve exceeds 50 degrees.
Growing children whose curve has gone beyond 40 degrees. (There is still some debate, however, about whether all children with curves of 40 degrees should have surgery.)
Older children who have surgery tend to experience improved well-being from the changes in their appearance, even if they have no actual improved physical functioning.

Surgery may be required for the following children at as early an age as possible.

Those whose scoliosis is due to inborn abnormalities. (The younger they are when surgery is performed the better their chances for success.)
Children with multiple physical handicaps.

Procedures will differ depending on whether a child has idiopathic scoliosis, or scoliosis due to muscle and nerve disorders (such as muscular dystrophy or cerebral palsy). In the latter cases, children also need a team approach to reduce their risks for serious complications.

Before the operation, a doctor conducts a complete physical examination to determine leg lengths, muscle strength, lung function, and any postural abnormalities. The patient receives training in deep breathing and effective coughing to avoid lung congestion after the operation. The patient should also receive training in turning over in bed in a single movement (called log-rolling) before the operation. Psychologic intervention using cognitive-behavioral methods that help young patients cope may be very helpful in reducing anxiety and pain after surgery.

Patients are encouraged to donate their own blood before the operation for use in possible transfusions. The patient should have no sunburn, rashes, or sores on the back before the operation, which could increase the risk for infection.

Most scoliosis operations involve fusing the vertebrae. The instruments and devices used to support the fusion vary, however.

In the fusion procedure, the surgeon will:

Slice flaps to expose the backs of the vertebrae that lie along the curve.
Remove the bony outgrowths along the vertebrae that allow the spine to twist and bend.
Lay matchstick-sized bone grafts vertically across the exposed surface of each vertebra, being careful that they touch adjoining vertebrae.
Fold the flaps back to their original position, covering the bone grafts.
These grafts will regenerate, grow into the bone, and fuse the vertebrae together.

Depending upon the severity and responsiveness to other treatment, a doctor may recommend surgery for scoliosis. Surgery involves correcting the curve (although not all the way) and fusing the bones in the curve together. The surgeon lays bone grafts across the exposed surface of each vertebra. These grafts will regenerate, grow into the bone, and fuse the vertebrae together. The bones are held in place with one or two metal rods held down with hooks and screws, helping to support the fusion of the vertebrae.

Graft Materials. A surgeon takes bone grafts from the patient's hip, ribs, spine, or other bones (called autografts). This is the best quality bone. However, because autografts are taken directly from the scoliosis patient, the operation is longer and the patient experiences more pain afterward. Researchers are investigating allografts, bone grafts taken from another person or a cadaver. This would reduce the pain and duration of the operation. Allografts, however, pose an increased risk for infection from the donor.

Some surgical centers now perform spinal fusions in adults using a biologically-manufactured human bone protein instead of bone grafts. RhBMP-2 (INFUSE Bone Graft) contains a bone morphogenetic protein (BMP) that helps the body grow its own bone. A surgeon inserts the protein into a pair of thimble-like cages, which are implanted between the spinal vertebrae. The cages help stabilize the spine, while the protein prompts new bone growth. Doctors hope that this new procedure can eliminate the pain of autografts and the risk of infection of allografts. Results from preliminary studies have been promising. BMP treatments are currently approved only for adults.

Healing. The healed fusions harden in a straightened position to prevent further curvature, leaving the rest of the spine flexible. It takes about 3 months for the vertebrae to fuse substantially, although 1 - 2 years are required before fusion is complete. Fusion stops growth in the spine, but most growth occurs in the long bones of the body (such as in the legs), anyway. Patients will most likely gain height from both growth in the legs and from the straighter spine. Patients may walk at a slightly slower pace after fusion, but balance may improve, and sports activities are not restricted after the procedure.

Harrington Procedure. Until 10 years ago, the standard instruments used in fusion procedures were those of the Harrington procedure, first developed in the 1960s:

To support the fusion of the vertebrae, the surgeon uses a steel rod, extending from the bottom to the top of the curve. (More than one rod may be used depending on the type of curve and whether outward curvature of the spine is present.)
The rod is attached by hooks that are suspended from pegs inserted into the bone.
Similar to changing a tire, the steel rod is jacked up and then locked into place to support the spine securely. The surgeon is then ready to fuse the vertebrae together.
After this operation, patients must wear a full body cast and lie in bed for 3 - 6 months until fusion is complete enough to stabilize the spine.
After 1 - 2 years, the steel rod is not really necessary, but it is almost always left in place unless infection or other complications occur.

The Harrington procedure is very difficult to undergo, particularly for young people, and although the operation can achieve a correction of the curve of over 50%, studies have reported a loss in this correction of between 10 - 25% over time. The procedure does not correct the rotation of the spine and, therefore, does not improve an existing rib hump that was caused by the rotation. The operation does not interfere with normal pregnancies and deliveries later in life.

Certain complications may occur from this procedure:

About 40% of Harrington patients have a condition called the flat back syndrome, because the procedure eliminates normal lordosis (the inward curving of the lower back). Flat back syndrome from the Harrington procedure does not cause any immediate pain. In later years, however, the disks may collapse below the fusion, making it difficult to stand erect, and the condition can cause significant pain and emotional distress.
Studies have reported that 5 - 7 years after their surgery, between a fifth and a third of patients who had the Harrington procedure experienced low back pain. (In one study, only 3% had experienced back pain before surgery.) In such cases, however, the pain was not severe enough to interfere with normal activities and did not require additional surgery.
Children younger than age 11 whose skeleton is immature and who have the Harrington procedure have a fairly high risk for a specific curve progression called the crankshaft phenomenon. This condition occurs when the front of the fused spine continues to grow after the procedure. The spine cannot grow longer, so it twists and develops a curvature. In one study that followed patients for 5 - 16 years, crankshaft curve progression was moderate, however, with the Cobb angle averaging 9 degrees and rotation averaging 7 degrees.

Cotrel-Dubousset Procedure. The Cotrel-Dubousset procedure not only corrects the curve but also may help correct rotation, and it does not cause flat back syndrome.

With this procedure, a surgeon cross links parallel rods for better stability in holding the fused vertebrae. Improvement in correction averaged 66% in one study, with a later correction loss reported to be 5%. (Other studies have reported loss of curvature correction at less than 2%.) Over 95% of patients reported the results to be good or very good (only 86% of patients who had the Harrington procedure experienced the same levels of satisfaction). Patients often go home in 5 days and may be back in school in 3 weeks.

Complication rates are similar to the Harrington procedure but with some differences:

Operation time and blood loss are greater than with the Harrington procedure.
Cotrel-Dubousset and other procedures that are designed to reverse the rotation of the spine have less risk for flat back syndrome, but they have a higher risk for spinal imbalance than the Harrington procedure.
Failure rates are about 25% after 10 years, which is very high. Experts hope that the advances in current scoliosis procedures will help reduce the long-term adverse effects.

The Texas Scottish-Rite Hospital (TSRH) Instrumentation. The Texas Scottish-Rite Hospital (TSRH) instrumentation is similar to the Cotrel-Dubousset procedure in that it uses parallel rods and other devices that reverse rotation as well as improve curvature. TSRH, however, uses smooth rods and hooks that are designed to make removal or adjustment easier later on if complications arise. Complications are similar to the Cotrel-Dubousset procedure.

Additional Forms of Instrumentation. Other instrumentation procedures have refined the hardware used in the Harrington and Cotrel-Dubousset operations.

After surgeons developed Luque instrumentation to help maintain normal lordosis, experts hoped that bracing would not be needed afterward. Several studies showed, however, that without braces, correction was lost after this operation, and the procedure may have a higher risk for spinal cord injury than other standard procedures. Luque instrumentation is used primarily in people whose scoliosis is due to problems of nerves and muscles, such as in children with cerebral palsy.
Wisconsin segmental spine instrumentation (WSSI) is as safe as the Harrington rod and nearly as strong as the Luque instrumentation.
The Dorsal Dynamic Spondylodesis (DDS) system, under testing in Germany, is a semirigid system that allows for greater flexibility of the spine.

Instrumentation for Anterior Approach. The anterior approach, in which the surgeon performs the operation by opening the chest wall, requires specific hardware. Halm-Zielke instrumentation, for example, uses TSRH instrumentation with bone grafts constructed from ribs to prop open the spaces between the disks. It allows true three-dimensional curve correction. However, it does not solve specific problems with this approach -- higher risks for kyphosis (an outward curve) and pseudoarthrosis (a false joint at the fusion site). Variants using two rod systems, fusion cages, or other instruments appear to improve this procedure.

Posterior Approach (Through the Back). Many surgeons use a posterior approach for scoliosis, which reaches the surgical area by opening the back of the patient. It has been the gold standard for decades and is generally used with Harrington instrumentation. The posterior approach has advantages and disadvantages:

Advantages. Surgeons are familiar with it, so fusion rates are excellent, curve correction is good, and it has few complications.
Disadvantages. Preadolescent children are at risk for the crankshaft phenomenon (a worsening of the curve) later on. (Newer posterior instrumentation, such as the Isola instrumentation, may prevent this occurrence.) The posterior approach also does not always correct hypokyphosis (the loss of normal outward curvature) in the thoracic (upper) spine. The procedure is not always effective for curves in the thoracolumbar region (where the upper and lower spine meet) and may cause spinal abnormalities there.

Anterior Approach (Through the Front). Increasingly, surgeons are using the anterior approach, in which the surgeon performs the operation through the chest wall (called a thoracotomy). With the anterior approach, the surgeon makes an incision in the chest, deflates the lung, and removes a rib in order to reach the spine. This rib can be used during the operation as a strut to support the spine. It also may be repositioned within the patient until it is used for bone grafting during fusion.

The anterior approach also has its advantages and disadvantages:

Advantages. Because the frontal approach allows the procedure to be performed higher up in the spine than with standard procedures, the patient may have a lower risk for lower-back injury later on. In addition, transfusion rates are much lower with the anterior approach. With increasing experience, the anterior approach is as effective as the posterior approach.
Disadvantages. It is a more recent procedure than the posterior approach, and, among inexperienced surgeons, carries a higher risk for complications than in the more standard posterior approach. One study noted poorer lung function 2 years after surgery than with the posterior approach, possibly because the wide chest incision impairs the chest muscles, which can affect lung function afterward. Anterior instrumentation poses a risk for hyperkyphosis (exaggerated outward curvature) and a higher risk for pseudoarthrosis, a painful condition in which a false joint develops at the fusion site. Hardware failure rates may also be higher in the anterior approach than in the posterior approach. Increasing experience and newer hardware designs are reducing many of these problems.

The Combined Anterior-Posterior Approach. The combination approach uses an anterior approach first, which allows better correction of the problems. The fusion part of the operation is done with the posterior approach. This is a very long and complex procedure. It appears to be safe, however, and is proving to be useful, even in very young patients, for preventing the crankshaft phenomenon. It also may correct large rigid curves and specific severe curves in the thoracic spine.

Researchers are evaluating new approaches to treating thoracic scoliosis in adolescents and children. Researchers in Germany are studying the effects of implanting a vertical expandable prosthetic titanium rib. This implant expands the thoracic cavity, thereby correcting the curvature and allowing spinal, thoracic, and lung growth. Early experience with 15 children showed improvement of thoracic insufficiency syndrome and ability to sit, in addition to greatly improvement cosmetic appearance.

Researchers in the U.S. recently compared the radiographic and clinical outcomes and pulmonary function in patients treated with either anterior thoracoscopic or traditional posterior surgery. The anterior thoracoscopic surgery uses a video-assisted anterior approach and recently developed spinal instrumentation. There were 28 patients in the thoracoscopic group (average, 14.6 years of age) and 23 patients in the posterior fusion group (average, 14.3 years of age). The researchers found no significant differences between the groups in terms of kyphosis, coronal balance, or tilt angle. Advantages of the anterior thoracoscopic approach include the need for fewer vertebral levels fused, less blood loss, and lower transfusion rate, yet the operative time was nearly 2 times longer than for the posterior approach.

While both of these new treatments have shown some early positive results, more research will be needed to determine their true value.

Complication rates are high (nearly 10%) with any of these procedures, including the standard Harrington method and the newer Cotrel-Dubousset procedure.

Complications for all procedures include allergic reactions to anesthesia and the following:

Bleeding. Standard procedures increase the risk for major blood loss during the procedure. Patients are encouraged to donate blood before the operation for use in possible transfusions. Children sometimes require more than one transfusion following surgery. Researchers are investigating various methods for reducing the need for transfusions.

In one study, patients received erythropoietin (rhEPO) before the procedure. RhEPO is a hormone that acts in the bone marrow to increase the production of red blood cells. Patients who received this hormone, particularly those with idiopathic scoliosis, needed fewer transfusions and spent less time in the hospital than those who did not receive rhEPO.

Newer endoscopic techniques are reducing the need for transfusions.

Postoperative Pain. Some pain always follows these procedures, requiring intravenous administration of potent painkillers right after the operation (endoscopic procedures may require only mild pain relievers). Of some concern is a study suggesting that the use of NSAIDs, or nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (aspirin, Motrin, Advil), for pain relief right after fusion may increase the risk for fusion failure. Until more research is conducted, these common painkillers should not be routinely used immediately after surgery.

Infection. Infection is always a risk with any operation. One study reported changes in the immune system for about 3 weeks after surgery, which indicated a greater risk for infection. Researchers recommended being very vigilant for signs of infection, including in the pancreas and urinary tract. Doctors also recommend antibiotics, given by injection for 2 - 5 days after surgery and by mouth for 1 - 2 weeks longer.

Nerve Damage. Patients often worry about neurologic injuries, but the risk is actually very low. In general, nerve injury occurs in 1% of patients, with the risk highest in adults. If neurologic damage occurs, it most often causes muscle weakness. Paralysis is very rare and can be prevented using monitoring techniques during the operation. Nearly all monitoring procedures use a so-called wake-up test, in which the patient is brought out of anesthesia during or at the end of the procedure and assessed for sensations to be sure no injury has occurred. One simple method is to wake patients up in the middle of their operations and ask them to wiggle their toes. More sophisticated methods measure the electrical activity of the spinal cord; if the monitor indicates a fall in electrical response and possible injury, the surgeon adjusts his techniques to avoid further damage to the spinal cord.

Pseudoarthrosis. If the fusion fails to heal, pseudoarthrosis, a painful condition in which a false joint develops at the site, may develop. In one study, teenagers who smoked and heavier adolescents (over 154 pounds) who had hyperkyphosis (hunchback) were at higher risk for this complication. The anterior approach may pose a higher risk for pseudoarthrosis. One study reported that pseudoarthrosis may be undiagnosed, and rates may average 20% after surgery, therefore acting as a major contributor to post-surgery pain.

Disk Degeneration and Low Back Pain. Fusion in the lumbar area produces great stress on the lower back and eventually can cause disk degeneration. Loss of trunk mobility, balance, and muscle strength from surgical treatments can also cause lower back pain and chronic problems in future years. Patients who are surgically treated with fusion techniques lose flexibility; their back muscles may be weakened if they were injured during surgery. In most cases, however, the consequences are mild to moderate.

Lung Function. Some patients may develop serious lung problems after surgery. These complications are highest in children whose scoliosis is due to neuromuscular problems, such as spina bifida, cerebral palsy, or muscular dystrophy. Lung problems can occur up to 1 week after surgery. Lung function may not become completely normal until 1 - 2 months after surgery.

Other Complications. Other problems can include, but are not limited to, the following:

Hooks dislodging or a fused vertebra fracturing
Gallstones
Pancreatitis (inflammation of the pancreas). Among adolescents, this complication tends to occur more often among those who are older or who have a lower body mass index.
Intestinal obstruction

Click the icon to see an image of gallstones.

Patients must perform breathing and coughing exercises shortly after the procedure and continue them through the recovery process to rid the lungs of congestion. The patient is usually able to sit up the day after the operation, and most patients can move on their own within a week. A brace may be necessary, depending on the procedure. With the anterior approach in the upper back, patients may have some trouble with activities involving the arms and hands -- such as tying shoes and cutting food. In one study, however, occupational therapy using stretching and strengthening exercises allowed for full resumption of daily activities, including dressing, bathing, and grooming, within 3 months.

Patients are often concerned that surgery will stiffen their backs, but most cases of scoliosis affect the upper back, which has only limited movement, so that patients do not notice much difference. It may take a year or more for muscle strength to return. In some cases, the operation cannot completely correct the curve, and one leg may be shorter than the other. Heel lifts may help in this case.

Patients may need a corrective procedure called revision or salvage surgery, usually for one of these reasons:

Failure of the previous procedure
Curvature progression around the fusion site
Disk degeneration
Poor posture alignment

Minimally invasive surgery is an alternative to spinal fusion. These types of surgeries use a few small incisions and cause less scarring than standard open approaches that require wide cuts. However, these surgeries are limited to certain patients and are not yet as frequently performed as spinal fusion surgeries.

Endoscopy. In endoscopy, the surgeon makes small incisions and inserts tubes that contain tiny instruments and cameras through the incisions in order to view and execute the procedure. In most cases, the procedure occurs in two stages:

First, the surgeon uses the anterior approach to remove disk material and loosen the spine.
They follow with a posterior for fusion and instrumentation.

Recovery after surgery is rapid. Most patients are out of bed 2 days after surgery. Endoscopy causes fewer and smaller scars, and an easier recovery, than more invasive surgical approaches.

However, the endoscopic procedure for scoliosis is complicated, and few surgeons are trained to perform it. The surgery is generally used only for single curves in the upper back or for patients with a curve in the upper back and a compensating curve in the lower back. Some surgeons are now able to operate on areas below the diaphragm, including the lumbar spine. The patients must still wear a brace for 3 months after surgery. Long-term studies are required to compare results to those of standard procedures.

Growing Rod Technique. This technique is used for very young children in whom bracing has not helped. Instead of doing spinal fusion, doctors surgically insert a rod into the patient’s back. Additional surgeries are performed every 6 months to extend the rod so that the spine can continue to grow. Some growing rod techniques use a single rod, while others use two rods. Studies suggest that dual rods are stronger than single rods, which may help provide better spinal stability and correction.

Vertebral Body Stapling. Vertebral body stapling is an experimental technique that may prevent curve progression in some young patients with curves less than 50 degrees. It involves stapling the convex (outer) curve of the anterior spine (the side of the spine facing the chest), which helps stabilize and reduce progression of the inner (concave) curve. The procedure uses a special metal device that is clamp-shaped at body temperature but can be straightened when subjected to cold temperatures and inserted into the spine. When warmed up, the staple returns to its clamp shape and supports the spine.

Treatment for Adult Scoliosis

Adults who were surgically treated for scoliosis in their youth are at risk for disk degeneration and spinal fusion failure. In most adults with previous scoliosis, moderate exercise is not harmful and is extremely important for maintaining healthy supportive muscles and preventing disk degeneration. However, people who have only one or two mobile lumbar vertebrae below the area that was fused during surgery should avoid activity or exercise that causes excessive twisting on the spine. Some experts believe this may accelerate spinal degeneration.

In most cases of adult scoliosis, nonsurgical care is preferred if possible. This can include patient education, exercises, and medical treatments. Braces are not useful.

One center reported that epidural steroid injections were a beneficial alternative to surgery in patients with degenerative lumbar scoliosis.

Candidates for Surgery. In general, pain is the most common reason for surgery in adult scoliosis. Surgery may be recommended in the following cases:

Curvatures over 50 degrees with persistent pain.
Surgery is almost always recommended for adults with curvatures over 60 degrees.
Progressive mid and low back curve or low back curve with persistent pain.
Reduced heart and lung function. Most surgeons, however, will not operate on adults with severely impaired lung function and heart failure. Once this has occurred, surgery will not help improve lung capacity and may cause the condition to worsen, at least temporarily.
Significant deformity is present. Adults should not expect to achieve a completely straight spine, however. There is a high risk for nerve damage if the spine is over-corrected, and adult spines are less flexible than children's are. Usually, however, the correction achieves an acceptable cosmetic improvement.

Surgeons prefer to operate on adults under 50 years old, although surgery may be appropriate in some older people.

Standard Scoliosis Procedures in Adult Scoliosis. The procedures involve the following depending on whether the patient had been treated previously or not:

In patients who have not had previous treatment and who have degenerative lumbar scoliosis, the procedure is often a diskectomy (removal of the diseased disks) followed by scoliosis procedures (instrumentation and fusion).
In patients with previously treated scoliosis, the only remedy is removal of the old instrumentation, extension of the fusion, and implementation of new instrumentation and bone grafts.

Surgical procedures in adult scoliosis are complex and undertaken only after careful consideration and all nonsurgical methods have been exhausted. Adults have a much higher risk than children for complications, including pneumonia, infection, poor wound healing, and persistent pain. In addition, procedures in adults often involve fusion in lumbar and sacral areas (the low back), which can cause several complications. Some experts believe that the risks of operations in this area nearly always outweigh any benefits in adults. Most studies on adults have also reported low success rates.

Others argue that without an operation, the back will become unstable and painful. In addition, most studies on adults report on procedures using the old Harrington instrumentation techniques. Advances in instrumentation are increasing success rates in adults.

In a recent study, for example, adults who underwent anterior fusion and instrumentation had excellent results. In another study of newer generation instrumentation, 87% of adult patients reported satisfaction.

Wedge Osteotomy. Researchers are investigating wedge osteotomy in patients with mature spines, as corrective surgery and as an alternative to braces. In this procedure, a surgeon cuts wedges of bone from the concave side of the curve. The surgeon then straightens the spine by inserting a temporary rod and closing the cut sections. The patient needs to wear a brace and restrict activity for about 12 weeks or until the bone has healed. The patient can resume normal activities when a surgeon removes the rod, and the spine is mobile.

Resources

www.scoliosis.org -- National Scoliosis Foundation
www.srs.org -- Scoliosis Research Society
www.scoliosis-assoc.org - - Scoliosis Association
www.aaos.org -- American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons
www.niams.nih.gov -- National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases
www.ispine.com -- Information on the spine

References

Akbarnia BA, Marks DS, Boachie-Adjei O, Thompson AG, Asher MA. Dual growing rod technique for the treatment of progressive early-onset scoliosis: a multicenter study. Spine. 2005;30(17 Suppl):S46-S57.

Helenius I, Jalanko H, Remes V, Sairanen H, Salminen S, Holmberg C, et al. Scoliosis after solid organ transplantation in children and adolescents. Am J Transplant. 2006;6(2):324-330.

Hell AK, Campbell RM, Hefti F. The vertical expandable prosthetic titanium rib implant for the treatment of thoracic insufficiency syndrome associated with congenital and neuromuscular scoliosis in young children. J Pediatr Orthop B. 2005;14:287-293.

Hung VW, Qin L, Cheung CS, Lam TP, Ng BK, Tse YK, et al. Osteopenia: a new prognostic factor of curve progression in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87(12):2709-2716.

Lee WT, Cheung CS, Tse YK, Guo X, Qin L, Lam TP, et al. Association of osteopenia with curve severity in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis: a study of 919 girls. Osteoporos Int. 2005;16(12):1924-1932.

Lonner BS, Kondrachov D, Siddiqi F, Hayes V, Charf C. Thoracoscopic spinal fusion compared with posterior spinal fusion for the treatment of thoracic adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. J Bone Joint Surg. 2006;88A:1022-1034.

Luhmann SJ, Bridwell KH, Cheng I, Imamura T, Lenke LG, Schootman M. Use of bone morphogenetic protein-2 for adult spinal deformity. Spine. 2005;30(17 Suppl):S110-S117.

Thompson GH, Akbarnia BA, Kostial P, Poe-Kochert C, Armstrong DG, Roh J, et al. Comparison of single and dual growing rod techniques followed through definitive surgery: a preliminary study. Spine. 2005;30(18):2039-2044.

Yuan N, Fraire JA, Margetis MM, Skaggs DL, Tolo VT, Keens TG. The effect of scoliosis surgery on lung function in the immediate postoperative period. Spine. 2005;30(19):2182-2185.

Review Date:
4/6/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Diabetes - type 1

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:05 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Risk Factors
Symptoms
Life-Threatening Complicati...
Diagnosis
Dietary Goals and Exercise...
Treatment
Monitoring Tests
Long-Term Complications
Transplantation Procedures...
Prevention
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

New Continuous Glucose Meter System

In 2007, the FDA approved the STS-7 System, which monitors glucose levels every 5 minutes during a 7-day period. The STS-7 System, like other continuous glucose meter systems, is designed to be used in combination with traditional fingerstick tests and meters. It does not replace them. But the system can track trends and fluctuation patterns in blood sugar levels that fingerstick tests cannot detect.

Type 1 Diabetes Gene Discovered

In 2007, scientists announced the discovery of a gene that may increase the risk of developing childhood type 1 diabetes.

Anemia Drugs Warning

In 2007, following the publication of several studies in the New England Journal of Medicine, the FDA warned that erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs (used to treat anemia) can increase the risk for blood clots, strokes, and heart attacks when excessive doses are given. The FDA has set new dosing and hemoglobin target levels for these drugs. Anemia is a common complication of end-stage kidney disease.

Cell Transplantation Research

Islet cell transplantation using the Edmonton protocol is a promising treatment for type 1 diabetes, suggests a 2006 study published in the New England Journal of Medicine. The Edmonton protocol involves isolating islet cells from donor pancreases and then injecting the cells into the patient. In the first international multicenter trial of this investigational procedure, 44% of 36 patients were able to temporarily suspend insulin injections, while 28% achieved partial islet function.
Stem cell transplantation using cells harvested and re-infused from the patient’s own body may help increase beta cell function and eliminate the need for insulin injections, according to a small, preliminary study published in 2007 in the Journal of the American Medical Association.

Type 1 Diabetes Prevention Research

Scientists around the world are investigating new ways to prevent type 1 diabetes or at least delay its onset. Experimental preventive measures include treatment with oral insulin and with drugs that may prevent the immune system’s attack on beta cells.

Introduction

The two major forms of diabetes are type 1, previously called insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM) or juvenile-onset diabetes, and type 2, previously called non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM) or maturity-onset diabetes.

Both type 1 and type 2 diabetes share one central feature: elevated blood sugar (glucose) levels due to absolute or relative insufficiencies of insulin, a hormone produced by the pancreas. Insulin is a key regulator of the body's metabolism. It works in the following way:

During and immediately after a meal the process of digestion breaks carbohydrates down into sugar molecules (of which glucose is one) and proteins into amino acids.
Right after the meal, glucose and amino acids are absorbed directly into the bloodstream, and blood glucose levels rise sharply. (Glucose levels after a meal are called postprandial levels.)
The rise in blood glucose levels signals important cells in the pancreas, called beta cells, to secrete insulin, which pours into the bloodstream. Within 20 minutes after a meal insulin rises to its peak level.
Insulin enables glucose and amino acids to enter cells in the body, particularly muscle and liver cells. Here, insulin and other hormones direct whether these nutrients will be burned for energy or stored for future use. (It should be noted that the brain and nervous system are not dependent on insulin; they regulate their glucose needs through other mechanisms.)
When insulin levels are high, the liver stops producing glucose and stores it in other forms until the body needs it again.
As blood glucose levels reach their peak, the pancreas reduces the production of insulin.
About 2 - 4 hours after a meal both blood glucose and insulin are at low levels, with insulin being slightly higher. The blood glucose levels are then referred to as fasting blood glucose concentrations.

The pancreas is located behind the liver and stomach. In addition to secreting digestive enzymes, the pancreas secretes the hormones insulin and glucagon into the bloodstream. The release of insulin into the blood lowers the level of blood glucose (simple sugars from food) by enhancing glucose to enter the body cells, where it is metabolized. If blood glucose levels get too low, the pancreas secretes glucagon to stimulate the release of glucose from the liver.

In type 1 diabetes, the disease process is more severe than with type 2 diabetes, and onset is usually in childhood:

Beta cells in the pancreas that produce insulin are gradually destroyed. Eventually insulin deficiency is absolute.
Without insulin to move glucose into cells, blood glucose levels become excessively high, a condition known as hyperglycemia.
Because the body cannot utilize the sugar, it spills over into the urine and is lost.
Weakness, weight loss, and excessive hunger and thirst are among the consequences of this "starvation in the midst of plenty."
Patients become dependent on administered insulin for survival.

Type 2 diabetes is the most common form of diabetes, accounting for 90% of cases. About 20 million Americans have type 2 diabetes and half are unaware they have it. The disease mechanisms in type 2 diabetes are not wholly known, but some experts suggest that it may involve the following three stages in most patients:

The first stage in type 2 diabetes is the condition called insulin resistance. Although insulin can attach normally to receptors on liver and muscle cells, certain mechanisms prevent insulin from moving glucose (blood sugar) into these cells where it can be used. Most patients with type 2 diabetes produce variable, even normal or high, amounts of insulin, and in the beginning this amount is usually sufficient to overcome such resistance.
Over time, the pancreas becomes unable to produce enough insulin to overcome resistance. In type 2 diabetes, the initial effect of this stage is usually an abnormal rise in blood sugar right after a meal (called postprandial hyperglycemia). This effect is now believed to be particularly damaging to the body.
Eventually, the cycle of elevated glucose further impairs and possibly destroys beta cells, thereby stopping insulin production completely and causing full-blown diabetes. This is made evident by fasting hyperglycemia, in which elevated glucose levels are present most of the time.

Maturity-Onset Diabetes in Youth. Maturity-onset diabetes in youth (MODY) is a rare genetic form of type 2 diabetes that develops only in Caucasian teenagers. It accounts for 2 - 5% of type 2 cases.

Gestational Diabetes. An estimated 5% of pregnant women develop a form of type 2 diabetes in their third trimester called gestational diabetes. Gestational diabetes is usually temporary. [See In-Depth Report #60: Diabetes - type 2.]

Conditions that damage or destroy the pancreas, such as pancreatitis, pancreatic surgery, or certain industrial chemicals can cause diabetes. Certain drugs can also cause temporary diabetes, including corticosteroids, beta-blockers, and phenytoin. Rare genetic disorders (Klinefelter's syndrome, Huntington's chorea, Wolfram's syndrome, leprechaunism, Rabson-Mendenhall syndrome, lipoatrophic diabetes, and others) and hormonal disorders (acromegaly, Cushing syndrome, pheochromocytoma, hyperthyroidism, somatostatinoma, aldosteronoma) also increase the risk for diabetes.

Causes

Type 1 diabetes is usually a progressive autoimmune disease, in which the beta cells that produce insulin are slowly destroyed by the body's own immune system. It is unknown what first starts this cascade of immune events, but evidence suggests that both a genetic predisposition and environmental factors, such as a viral infection, are involved.

Islets of Langerhans contain beta cells and are located within the pancreas. Beta cells produce insulin which is needed to metabolize glucose within the body.

Certain factors are thought to be important in this process:

White blood cells called T lymphocytes produce immune factors called cytokines that attack and gradually destroy the beta cells of the pancreas. Important cytokines are interleukin-1beta, tumor necrosis factor-alpha, and interferon-gamma.
Specific proteins are also critical in the process. They include glutamic acid decarboxylase (GAD), insulin, and islet cell antigens. These proteins serve as autoantigens. That is, they trigger the self-attack of the autoantibodies on the body's own beta cells.

Progression from the first stage, known as insulitis, to full-blown diabetes can take 7 years or longer. Unfortunately, by the time a person is aware that something is wrong and goes to the doctor with symptoms of type 1 diabetes, about 80 - 90% of the beta cells have been destroyed.

More than half of patients with insulitis do not develop diabetes. Researchers are greatly interested in discovering any factors that prevent the disease.

Researchers have found at least 18 genetic locations, labeled IDDM1 - IDDM18, that are related to type 1 diabetes. The IDDM1 region contains the HLA genes that encode proteins called major histocompatibility complex. The genes in this region affect the immune response. New advances in genetic research are identifying other genetic components of type 1 diabetes. In 2007, scientists announced that they had discovered a gene, KIAA0350, on chromosome 16. Variations in this gene appear to increase the risk of a child developing type 1 diabetes. The research team expects to identify an additional 15 - 20 genes associated with type 1 diabetes.

The odds of inheriting the disease, however, are only 10% if a first-degree relative has diabetes, and even in identical twins, one twin has only a 33% chance of having type 1 diabetes if the other has it. Children are more likely to inherit the disease from a father with type 1 diabetes than from a mother with the disorder.

Genetic factors cannot fully explain the development of diabetes. Over the past 30 years, a major increase in the incidence of type 1 diabetes has been reported in certain European countries, and the incidence has nearly tripled in the northeastern U.S. If genetic factors were the only cause of type 1 diabetes, such an increase in cases would take at least 400 years.

Some researchers believe one or more viral infections may trigger the disease in genetically susceptible individuals. Researchers suggest the following scenario:

An infection introduces a viral protein that resembles a beta-cell protein.
T cells and antibodies are tricked by this resemblance into attacking the beta protein as well as the virus.

Among the viruses under scrutiny are enteric viruses, which attack the intestinal tract. Coxsackieviruses are a family of enteric viruses of particular interest. (One study has suggested that respiratory infection in a child's first year, and not later, may be protective against diabetes, perhaps by priming the immune response so that it is better able to respond later on to other organisms.)

Risk Factors

An estimated 1 million people in the U.S. have type 1 diabetes, with about 30,000 new cases diagnosed each year. It is much less common than type 2, however, consisting of only 5 - 10% of all cases of diabetes. Nevertheless, like type 2 diabetes, the incidence of type 1 diabetes among children and adolescents has been rising over the past few decades. Experts estimate that about 1 in every 400 - 600 children and adolescents has type 1 diabetes. While type 2 diabetes has been increasing among African-American and Hispanic adolescents, the highest rates of type 1 diabetes are found among Caucasian youth.

Type 1 can occur at any age but usually appears between infancy and the late 30s, most typically in childhood or adolescence. Boys and girls are equally vulnerable. Studies report the following may be risk factors for developing type 1 diabetes:

Being ill in early infancy.
Early foods. Some studies have reported that early exposure to cow's milk in infancy and not being breast fed increased the risk for type 1 diabetes. Two studies in 2003 suggested that very early exposure to cereal -- not cow's milk -- plays a role in risk. Any risk from early dietary factors is still very low and likely to affect children who already have a genetically impaired immune response to dietary proteins. Breast milk contains factors that may help regulate the immune response and prevent diabetes in such children. National differences in risk also suggest that not all cow's milk is the same, and some proteins may confer higher risks than others.
Having a parent with type 1 diabetes.
Having an older mother.
Having a mother who had preeclampsia during pregnancy.
Obesity in children has long been linked to a higher risk for type 2 diabetes. Two 2001 studies reported an association between high weight at birth and obesity during childhood as risk factors for type 1 diabetes as well. The common risk factor may be an increase in insulin secretion, which occurs with obesity. This theoretically could overstress the beta cells so that they become susceptible to damage by overactive immune factors (particularly cytokines), and eventually to destruction in children genetically vulnerable to type 1 diabetes.

Until recently, diabetes in children was almost always type 1 diabetes. Of major concern, however, are estimates that between 8 - 45% of new diabetes cases in children are now type 2, most likely because of the increase in childhood obesity. [See In-Depth Report #60: Diabetes - type 2.]

The incidence of type 1 diabetes is higher than average among people with other autoimmune diseases, including Grave's disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis (a form of hypothyroidism), Addison's disease, multiple sclerosis (MS), and pernicious anemia. Research has raised the possibility that all autoimmune diseases share a common genetic basis. A 2001 study found, for example, that the T-cell immune factors in type 1 diabetes target the same self-antigens as in multiple sclerosis (MS). Both diseases have been associated with cow's milk protein. Many questions are unanswered, however. It is not known why the diseases develop in different locations to cause separate disorders or why some autoimmune events occur in everyone but not everyone develops an autoimmune disease.

There is a very wide variation in incidence of type 1 among population groups. Type 1 diabetes appears to be most common in people of northern European descent and in specific Mediterranean groups (such as Sardinians). It is less common among Asians and African-Americans. Still, African-Americans with type 1 diabetes are 50% more likely to die from it than Caucasians, mostly due to lower-quality health care.

Symptoms

The process that destroys the insulin-producing beta cells can be long and insidious. At the point when insulin production bottoms out, however, type 1 diabetes usually appears suddenly and progresses quickly. Warning signs of type 1 diabetes include:

Frequent urination (in children, a recurrence of bed-wetting after toilet training has been completed)
Unusual thirst, especially for sweet, cold drinks
Extreme hunger
Sudden, sometimes dramatic, weight loss
Weakness
Extreme fatigue
Blurred vision or other changes in eyesight
Irritability
Nausea and vomiting (acute symptoms)

Children with type 1 diabetes may also be restless, apathetic, and have trouble functioning at school. In severe cases, diabetic coma may be the first sign of type 1 diabetes.

Life-Threatening Complications

Diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA) is a life-threatening complication that develops when insulin stores are depleted. It is almost always caused by noncompliance with insulin treatments. Other contributing factors are lack of health insurance and intentionally reducing insulin levels in order to lose weight. In one study, adolescent girls were at higher risk for ketoacidosis than other groups of children and young people.

Diabetic ketoacidosis often develop as follows:

The process is usually triggered in insulin-deficient patients by a stressful event, most often pneumonia or urinary tract infections. Other triggers include alcohol abuse, physical injury, pulmonary embolism, heart attacks, or other illnesses.
Severely low insulin levels cause excessive amounts of glucose in the bloodstream (hyperglycemia).
Fat breakdown then accelerates and increases the production of fatty acids.

These fatty acids are converted into chemicals called ketone bodies, which are toxic at high levels. Symptoms and complications include:

Nausea and vomiting
Deep and rapid breathing may with frequent sighing
Rapid heartbeat
Cerebral edema, or brain swelling, is a rare but very dangerous complication that occurs in 1% of ketoacidosis cases and results in coma, brain damage, or death in many cases. Research now suggests that the risk for this complication is significantly higher in children with severe ketoacidosis (indicated by low carbon dioxide levels and high nitrogen urea levels), and possibly if they are also treated with bicarbonate to reduce acid levels.
Other serious complications from DKA include aspiration pneumonia and adult respiratory distress syndrome.
If the condition persists, coma and eventually death may occur, although over the past 20 years, death from DKA has decreased to about 2% of all cases.

Life-saving treatment uses rapid rehydration with a salt (saline) solution followed by low-dose insulin and potassium replacement.

Ketoacidosis is a serious condition of glucose build-up in the blood and urine. A simple urine test can determine if high ketone levels are present.

Tight blood sugar (glucose) control increases the risk of low blood sugar (hypoglycemia). Hypoglycemia, also called insulin shock, occurs if blood glucose levels fall below normal. Hypoglycemia may also be caused by insufficient intake of food, or excess exercise or alcohol. Usually the condition is manageable, but occasionally, it can be severe or even life threatening, particularly if the patient fails to recognize the symptoms.

Risk Factors for Severe Hypoglycemia. Among young patients, the youngest children and boys of any age are at higher risk for hypoglycemia. Specific risk factors for severe hypoglycemia include:

Intensively controlling blood glucose and HbA1c levels
Having long-term diabetes
Being less educated about the condition
Being underinsured
Having psychiatric disorders

Hypoglycemia unawareness. Hypoglycemia unawareness is a condition in which people become insensitive to hypoglycemic symptoms. It affects about 25% of patients who use insulin, nearly always people with type 1 diabetes. In such cases, hypoglycemia appears suddenly, without warning, and can escalate to a severe level. Even a single recent episode of hypoglycemia may make it more difficult to detect the next episode. With vigilant monitoring and by rigorously avoiding low blood glucose levels, patients can often regain the ability to sense the symptoms. However, even very careful testing may fail to detect a problem, particularly one that occurs during sleep.

Symptoms. Mild symptoms usually occur at moderately low and easily correctable levels of blood glucose. They include:

Sweating
Trembling
Hunger
Rapid heartbeat

Severely low blood glucose levels can cause neurologic symptoms such as:

Confusion
Weakness
Disorientation
Combativeness
In rare and worst cases, coma, seizure, and death

Preventive Measures. The following tips may help avoid hypoglycemia or prepare for attacks.

Nocturnal hypoglycemia (which occurs during sleep) is a common problem for children, even those on nonintensive insulin therapy. (The risk for hypoglycemia is high in any case in children.) Bedtime snacks are advisable if blood glucose levels are below 180 mg/dL (10 mmol/L). Protein snacks may be best. (The use of the insulin pump may help prevent hypoglycemic episodes.)
Some research has suggested that children (particularly thin children) are at higher risk for hypoglycemia because the injection goes into muscle tissue. Pinching the skin so that only fat (and not muscle) tissue is gathered or using shorter needles may help.
Various insulin regimens are available that can reduce the risk. For example, taking a fast-acting insulin (insulin lispro) before the evening meal may be particularly helpful in preventing hypoglycemia.
Patients who intensively control their blood sugar should monitor blood levels as often as possible, four times or more per day. This is particularly important for patients with hypoglycemia unawareness.
In adults, it is particularly critical to monitor blood glucose levels before driving, when hypoglycemia can be very hazardous.
Patients who are at risk for hypoglycemia should always carry hard candy, juice, sugar packets, or commercially available glucose substitutes.

Family and friends should be aware of the symptoms and be prepared:

If the patient is helpless (but not unconscious), family or friends should administer three to five pieces of hard candy, two to three packets of sugar, half a cup (four ounces) of fruit juice, or a commercially available glucose solution.
If there is inadequate response within 15 minutes, additional oral sugar should be provided or the patient should receive emergency medical treatment, possibly including the intravenous administration of a glucose solution.
Family members and friends can learn to inject glucagon, a hormone, which, in contrast to insulin, raises blood glucose.

Click the icon to see an example of a glucagon kit.

Experts have been concerned that the increased incidence of hypoglycemia accompanying strict blood glucose control could cause mental deterioration over time, but a 6-year study has found no evidence of this in adolescents and adults. (The effect on young children, however, is not known.)

Diagnosis

Fasting Plasma Glucose. The fasting plasma glucose (FPG) test is the standard test for diagnosing diabetes. It is a simple blood test taken after 8 hours of fasting. In general, results indicate the following:

FPG levels are considered normal up to 100 mg/dL (or 5.5 mmol/L).
Levels between 100 - 125 mg/dL (5.5 - 7.0 mmol/L) are referred to as impaired fasting glucose or pre-diabetes. These levels are considered to be risk factors for type 2 diabetes and its complications.
Diabetes is diagnosed when FPG levels are 126 mg/dL (7.0 mmol/L) or higher.

The FPG test is not always reliable, so a repeat test is recommended if the initial test suggests the presence of diabetes, or if the tests are normal in people who have symptoms or risk factors for diabetes. For example, people who take the test in the afternoon and show normal results may actually have abnormal levels that would be revealed if they are tested in the morning.

Glucose Tolerance Test. The oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) is more complex than the FPG and may overdiagnose diabetes in people who do not have it. Some experts recommend it as a follow-up after FPG, if the latter test results are normal but the patient has symptoms or risk factors of diabetes. The test uses the following procedures:

It first uses an FPG test.
A blood test is then taken 2 hours later after drinking a special glucose solution.

The following results suggest different conditions:

OGTT levels are normal up to 140 mg/dL.
Levels between 140 - 199 mg/dL are referred to as impaired glucose tolerance or pre-diabetes.
Diabetes is diagnosed when OGTT levels are 200 mg/dL or higher.

Both the FPG and OGTT tests require that the patient not eat for at least 8 hours prior to the test.

The oral glucose tolerance test is used to diagnose diabetes. The first portion of the test involves drinking a special glucose solution. Blood is then taken several hours later to test for the level of glucose in the blood. Patients who have diabetes will have higher than normal levels of glucose in their blood.

Test for Glycated Hemoglobin. Another test examines blood levels glycated hemoglobin, also known as hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c). Measuring glycated hemoglobin is not currently used for an initial diagnosis, but it may be useful for determining the severity of diabetes.

The basis for its use as a diagnostic measurement in diabetes is as follows:

Hemoglobin is a protein molecule found in red blood cells. When glucose binds to it, the hemoglobin becomes modified, a process called glycation.
Glycation affects a number of proteins, and elevated levels of glycolated hemoglobin is strongly associated with complications of diabetes.
A glycated hemoglobin level of 1% above normal range identifies diabetes in 98% of patients. Normal HbA1c levels do not necessarily rule out diabetes, but if diabetes is present and levels are normal, the risk for complications is low.

The test is not affected by food intake so it can be taken at any time. A home test has been developed that might make it easier to measure HbA1c. In general, measurements suggest the following:

Normal HbA1c levels should be below 7%.
Levels of 11 - 12% glycolated hemoglobin indicate poor control of carbohydrates. High levels are also markers for kidney trouble.

Testing for Insulin Resistance. Investigators hope that some day a simple test for insulin resistance will be available to identify people at risk for diabetes. Some research suggests that measuring insulin and triglyceride levels during a fasting period may predict a person's sensitivity to insulin.

Type 1 diabetes is characterized by the presence of a variety of antibodies that attack the islet cells. These antibodies are referred to as autoantibodies because they attack the body's own cells -- not a foreign invader. Blood tests for these autoantibodies can help differentiate between type 1 and type 2 diabetes.

Screening for Heart Disease. All patients with diabetes should be tested for high blood pressure (hypertension) and unhealthy cholesterol and lipid levels and given an electrocardiogram. For cholesterol, people with diabetes should aim for LDL levels below 100 mg/dL, HDL levels over 50 mg/dL, and triglyceride levels below 150 mg/dL. Blood pressure goals should be 130/80 mmHg or lower. Other tests may be needed in patients with signs of heart disease.

High blood pressure is strongly associated with diabetic nephropathy (kidney disease). In fact, patients with type 2 diabetes who show signs of microalbuminuria typically already have hypertension. Type 1 diabetes patients with microalbuminuria, on the other hand, usually have normal blood pressure readings in the doctor's office. A 2002 study using home monitors, however, found that in patients with type 1 diabetes, high systolic blood pressure during sleep often occurs before development of nephropathy. (Systolic pressure is the first and higher number in a blood pressure reading.) Home blood pressure monitoring, may help identify patients with type 1 diabetes who are at risk for kidney damage.

Click the icon to see an image of an ECG.

Screening for Kidney Damage. The earliest manifestation of kidney disease is microalbuminuria, in which tiny amounts (30 - 300 mg per day) of protein called albumin are found in the urine. Microalbuminuria is also a marker for other complications involving blood vessel abnormalities, including heart attack and stroke.

The American Diabetes Association recommends that people with diabetes receive an annual microalbuminuria urine test. Patients should also have their blood creatinine tested at least once a year. Creatinine is a waste product that is removed from the blood by the kidneys. High levels of creatinine may indicate kidney damage. A doctor uses the results from a creatinine blood test to calculate the glomerular filtration rate (GFR). The GFR is an indicator of kidney function; it estimates how well the kidneys are cleaning the blood.

Screening for Retinopathy. The American Diabetes Association recommends that patients with type 1 diabetes have an annual comprehensive eye exam, with dilation, to check for signs of retina disease (retinopathy). Patients at low risk may need exams only every 2 - 3 years.

Screening for Neuropathy. All patients should be screened for nerve damage (neuropathy), including a comprehensive foot exam. Patients who have loss of sensation in their feet should have a foot exam every 3 - 6 months to check for ulcers or infections.

Screening for Thyroid Abnormalities. Thyroid function tests should be administered.

Dietary Goals and Exercise

The treatment goals for a diabetes diet are:

Achieve near-normal blood glucose levels. People with type 1 diabetes must coordinate calorie intake with medication or insulin administration, exercise, and other variables to control blood glucose levels. New forms of insulin now allow more flexibility in timing meals.
Protect the heart and aim for healthy lipid (cholesterol and triglyceride) levels and control of blood pressure.
Achieve reasonable weight. A reasonable weight is usually defined as what is achievable and sustainable, rather than one that is culturally defined as desirable or ideal. Children, pregnant women, and people recovering from illness should be sure to maintain adequate calories for health.
Manage or prevent complications of diabetes. People with diabetes, whether type 1 or 2, are at risk for a number of medical complications, including heart and kidney disease. Dietary requirements for diabetes must take these disorders into consideration.
Promote overall health.

Overall Guidelines. There is no such thing as a single diabetes diet. Patients should meet with a professional dietitian to plan an individualized diet within the general guidelines that takes into consideration their own health needs.

Healthy eating habits along with good control of blood glucose are the basic goals, and several good dietary methods are available to meet them. General dietary guidelines for diabetes recommend:

Carbohydrates should provide 45 – 65% of total daily calories. The type and amount of carbohydrate are both important. Best choices are vegetables, fruits, beans, and whole grains. These foods are also high in fiber. Patients with diabetes should monitor their carbohydrate intake either through carbohydrate counting or meal planning exchange lists
Fats should provide 25 – 35% of daily calories. Monounsaturated (olive, peanut, canola oils; avocados; nuts) and omega-3 polyunsaturated (fish, flaxseed oil, walnuts) fats are the best types. Limit saturated fat (red meat, butter) to less than 7% of daily calories. Choose nonfat or low-fat dairy instead of whole milk products. Limit trans-fats (hydrogenated fat found in snack foods, fried foods, commercially baked goods) to less than 1% of total calories.
Protein should provide 12 – 20% of daily calories, although this may vary depending on a patient’s individual health requirements. Patients with kidney disease should limit protein intake to less than 10% of calories. Fish, soy, and poultry are better protein choices than red meat

[See In-Depth Report #42: Diabetes diet.]

Weight gain is a potential side effect of intense diabetic control with insulin. Being overweight can increase the risk for health problems. On the other hand, studies suggest that more than one-third of women with diabetes omit or underuse insulin in order to lose weight. Eating disorders have become a serious problem within the general population and are especially dangerous in patients with diabetes. Some evidence suggests that they contribute to about 20% of cases of recurrent ketoacidosis in young women. Ketoacidosis is a significant complication of insulin depletion and can be life threatening.

Aerobic exercise has significant and particular benefits for people with type 1 diabetes. It increases sensitivity to insulin, lowers blood pressure, improves cholesterol levels, and decreases body fat. Because glucose levels swing dramatically during workouts, people with type 1 diabetes need to take certain precautions:

Monitor glucose levels carefully before, during, and after workouts.
Avoid exercise if glucose levels are above 300 mg/dL or under 100 mg/dL.
To avoid hypoglycemia, inject insulin in sites away from the muscles they use the most during exercise.
Before exercising, avoid alcohol and if possible certain drugs, including beta-blockers, which increase the risk of hypoglycemia.
Insulin-dependent athletes may need to decrease insulin doses or take in more carbohydrates, especially in the form of pre-exercise snacks. Skim milk is particularly helpful. They should also drink plenty of fluids.
Good, protective footwear is essential to help avoid injuries and wounds to the feet.

Resistance or high impact exercises should be avoided. They can strain weakened blood vessels in the eyes of patients with retinopathy. High-impact exercise may also injure blood vessels in the feet. Because patients with diabetes may have silent heart disease, they should always check with their doctors before undertaking vigorous exercise.

A 2006 study of over 19,000 children with type 1 diabetes found that regular physical activity helps improve blood sugar levels without increasing the risk of severe hypoglycemia. The researchers suggest that doctors recommend regular exercise for pediatric patients with type 1 diabetes.

Various fraudulent products are often sold on the Internet as “cures” or treatments for diabetes. These dietary supplements have not been studied or approved. In 2006, the FDA and Federal Trade Commission (FTC) launched a crackdown on these scams. The FDA and FTC warn patients with diabetes not to be duped by bogus and unproven remedies.

Treatment

Insulin is essential for strict control of blood glucose levels in type 1 diabetes. Tight blood glucose control is the best way to prevent major complications in type 1 diabetes including those that affect the kidneys, eyes, nerve pathways, and blood vessels. Intensive insulin treatment in early diabetes may even help preserve any residual insulin secretion for at least 2 years.

There are, however, some significant problems with intensive insulin therapy:

There is a higher risk for low blood sugar (hypoglycemia).
Many patients experience significant weight gain from insulin administration, which may have adverse effects on blood pressure and cholesterol levels. It is important to manage heart disease risk factors that might develop as a result of insulin treatment.

A diet plan that compensates for insulin administration and supplies healthy foods is extremely important. [See In-Depth Report #42: Diabetes diet.] Pancreas transplantation eventually may be recommended for patients who cannot control glucose levels without frequent episodes of severe hypoglycemia.

The goal of intensive insulin therapy is to keep blood glucose levels as close to normal as possible. In one major study, even when levels were 40% higher than nondiabetic levels, benefits were still observed.


	Normal	Goal
Blood glucose levels before meals	Less than 110 mg/dL (or 6.1 mmol/L)	90 - 130 mg/dL (or 5 - 7.2 mmol/L)
Bedtime blood glucose levels	Less than 120 mg/dL (6.6 mmol/L)	110 - 150 mg/dL (or 6.1 - 8.3 mmol/L)
Glycated hemoglobin (HbA1c) levels	4 - 6%	Less than 7%
Source: National Diabetes Information Clearinghouse, National Institutes of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases.

Standard insulin therapy usually consists of one or two daily insulin injections, one daily blood sugar test, and visits to the health care team every 3 months. For strictly controlling blood glucose, however, intensive management is required. The regimen is complicated although newer insulin forms may make it easier.

There are two components to flexible insulin administration and a number of variations of insulin delivery for accomplishing them:

Basal insulin administration. The basal component of the treatment attempts to provide a steady amount of background insulin throughout the day. Basal insulin levels maintain regular blood glucose needs. Insulin glargine now offers the most consistent insulin activity level, but other intermediate and long-acting forms may be beneficial when administered twice a day. Short-acting insulin delivered continuously using a pump is proving to a very good way to provide basal rates of insulin.
Mealtime insulin administration. Meals require a boost (a bolus) of insulin to regulate the sudden rise in glucose levels after a meal.

In achieving insulin control the patient must also take other steps:

The patient should perform four or more blood glucose tests during the day.
Patients should coordinate insulin administration with calorie intake. In general, they should eat three meals each day at regular intervals. Snacks are often required.
Insulin requirements vary depending on many non-nutritional situations during the day, including exercise and sleep. People are at enhanced risk for low blood sugar during exercise. Some patients experience a sudden rise in blood glucose levels in the morning -- the so-called "dawn phenomenon."
The patient must also maintain a good diet plan and should visit the health care team of doctors, nurses, and dietitians once a month.

Because of the higher risk for hypoglycemia in children, experts recommend that intensive treatment be used very cautiously in children under 13 and not at all in very young children.

Insulin cannot be taken orally because the body's digestive juices destroy it. Injections of insulin under the skin ensure that it is absorbed slowly by the body for a long-lasting effect. The timing and frequency of insulin injections depend upon a number of factors:

The duration of insulin action. Insulin is available in several forms, including: standard, intermediate, long-acting, and rapid-acting.
Amount and type of food eaten. Ingestion of food makes the blood glucose level rise. Alcohol lowers levels.
The person's level of physical activity. Exercise lowers glucose levels.

Fast-Acting Insulin. Insulin lispro (Humalog) and insulin aspart (Novo Rapid, Novolog) lower blood sugar very quickly, usually within 5 minutes after injection. Insulin peaks in about 4 hours and continues to work for about 4 hours. This rapid action reduces the risk for hypoglycemic events after eating (postprandial hypoglycemia). Optimal timing for administering this insulin is about 15 minutes before a meal, but it can be also taken immediately after a meal (but within 30 minutes). Fast-acting insulins may be especially useful for meals with high carbohydrates.

Regular Insulin. Regular insulin begins to act 30 minutes after injection, reaches its peak at 2 - 4 hours, and lasts about 6 hours. Regular insulin may be administered before a meal and may be better for high-fat meals.

Intermediate Insulin. NPH (neutral protamine Hagedorn) insulin has been the standard intermediate form. It works within 2 - 4 hours, peaks 4 - 12 hours later, and lasts up to 18 hours. Lente (insulin zinc) is another intermediate insulin that peaks 4 - 12 hours and lasts up to 18 hours.

Long-Acting (Ultralente) Insulin. Long-acting insulins, such as insulin glargine (Lantus), are released slowly. Insulin glargine matches parts of natural insulin and maintains stable activity for more than 24 hours. Studies suggest that it poses less of a risk for hypoglycemia and weight gain than NPH. It has a higher incidence of pain at the injection site than NPH. Ultralente insulin peaks at 10 hours and lasts up to 20 hours but varies greatly in activity from day to day.

Combinations. Regimens generally include combinations of short and longer-acting insulins to help match the natural cycle. For example, one approach in patients who are intensively controlling their glucose levels uses 3 injections of insulin, which includes a mixture of regular insulin and NPH at dinner. Another approach uses 4 injections, including a separate short-acting form at dinner and NPH at bedtime, which may pose a lower risk for nighttime hypoglycemia than the 3-injection regimen.

Insulin Pumps. An insulin pump can improve blood glucose control and quality of life with fewer hypoglycemic episodes than multiple injections. The pumps correct for the “dawn phenomenon” (sudden rise of blood glucose in the morning) and allow quick reductions for specific situations, such as exercise. Many different brands are available.

The typical pump is about the size of a beeper and has a digital display. Some are worn externally and are programmed to deliver insulin through a catheter in the skin or the abdomen. They generally use rapid-acting insulin, the most predictable type. They work by administering a small amount of insulin continuously (the basal rate) and a higher dose (a bolus dose) when food is eaten.

Many adults, adolescents, and school children use insulin pumps. A 2006 study found that even very young children (ages 2 - 7 years) can successfully use insulin pumps and that the pumps provided better blood sugar control than twice-daily insulin injections.

The catheter at the end of the insulin pump is inserted through a needle into the abdominal fat of a person with diabetes. Dosage instructions are entered into the pump's small computer, and the appropriate amount of insulin is then injected into the body in a calculated, controlled manner.

Learning to use the pump can be complicated, although over time most patients find the devices are fairly easy to use. To achieve good control, patients and parents of children must undergo some training. The patient and doctor must determine the amount of insulin used -- it is not automatically calculated. This requires an initial learning period, including understanding insulin needs over the course of the day and in different situations and knowledge of carbohydrate counting. Frequent blood testing is very important, particularly during the training period.

Insulin pumps are more expensive than insulin shots and occasionally have some complications, such as blockage in the device or skin irritation at the infusion site. In spite of early reports of a higher risk for ketoacidosis with pumps, more recent studies have found no higher risk.

Insulin Pens. Insulin pens, which contain cartridges of insulin, have been available for some time. Until recently, they were fairly complicated and difficult to use. Newer, prefilled pens (Humulin Pen, Humalog) are disposable and allow the patient to dial in the correct amount.

Inhaled Aerosol. In 2006, the FDA approved the first non-injected form of insulin. Exubera is an inhaled form of insulin. It is approved for adults but should not be used by patients who smoke or have quit smoking within the past 6 months. Patients with asthma, bronchitis, or emphysema should also not use inhaled insulin. Scientists are also developing other types of non-injected insulin, including spray formulas.

Other Alternative Insulin Delivery Methods. Another promising avenue of investigation for delivering insulin is the use of ultrasound pulses.

Pramlintide (Symlin) is a new type of injectable drug that can help control postprandial hyperglycemia, the sudden increase in blood sugar after a meal. Pramlintide is injected before meals and can help lower blood sugar levels in the 3 hours after meals. Pramlintide is used in addition to insulin for patients who take insulin regularly but still need better blood sugar control. The FDA approved this drug in 2005 for adults with type 1 and type 2 diabetes. Pramlintide and insulin are the only two drugs approved for treatment of type 1 diabetes.

Pramlintide is a synthetic form of amylin, a hormone that is related to insulin. Side effects may include nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, headache, fatigue, and dizziness. Patients with type 1 diabetes have an increased risk of severe low blood sugar (hypoglycemia) that may occur within 3 hours following a pramlintide injection. This drug should not be used if patients have trouble knowing when their blood sugar is low or have slow stomach emptying (gastroparesis).

CD3-Antibodies. A new type of drug called a CD3 antibody is showing promise for helping patients newly diagnosed with type 1 diabetes. In phase II clinical trials, patients received the drug for 6 days. Results from a 2005 trial published in the New England Journal of Medicine indicated that the CD3 antibody helped stimulate the patients’ natural insulin production and decreased their need for insulin drug therapy. The beneficial effects lasted up to 18 months after CD3 treatment. Researchers think that this drug affects the autoimmune response involved in type 1 diabetes and helps preserve the residual beta cell function of the pancreas.

Monitoring Tests

Both low blood sugar (hypoglycemia) and high blood sugar (hyperglycemia) are of concern for patients who take insulin. It is important, therefore, to carefully monitor blood glucose levels. In general, patients with type 1 diabetes need to take readings four or more times a day. Patients should aim for the following measurements:

Pre-meal glucose levels of between 90 - 130 mg/dL
Bedtime levels of between 110 - 150 mg/dL

Different goals may be required for specific individuals, including pregnant women, very old and very young people, and those with accompanying serious medical conditions.

Finger-Prick Test. A typical blood sugar test includes the following:

A drop of blood is obtained by pricking the finger.
The blood is then applied to a chemically treated strip.
Monitors read and provide results.

Home monitors are about 10 - 15% less accurate than laboratory monitors are and many do not meet the standards of the American Diabetes Association. Most doctors believe, however, that they are accurate enough to indicate when blood sugar is too low.

To monitor the amount of glucose within the blood a person with diabetes should test their blood regularly. The procedure is quite simple and can often be done at home.

Some simple procedures may improve accuracy:

Testing the meter once a month.
Recalibrating it whenever a new packet of strips is used.
Using fresh strips; outdated strips may not provide accurate results.
Keeping the meter clean.
Periodically comparing the meter results with the results from a laboratory.

Supplementary Monitoring Devices. Other devices are available for monitoring blood glucose. These devices are used in addition to traditional fingerstick test kits and glucose meters but do not replace them:

Continuous glucose monitoring systems (CGMS) use a needle-like sensor inserted under the skin of the abdomen to monitor glucose levels every 5 minutes. In 2007, the STS-7 System was approved. Using a disposable sensor, the STS-7 measures glucose levels for up to a week. An alarm will sound if glucose levels are too high or low. The older Minimed system measures glucose over a 72-hour period and has wireless communication between the monitor and an insulin pump.
GlucoWatch is a battery-powered wristwatch-like device that measures glucose by sending tiny electric currents through the skin, a technique called reverse iontophoresis. It is painless and has a warning device when detecting high glucose levels. It takes 2 hours to warm up, and the sensor pads need to be changed every day. Glucowatch measures glucose levels three times per hour for up to 12 hours. About a quarter of the time, the results differ significantly from actual fingerstick tests, however.

Hemoglobin A1c (also called HbA1c , HA1c, or A1C) is measured periodically every 2 - 3 months to determine the average blood-sugar level over the lifespan of the red blood cell. Normal A1C levels should be below 7%. Home tests are also available for measuring A1C.

Urine tests are useful for detecting the presence of ketones. These tests should always be performed during illness or stressful situations, when diabetes is likely to go out of control. The patient should also undergo yearly urine tests for microalbuminuria (small amounts of protein in the urine), a risk factor for future kidney disease.

Long-Term Complications

Type 1 diabetes reduces the normal lifespan by an average of 5 - 8 years. However, survival rates are improving in all ethnic groups and both genders. Longer survival rates are probably due to improvements in monitoring and tighter control of blood glucose. There are two important approaches to preventing complications from type 1 diabetes:

Intensive control of blood glucose and keeping glycosylated hemoglobin (HbA1c) levels below 7%. This approach is proving to prevent complications due to vascular (blood vessel) abnormalities and nerve damage (neuropathy) that can cause major damage to organs, including the eyes, kidneys, and heart.
Managing risk factors for heart disease. Blood glucose control helps the heart, but it is also very important that people with diabetes control blood pressure, cholesterol levels, and other factors associated with heart disease.

Patients with type 1 diabetes have a 10 times greater risk of heart disease than healthy patients. Heart attacks account for 60% and strokes for 25% of deaths in patients with diabetes. Diabetes affects the heart in many ways:

Both type 1 and 2 diabetes accelerate the progression of atherosclerosis (hardening of the arteries). Diabetes can adversely affect blood lipid levels by lowering HDL ("good cholesterol") and increasing triglycerides. This can lead to coronary artery disease, heart attack, or stroke.
In type 1 diabetes, high blood pressure (hypertension) usually develops if the kidneys become damaged. High blood pressure is another major cause of heart attack, stroke, and heart failure. Children with diabetes are also at risk for hypertension.
Impaired nerve function (neuropathy) associated with diabetes also causes heart abnormalities. Some experts estimate that the mortality rates from neuropathy-related heart conditions ranges from 15 - 53%.

Click the icon to see an image of the kidney.

Results from the Diabetes Control and Complications Trial (DCCT) prove that intensive blood sugar control reduces the long-term risk of heart disease complications by 50%. The results indicate that intensive blood sugar control is even more important in reducing these risks than blood pressure- and cholesterol-lowering drugs. Original participants in the trial received intensive blood glucose control for 6 years during the 1980s. Researchers continued to follow these patients’ progress during the next 17 years. A follow-up study, published in 2005 in the New England Journal of Medicine, found that the benefits of tight blood glucose control persisted over time and halved the risk of heart attack, stroke, angina, or coronary artery disease.

Aspirin for Reducing the Risk for Blood Clots. Taking a daily aspirin reduces the risk for blood clotting and may help protect against heart attacks. In a 2000 study, low-dose aspirin was associated with a 30% lower risk for death from heart disease in adults with type 2 diabetes.

Reducing Blood Pressure. Strict control of blood pressure is critical for preventing complications of diabetes and has proven to improve survival rates. Patients should strive for blood pressure levels of less than 130/80 mm Hg (systolic/diastolic). (Controlling systolic pressure may be especially important for reducing the risk for kidney complications.)

Dozens of anti-hypertensive drugs are available. Most fall into the following categories:

Diuretics rid the body of extra sodium (salt) and water. There are three main types of diuretics: Potassium-sparing, thiazide, and loop.
Angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors reduce the production of angiotensin, a chemical that causes arteries to narrow.
Angiotensin-receptor blockers (ARBs) block angiotensin.
Beta-blockers block the effects of adrenaline and ease the heart’s pumping action.
Calcium-channel blockers (CCBs) decrease the contractions of the heart and widen blood vessels.

The American Diabetes Association (ADA) recommends any of these classes of drugs as first-line treatment for hypertension. New research suggests, however, that beta-blockers are less effective at preventing strokes and heart attacks than other types of blood pressure medications. ACE inhibitors are especially helpful for patients with type 1 diabetes as they may help prevent kidney disease (nephropathy).

Many patients require more than one type of drug to control blood pressure. For patients with diabetes who have microalbuminuria, the ADA strongly recommends ACE inhibitors or ARBs. Microalbuminuria is an accumulation of protein in the blood, which can signal the onset of kidney disease (nephropathy).

Anti-hypertensive drugs that block or reduce angiotensin are the first option for many people with diabetes. Angiotensin is a natural chemical that influences all aspects of blood pressure control and also interferes with insulin's normal metabolic signaling. In fact, angiotensin may be the common factor linking diabetes and high blood pressure.

The 2005 landmark Antihypertensive and Lipid Lowering Treatment to Prevent Heart Attack Trial (ALLHAT) indicated that a thiazide-type diuretic works as well as an ACE inhibitor or CCB for patients with type 2 diabetes and high blood pressure. Compared with ACE inhibitors or CCBs, diuretics appeared to be better at lowering systolic blood pressure and preventing heart failure. In addition, the trial suggested that diuretics are especially helpful for African-Americans, by offering greater protection than ACE inhibitors or CCBS in preventing strokes. [See In-Depth Report #14: High blood pressure.]

Improving Cholesterol and Lipid Levels. Abnormal cholesterol and lipid levels are common in diabetes. High LDL (“bad”) cholesterol should always be lowered, but people with diabetes also often have additional harmful imbalances, including low HDL (“good”) cholesterol and high triglycerides. Patients should aim for LDL levels below 100 mg/dL, HDL levels over 50 mg/dL, and triglyceride levels below 150 mg/dL. Patients with diabetes and existing heart disease should strive for even lower LDL levels; the American Diabetes Association recommends LDL levels below 70 mg/dL for these patients.

Statins are the best cholesterol-lowering drugs. They include atorvastatin (Lipitor), lovastatin (Mevacor and generics), pravastatin (Pravachol), simvastatin (Zocor and generics), fluvastatin (Lescol), and rosuvastatin (Crestor). These drugs are very effective for lowering LDL cholesterol levels. Recent studies indicate that aggressive high-dose statin therapy may be an important treatment approach for high-risk patients who need to substantially lower their LDL levels. A 2006 study found that patients with diabetes and heart disease who were treated with 80 mg daily of atorvastatin had a 25% lower risk of heart attack and stroke than patients who received a 10 mg daily dose.

The primary safety concern with statins has involved myopathy, an uncommon condition that can cause muscle damage and, in some cases, muscle and joint pain. A specific myopathy called rhabdomyolysis can lead to kidney failure. People with diabetes and risk factors for myopathy should be monitored for muscle symptoms.

Although lowering LDL cholesterol is beneficial, statins are not as effective as other medications -- such as fibrates, niacin, ezetimbe, or bile acid sequesters -- in addressing HDL and triglyceride imbalances. This is a common problem in type 2 diabetes. Combining a statin with one of these drugs may be helpful for people with diabetes who have heart disease, low HDL, and near-normal LDL levels. Although combinations of statins and fibrates or niacin increase the risk of myopathy, both combinations are considered safe if used with extra care.

Fibrates, such as gemfibrozil (Lopid) and fenofibrate (Tricor), are usually the first choice. Niacin has the most favorable effect on raising HDL and lowering triglycerides of all the cholesterol drugs. However, about 30% of patients who take high-dose niacin experience increased blood glucose levels. Moderate doses of niacin can achieve lipid control without causing serious blood glucose problems. [See In-Depth Report #23: Cholesterol.]

Kidney disease (nephropathy) is a very serious complication of diabetes. With this condition, the tiny filters in the kidney (called glomeruli) become damaged and leak protein into the urine. Over time this can lead to kidney failure. Urine tests showing microalbuminuria (small amounts of protein in the urine) are important markers for kidney damage.

Treatment and Prevention of Nephropathy. Tight control of blood sugar and blood pressure is essential for preventing the onset of kidney disease. Long-term studies report that strict control of these two conditions produces a 60% reduction in new cases of nephropathy and a delay in progression of the disease. Research indicates that ACE inhibitors are the best class of blood pressure medications for delaying kidney disease and slowing disease progression in patients with type 1 diabetes. Angiotensin-receptor blockers (ARBs) are also very helpful.

A doctor may recommend a low-protein diet for patients whose kidney disease is progressing despite tight blood sugar and blood pressure control. Protein-restricted diets can help slow disease progression and delay the onset of end-stage renal disease (kidney failure). However, patients with end-stage renal disease who are on dialysis generally require higher amounts of protein. [See In-Depth Report #42: Diabetes diet.]

Diabetic nephropathy, the leading cause of end-stage renal disease (ESRD), occurs in about 20 - 40% of patients with diabetes. Patients with ESRD have 13 times the risk of death compared to other patients with type 1 diabetes. If the kidneys fail, dialysis is required. Symptoms of kidney failure may include swelling in the feet and ankles, itching, fatigue, and pale skin color. On an encouraging note, a 2005 study in the Journal of the American Medical Association reported that the prognosis of end-stage renal disease has greatly improved during the last 4 decades for patients with type 1 diabetes. The outlook was best for patients who were diagnosed with diabetes at a young age (under 5 years old). In addition, the study found that fewer people with type 1 diabetes are developing ESRD.

Anemia is a common complication of end-stage kidney disease. Patients on dialysis usually require injections of erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs to increase red blood cell counts and control anemia. Patients with end-stage kidney disease should be aware of the current controversies surrounding the dosing of these drugs.

In 2006, two important New England Journal of Medicine studies indicated that aggressive dosing to completely normalize hemoglobin levels does not work better than standard dosing that only partially corrects anemia. In 2007, the FDA issued new warnings on darbepoetin alfa (Aranesp) and epoetin alfa (Epogen and Procrit). The warnings describe an increased risk for blood clots, strokes, and heart attacks in patients with end-stage kidney disease when these drugs were given at higher than recommended doses. The FDA has set new dosing and hemoglobin target levels for these drugs.

The FDA recommends that patients with end-stage kidney disease who receive erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs should:

Maintain hemoglobin levels that do not exceed 12 g/dL
Receive frequent blood tests to monitor hemoglobin levels
Contact their doctors if they experience such symptoms as shortness of breath, pain, swelling in the legs, or increases in blood pressure

[See In-Depth Report #57: Anemia.]

Diabetes reduces or distorts nerve function, causing a condition called neuropathy. Neuropathy refers to a group of disorders that affect nerves. The two main types of neuropathy are:

Peripheral (affects nerves in the toes, feet, legs, hand, and arms)
Autonomic (affects nerves that help regulate digestive, bowel, bladder, heart, and sexual function)

Peripheral neuropathy particularly affects sensation. It is a common complication that affects nearly half of people with type 1 or type 2 diabetes after 25 years. The most serious consequences of neuropathy occur in the legs and feet and pose a risk for ulcers and, in very severe cases, amputation. Peripheral neuropathy usually starts in the fingers and toes and moves up to the arms and legs (called a stocking-glove distribution). Symptoms include:

Tingling
Weakness
Burning sensations
Loss of the sense of warm or cold
Numbness (if the nerves are severely damaged, the patient may be unaware that a blister or minor wound has become infected)
Deep pain

Autonomic neuropathy can cause digestive problems (constipation, diarrhea, nausea, vomiting), bladder infections, and erectile dysfunction. In some cases, neuropathy may mask angina, the warning chest pain for heart disease and heart attack. Patients with diabetes should be aware of other warning signs of a heart attack, including sudden fatigue, sweating, shortness of breath, nausea, and vomiting.

Blood sugar control is the only treatment for neuropathy. Studies show that tight control of blood glucose levels delays the onset and slows progression of neuropathy. A 2005 study also suggested that heart disease risk factors can increase the likelihood of developing neuropathy. Lowering triglycerides, losing weight, reducing blood pressure, and quitting smoking may help prevent the onset of neuropathy.

Pain-Relief Treatment for Peripheral Neuropathy. A number of different drugs are used for peripheral neuropathy pain relief: They include:

Nonprescription analgesics, such as aspirin, acetaminophen, and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). (Patients with stomach or kidney problems should check with their doctors before using these drugs.)
Prescription painkillers, such as tramadol (Ultram). Tramadol is a drug that is similar to opioids. It can help relieve pain but has significant side effects, including nausea, constipation, and headache.
Topical medications, particularly capsaicin (the active ingredient in hot peppers), are applied to the skin to relieve minor local pain. A 5% lidocaine patch has also shown good results in clinical trials.
Tricyclic antidepressants, such as amitriptyline (Elavil) or doxepin (Sinequan), are effective in reducing pain from neuropathy in up to 75% of patients. A combination of doxepin and capsaicin (applied to the skin) may be particularly beneficial. Unfortunately, tricyclics may cause heart rhythm problems.
Duloxetine (Cymbalta) is a serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor, a newer type of antidepressant, which was approved in 2004 for treatment of pain associated with diabetic peripheral neuropathy.
The anti-convulsant drug pregabalin (Lyrica) was approved in 2004 for neuropathic pain management. It is classified as a controlled substance (like narcotics), which indicates a potential risk for abuse. Other anti-seizure drugs used for peripheral neuropathy pain relief include gabapentin (Neurontin) and valproate (Depakote).

Treatments under investigation include acetyl-l-carnitine and intravenous alpha-lipoic acid. Patients may also benefit from transcutaneous electrostimulation (TENS), a treatment that involves administering mild electrical pulses to painful areas. Alternative treatments such as hypnosis, biofeedback, relaxation techniques, and acupuncture have helped some patients manage pain. Doctors also recommend lifestyle measures, such as walking and wearing elastic stockings.

Treatments for Other Complications of Neuropathy. Neuropathy also impacts other functions, and treatments are needed to reduce their effects. If diabetes affects the nerves in the autonomic nervous system, then abnormalities of blood pressure control and bowel and bladder function may occur. Erythromycin, domperidone (Motilium), or metoclopramide (Reglan) may be used to relieve delayed stomach emptying caused by neuropathy.

Erectile dysfunction is also associated with neuropathy. Studies indicate that phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE-5) drugs, such as sildenafil (Viagra), vardenafil (Levitra), and tadalafil (Cialis), are safe and effective, at least in the short term, for patients with diabetes. Typical side effects are minimal but may include headache, flushing, and upper respiratory tract and flu-like symptoms.

Perhaps the most serious consequences of diabetic neuropathy occur in the lower limbs. An estimated 15% of patients with diabetes experience serious foot problems. They are the leading cause of hospitalizations for these patients.

Diabetes is responsible for more than half of all lower limb amputations performed in the U.S. Each year there are about 88,000 non-injury amputations, 50 - 75% of them due to diabetes. The number is increasing as the prevalence in diabetes type 2 rises. According to a 2005 study in the Lancet, every 30 seconds someone in the world receives a lower limb amputation due to diabetes. About 85% of amputations start with foot ulcers, which develop in about 12% of people with diabetes.

In general, foot ulcers develop from infections, such as those resulting from blood vessel injury. A 2006 study reported that people with diabetes who develop foot infections are 155 times more likely to have an amputation than people who did not develop infections. Foot infections often develop from injuries. Even minor infections can develop into severe complications. Numbness from nerve damage, which is common in diabetes, compounds the danger since the patient may not be aware of injuries. About one-third of foot ulcers occur on the big toe.

A 2003 government survey found that those at higher risk for foot ulcers tend to be people with diabetes who are overweight, smokers, and those with a long history of diabetes. People who have the disease for more than 20 years and are insulin-dependent are at the highest risk. Related conditions that put people at risk include peripheral neuropathy, peripheral artery disease, foot deformities, and a history of ulcers. [See In-Depth Report #102: Peripheral artery disease and intermittent claudication.]

Charcot Foot. Charcot foot or Charcot joint (medically referred to as neuropathic arthropathy) occurs in up to 2.5% of people with diabetes. Early changes appear like an infection, with the foot becoming swollen, red, and warm. A seriously affected foot can become deformed. The bones may crack, splinter, and erode, and the joints may shift, change shape, and become unstable. It typically develops in people who have neuropathy to the extent that they cannot feel sensation in the foot and are not aware of an existing injury. Instead of resting an injured foot or seeking medical help, the patient often continues normal activity, causing further damage.

Charcot foot is initially treated with strict immobilization of the foot and ankle; some centers use a cast that allows the patient to move and still protects the foot. A 2001 study in the U.K. concluded that a single dose of pamidronate, a bisphosphonate, reduces bone turnover, symptoms, and disease activity. When the acute phase has passed, patients usually need lifelong protection of the foot using a brace initially and custom footwear.

Measures to Prevent Foot Ulcers. Preventive foot care can significantly reduce the risk of ulcers and amputation. Some tips for preventing problems include:

Patients should inspect their feet daily and watch for changes in color or texture, odor, and firm or hardened areas, which may indicate infection and potential ulcers.
When washing the feet, the water should be warm (not hot) and the feet and areas between the toes should be thoroughly dried afterward. Check water temperature with the hand or a thermometer before stepping in.
Moisturizers should be applied, but not between the toes.
Corns and calluses should be gently pumiced and toenails trimmed short and the edges filed to avoid cutting adjacent toes.
Patients should not use medicated pads or try to shave the corns or calluses themselves.
Well-fitting footwear is very important. People should be sure the shoe is wide enough; according to a 2001 study, 30% of patients with diabetes wear shoes that are too narrow. Patients should also avoid high heels, sandals, thongs, and going barefoot. Shoes with a rocker sole (LucRo) reduce pressure under the heel and front of the foot by 35 - 65% and may be particularly helpful. Custom-molded boots increase the surface area over which foot pressure is distributed. This reduces stress on the ulcers and allows them to heal.
Shoes should be changed often during the day.
Wear socks, particularly with extra padding (which can be specially purchased).
Patients should avoid tight stockings or any clothing that constricts the legs and feet.
Foot pain, numbness, or tingling is worse at night; diphenhydramine (Benadryl) may help.
A specialist in foot care should be consulted for any problems.

Click the icon to see an image of foot inspection.

Treating Foot Ulcers in Diabetes. About one-third of foot ulcers will heal within 20 weeks with good wound care treatments. Some treatments are as follows:

Antibiotics are generally given. In some cases, hospitalization and intravenous antibiotics for up to 28 days may be needed for severe foot ulcers.
In virtually all cases, wound care requires debridement, which is the removal of injured tissue until only healthy tissue remains. Debridement may be accomplished using chemical (enzymes), surgical, or mechanical (irrigation) means.
Hydrogels (Nu-Gel, Intrasite Gel, Scherisorb, Clearsite, Duoderm, Geliperm) are helpful in healing ulcers and are noninvasive and soothing.
Felted foam may be helpful in healing ulcers on the sole of the foot. Felted foam uses a multi-layered foam pad over the bottom of the foot with an opening over the ulcer.

Other Treatments for Foot Ulcers. Doctors are also using or investigating other treatments to heal ulcers. These include:

Administering hyperbaric oxygen (oxygen given at high pressure) is showing promise in promoting healing. In one study, patients who had had ulcers that had not responded to treatment for over 3 months received daily treatments that lasted 90 minutes for 2 weeks. About 15 days after completion, patients who received oxygen had significant reduction in ulcers, sometimes with complete healing. Other studies are also demonstrating good results.
Monochromatic near-infrared photo energy (MIRE) uses light therapy to improve sensation in the feet of patients with peripheral neuropathy.
Total-contact casting (TCC) uses a cast that is designed to match the exact contour of the foot and to distribute weight along the entire length of the foot. It is usually changed weekly. It may be helpful for ulcer healing and for Charcot foot. Although it is very effective in healing ulcers, recurrence is common.

Diabetes accounts for 12,000 - 24,000 of new cases of blindness annually and is the leading cause of new cases of blindness in adults ages 20 - 74. The most common eye disorder in diabetes is retinopathy. People with diabetes are also at higher risk for developing cataracts and certain types of glaucoma. [See In-Depth Report #26: Cataracts and In-Depth Report #25: Glaucoma.]

Description of Retinopathy. Retinopathy is a condition in which the retina becomes damaged. The two primary abnormalities that occur are a weakening of the blood vessels in the retina and the obstruction in the capillaries -- probably from very tiny blood clots. Retinopathy generally occurs in one or two phases:

Click the icon to see an image of diabetic retinopathy.

The early and more common type of this disorder is called nonproliferative or background retinopathy. The blood vessels in the retina are abnormally weakened. They rupture and leak, and waxy areas may form. If these processes affect the central portion of the retina, swelling may occur, causing reduced or blurred vision.
If the capillaries become blocked and blood flow is cut off, soft, "woolly" areas may develop in the retina's nerve layer. These woolly areas may signal the development of proliferative retinopathy. Often there are no symptoms of progressing retinopathy. In this more severe condition, new abnormal blood vessels form and grow on the surface of the retina. They may spread into the cavity of the eye or bleed into the back of the eye. Major hemorrhage or retinal detachment can result, causing severe visual loss or blindness. The sensation of seeing flashing lights may indicate retinal detachment.

According to a 2003 study, about 40% of young adults with type 1 diabetes had developed retinopathy within 10 years of diagnosis. (Although this rate is high, it is significantly lower than in previous years when blood glucose control was not as strict.) The risk is lower in patients with type 2, although in one study over 20% had signs of retinopathy 6 years after diagnosis. In general, all patients with diabetes should have a yearly eye examination. Patients with no signs of retinal damage or low risk factors for retinopathy may only require screening every 2 - 3 years.

Click the icon to see an animation on diabetic retinopathy.

Prevention of Retinopathy. Fortunately, severe and even moderate vision loss is largely preventable with tight control of blood glucose levels. (Intense glucose control can cause early worsening of retinopathy, although this is nearly always counterbalanced by long-term benefits.) Tight control of blood pressure can also help protect against retinopathy. Aspirin therapy does not help prevent retinopathy.

Treatment of Retinopathy. Patients with severe diabetic retinopathy or macular edema (swelling of the retina) should be sure to see an eye specialist who is experienced in the management and treatment of diabetic retinopathy. Once damage to the eye develops, laser eye surgery may be needed. Laser surgery can help reduce vision loss in high-risk patients.

Studies indicate that patients with type 2 diabetes face a higher than average risk of developing dementia caused either by Alzheimer's disease or problems in blood vessels in the brain. Problems in attention and memory can occur even in people under age 55 who have had diabetes for a number of years. In one study of people with type 1 diabetes, high glucose levels (hyperglycemia) were associated with slower brain function, including less verbal fluency and slow ability to do mental arithmetic.

Respiratory Infections. People with diabetes face a higher risk for influenza and its complications, including pneumonia, possibly because the disorder neutralizes the effects of protective proteins on the surface of the lungs. In fact, deaths among people with diabetes increase by 5 - 15% during flu epidemics, and they are six times more likely to be hospitalized with complications from flu than nondiabetic patients who have flu. Everyone with diabetes should have annual influenza vaccinations and a vaccination against pneumococcal pneumonia.

Urinary Tract Infections. Women with diabetes face a significantly higher risk for urinary tract infections, which are likely to be more complicated and difficult to treat than in the general population.

Diabetes doubles the risk for depression. Furthermore, depression, in turn, increases the risk for hyperglycemia and complications of diabetes, according to one study. Restoring mental health, both through medication and psychotherapy, not only improves quality of life but may help patients control their blood sugar levels.

Diabetes changes bone quality and density, but the effects differ depending on type:

Type 1 diabetes is associated with a slightly reduced bone density, putting patients at risk for osteoporosis and possibly fractures. The best medications for bone loss in patients with diabetes are bisphosphonates, such as alendronate (Fosamax) and risedronate (Actonel). They not only help prevent bone loss but may even reduce daily insulin requirements in patients taking insulin. [See In-Depth Report #18: Osteoporosis.]
Type 2 diabetes, on the other hand, is associated with an increased bone density but is also associated with fractures. In such cases, the bone quality itself may be impaired.

Older patients with either type of diabetes are at risk for falling, which compounds the risk for fracture.

Diabetes increases the risk for other conditions, including:

Hearing loss
Periodontal disease
Carpal tunnel syndrome
Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, also called nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH); a particular danger for people who are obese
Colorectal cancer
Uterine cancer

Diabetes and Pregnancy. Both temporary diabetes that occurs during pregnancy (gestational diabetes) and pregnancy in a patient with existing diabetes can increase the risk for birth defects. Studies indicate that high blood sugar levels (hyperglycemia) may affect the developing fetus as soon as it is conceived.

Because glucose crosses the placenta, a woman with diabetes can pass high levels of blood glucose to the fetus. In response, the fetus secretes large amounts of insulin. This combination of high fetal blood levels of insulin and glucose can have significant effects:

Excessive fetal weight gain, which can lead to complications during delivery
Birth defects
Breathing problems and delayed lung development
Low blood sugar
Higher future risk for obesity and diabetes

In addition to endangering the fetus, diabetes also presents risks to the pregnant woman, particularly preeclampsia, which is a potentially dangerous condition involving very high blood pressure during pregnancy. Pregnant women with diabetes are also at greater risk for retinopathy.

Some recommendations for preventing complications include:

Intensive blood sugar control during pregnancy may reduce the risk for problems in the infant.
Monitoring blood glucose after meals may protect against preeclampsia more effectively than monitoring before meals.
Aerobic exercise before and during pregnancy can lower glucose levels. (All pregnant women, particularly those with diabetes, should check with their doctors before embarking on a rigorous exercise regimen.)
To prevent birth defects that affect the heart and nervous system, women with diabetes should take a higher dose of folic acid from the time of conception up to week 12 of pregnancy. They should also be checked for any heart problems.
Women with diabetes should have an eye examination during pregnancy and up to a year afterward.

Although there was some concern that short-acting insulin lispro might increase the risk for birth defects, the most recent evidence suggests that it does not. In fact, some experts believe it achieves a better outcome and should be preferred to regular insulin in pregnant women. More research is needed.

Effect on Estrogen. Diabetes appears to blunt some of the effects of estrogen, which may increase the risk for heart disease. Women with diabetes have a higher risk for early menopause, which, in one study, occurred at an average age of about 41 years.

Reproductive Cancers. Women with type 1 diabetes often have lumps in the breast that are benign but which make mammograms difficult to interpret. It is not clear whether these lumps are risk factors for breast cancer. One study indicated that women with diabetes have a higher risk for endometrial cancer and possibly for breast cancer.

Lack of Blood Glucose Control. Control of blood glucose levels is generally very poor in adolescents and young adults. Adolescents with diabetes are at higher risk than adults for ketoacidosis resulting from noncompliance. In a British study of young adults with type 1 diabetes, 15% were already hypertensive, and about half of these young people had signs of kidney damage. Young people who do not control glucose are also at high risk for permanent damage in small vessels, such as those in the eyes.

Self-Destructive Behaviors. One study found that young people with diabetes have a higher than average rate of suicidal fantasies. Although the actual rate of suicide was no higher than that of their nondiabetic peers, such thoughts are strongly associated with self-destructive behavior.

Of particular note, up to one-third of young women with type 1 diabetes have eating disorders and under-use insulin to lose weight. Anorexia and bulimia pose significant health dangers in any young person -- but they can be especially severe in people with diabetes.

Transplantation Procedures

Major advances in islet-cell transplantation are allowing more patients to come off insulin or reduce their use of it.

Major clinical trials are now using a specific islet-cell (also called beta-cell) transplantation procedure called the Edmonton protocol, which usually involves the following steps:

As soon as there are sufficient numbers of islets available for transplantation, the patient is given intravenous antibiotics and oral vitamins E, B6, and A.
A machine isolates islet cells taken from donor pancreases, generally from cadavers. Two or three organs are usually needed in order to supply enough islet cells to have any effect on insulin production. (This is a major limitation of the procedure.)
Once the islets have been isolated, they are injected directly in a major vein in the patient's liver.
The islets are carried to capillaries in the liver where they produce insulin.
Specific drugs, such as tacrolimus, sirolimus, or rapamycin (Rapamume), are used to suppress the immune system. (Unlike immunosuppressant drugs used in other transplantation procedures, these drugs do not contain steroids, which destroy islet cells.) Immunosuppressants are needed for the rest of the patient's life so that the body does not reject these foreign islet cells.
The procedure has to be performed two or more times over a period of 2 - 3 months. This generally requires multiple pancreas donors in order to achieve complete independence from insulin therapy. This is a major limitation to the procedure.

In 2006, the New England Journal of Medicine published the results of the first multicenter trial of the Edmonton protocol. The results indicated that this treatment may benefit some patients with severe type 1 diabetes. Of the 36 patients who underwent the transplant procedure, 44% no longer needed insulin injections a year after the final treatment. However, two-thirds of these insulin-independent patients needed to resume insulin injections within 2 years.

The Edmonton protocol achieved partial islet function in 28% of patients, which helped control hypoglycemic unawareness, a serious complication of diabetes. (In hypoglycemic unawareness, patients no longer recognize the symptoms of severe low blood sugar.) Even though these patients still needed insulin shots, they had better control of their diabetes. Researchers are continuing to work on refining the Edmonton protocol so that its benefits can be more sustainable and long lasting.

A major obstacle for the islet cell transplantation is the need for two or more donor pancreases to supply sufficient islet cells. Unfortunately, there are not enough pancreases available to make this procedure feasible for even 1% of patients. Researchers, then, are looking for alternative sources for islet cells. In one center, for example, researchers used pig islet cells as the donor source in children and did not administer immunosuppressant drugs. Half the children responded well to this approach. Another study reported that select patients may require only one donor.

Other research is focusing on umbilical cord cells, embryonic or adult stem cells, bone marrow transplantation, and other types of cellular therapies. These studies are still in very early stages, but experts predict that there will be major research advances in these fields in the coming years. A small, preliminary study published in 2007 in the Journal of the American MedicalAssociation looked at the effects of autologous nonmyeloablative hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (AHST) in patients newly diagnosed with type 1 diabetes. AHST is an experimental treatment for type 1 diabetes. It involves treating a patient with high doses of drugs to suppress the immune system, then harvesting the patient’s own blood cells and re-infusing them back into the body. In the study, 14 out of 15 patients who underwent AHST were able to stop taking insulin shots.

Whole pancreas transplants and double transplants of pancreases and kidneys are proving to have a good long-term success rate for some patients with type 1 diabetes. The operations help to prevent further kidney damage, and long-term studies indicate that they may even eventually reverse some existing damage. There is some evidence that heart disease and diabetic neuropathy improve after pancreas transplantation (although not retinopathy). One 10-year study reported that survival rate at 10 years was 76%, and two-thirds of the patients had both pancreas and kidney function. Immunosuppressive drugs are needed lifelong with this procedure. Experts generally recommend transplants in cases of end-stage kidney failure or when diabetes poses more of a threat to the patient's life than the transplant itself.

Uncontrolled diabetes causes damage to many tissues of the body, including the kidneys. Kidney damage caused by diabetes most often involves thickening and hardening of the internal kidney structures. Strict blood glucose control may delay the progression of kidney disease in type 1 and type 2 diabetics.

Prevention

Fingerstick blood tests are now available that can test for autoantibodies that identify children who are at high risk for developing type 1 diabetes. At this time, however, there is no way to prevent type 1 diabetes, and all preventive therapies are investigative. Until there are ways to prevent the condition, such screening tests are expensive and provide little value.

Investigational approaches focus on preventing type 1 diabetes or at least delaying it as long as possible. Preventive measures are sometimes defined as primary and secondary:

Primary prevention attempts to preserve all beta cells before the disease process starts.
Secondary prevention aims to deter further beta cell destruction once it has started and before symptoms arise.

For primary prevention, one experimental approach involves oral insulin, which is taken as a pill once a day. Unlike insulin injections that lower blood sugar, oral insulin does not affect blood glucose levels because it is quickly broken down in the digestive system. It may, however, help calm the immune system and prevent its attack on beta cells. Another study is exploring whether docosahexaenoic acid (DHA), an omega-3 fatty acid, can help prevent development of autoimmune type 1 diabetes in newborns who are at high risk for the disease.

Secondary prevention focuses on preserving beta cells and their insulin-producing function. Researchers are exploring several treatments for patients who are newly diagnosed with type 1 diabetes. These experimental therapies include:

Rituximab (Rituxan), a monoclonal antibody drug used for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, is being studied in patients with type 1 diabetes for its effects on disrupting the immune system’s attack on beta cells.
Immune-suppressing drugs, such as mycophenolate mofetil (MMF) alone or in combination with daclizumab (DZB), are used to prevent rejection in organ transplantation. Researchers hope that these drugs may be able to slow or stop the autoimmune disease process of type 1 diabetes.
CD3-antibody drug therapy is showing promise in retaining newly diagnosed patients’ natural insulin production and decreasing their need for insulin therapy.

Resources

www.diabetes.org -- American Diabetes Association
www.niddk.nih.gov -- National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases
www.jdrf.org -- Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation
www.nei.nih.gov -- National Eye Institute
www.eatright.org -- American Dietetic Association
www.kidney.org -- National Kidney Foundation
www.diabetestrialnet.org -- Type 1 Diabetes International Clinical Trial Net
www.medicalert.org -- Bracelets or neck chain emblems with personal medical information
www.childrenwithdiabetes.com -- Children with diabetes online community

References

American Diabetes Association (ADA). Standards of medical care in diabetes. VI. Prevention and management of diabetes complications. Diabetes Care. 2007 Jan;30(Suppl 1):S15-24.

Drueke TB, Locatelli F, Clyne N, Eckardt KU, Macdougall IC, Tsakiris D, et al. Normalization of hemoglobin level in patients with chronic kidney disease and anemia. N Engl J Med. 2006 Nov 16;355(20):2071-84.

Hakonarson H, Grant SFA, Bradfield JP, Marchand L, Kim CE, Glessner JT, et al. A genome-wide association study identifies KIAA0350 as a type 1 diabetes gene. Nature. Published online 15 July 2007.

SEARCH for Diabetes in Youth Study Group , Liese AD, D'Agostino RB, Hamman RF, Kilgo PD, Lawrence JM, et al. The burden of diabetes mellitus among US youth: prevalence estimates from the SEARCH for Diabetes in Youth Study. Pediatrics. 2006 Oct;118(4):1510-8.

Shapiro AM, Ricordi C, Hering BJ, Auchincloss H, Lindblad R, Robertson RP, et al. International trial of the Edmonton protocol for islet transplantation. N Engl J Med. 2006 Sep 28;355(13):1318-30.

Singh AK, Szczech L, Tang KL, Barnhart H, Sapp S, Wolfson M, et al. Correction of anemia with epoetin alfa in chronic kidney disease. N Engl J Med. 2006 Nov 16;355(20):2085-98.

Skyler JS. Cellular therapy for type 1 diabetes: has the time come? JAMA. 2007 Apr 11;297(14):1599-600.

Vardi M, Nini A. Phosphodiesterase inhibitors for erectile dysfunction in patients with diabetes mellitus. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2007 Jan 24(1):CD002187.

Voltarelli JC, Couri CE, Stracieri AB, Oliveira MC, Moraes DA, Pieroni F, et al. Autologous nonmyeloablative hematopoietic stem cell transplantation in newly diagnosed type 1 diabetes mellitus. JAMA. 2007 Apr 11;297(14):1568-76.

Writing Group for the SEARCH for Diabetes in Youth Study Group , Dabelea D, Bell RA, D'Agostino RB, Imperatore G, Johansen JM, et al. Incidence of diabetes in youth in the United States. JAMA. 2007 Jun 27;297(24):2716-24.

Review Date:
7/19/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Newsletter - Week 5

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:34:54 -0700

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Welcome To Week 5

Your Baby: Getting The Circulation Going

Inside the uterus, the blastocyst (the rapidly dividing fertilized egg) continues to divide and develop at great speed, growing 40 times larger during the first month. At this point, the fertilized egg, or zygote, becomes an embryo. The embryo divides into three layers where organs and tissues grow. In the top layer of cells, a groove (called the neural tube) begins to emerge. Over time, the brain, spinal cord, spinal nerves, and backbone will develop from this area. In the middle layer, the heart and the makings of the circulatory system -- blood cells, blood and lymph vessels -- are starting to form. By the end of this week, circulation will begin and the heart will develop quickly.

Your Body: Pregnancy Pendulum

For many women, learning that they're pregnant is a mixed bag. Planned or unplanned, they may feel ambivalent and unsure about what lies ahead. They may wonder how it will transfigure their lives, and whether they're ready for parenthood. While many moms-to-be are excited about conceiving and entering this new stage in life, some are overcome by anxiety that something can go wrong or hurt the fetus. Having conflicted feelings about your pregnancy is perfectly normal.

You may have fears about whether the baby will be healthy and how you'll adjust to motherhood. You may be concerned about the purely practical aspects of parenthood; i.e., the added expense of raising a child. You may question what you want to do in life - go back to work or stay at home. Or, you may just float on a cloud for the next nine months as you accept all your bodily changes and anxiously await your baby's arrival.

In many ways, pregnancy anxieties are a primer for parenthood. If it’s nerve wracking waiting to hear your baby’s heartbeat at your first prenatal visit, just wait until he gets his driver’s license. Joy and worry are the fundamentals of parenthood – and pregnancy is a perfect place to start learning how to balance one with the other.

On A Different Note: Calculating Your Due Date

Figuring out your estimated due date is simple. Add 7 days to the first day of your last normal menstrual period. Then count backwards 3 months. That's it!

Here's an example - let's say your last menstrual period started on June 14. Add 7 days to June 14 and it equals June 21. Then count backwards three months and March 21 becomes your estimated due date.

If you want to double-check your due date, simply click here to calculate it using the due date calculator.

When you start prenatal care, your doctor or midwife may check an ultrasound to confirm your due date. If you’re not sure when your last period started, or if your periods are irregular, the ultrasound may change your due date by a few days.

Weekly Tip

One mother of three recommends keeping a journal of your pregnancy from the beginning. Write down what's going on physically as well as emotionally. Make a narrative of it. Sometimes letting it all out -- even on paper -- can help. And it's a great souvenir for your child later in life.

Review Date:
2/6/2007
Reviewed By:
Douglas A. Levine, MD, Gynecology Service, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY. Review provided by VeriMed Healthcare Network.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Pregnancy Center Links

Diabetes diet

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:01 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
General Dietary Guidelines...
Major Food Components
Weight Control for Type 2 D...
Heart-Healthy Diets
Diabetic Exchange Lists
Exercise
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Lifestyle Changes Essential for People at Risk for Diabetes

Lifestyle interventions that include weight loss, dietary changes, and increased physical activity can definitely help prevent or delay the progression to diabetes among at-risk people, suggest several recent studies. Weight loss through diet and exercise is especially important for overweight people with pre-diabetes.

Grain Fiber Important for Diabetes Prevention

Eating whole-grain, fiber-rich, cereal foods may help reduce the risk of developing type 2 diabetes, indicates a 2007 study in the Archives of Internal Medicine. In the study, people who consumed the most fiber from grains and cereals had a 33% lower risk of developing diabetes than people with the lowest fiber intakes. The study also found an association between high magnesium intake and reduced diabetes risk. Although fruits and vegetables also contain fiber, they did not appear to affect diabetes risk.

Low-Fat Dairy Products

Incorporating low-fat dairy products (such as yogurt and milk) into a healthy diet may help reduce diabetes risk for women, suggests a study in Diabetes Care.

Beware of Internet Dietary Supplement Scams

In 2006, the FDA alerted consumers not to be misled by dietary supplements advertised on the Internet as treatments or cures for diabetes. These products have not been scientifically studied or approved.

Low-Glycemic Index Diets

Food low on the glycemic index -- such as whole grains, fruits, lentils, and soybeans -- can help promote weight loss and heart health. Illustrating the complexity of this area, a 2006 study in the New England Journal of Medicine indicated that a low-carb, low-glycemic index diet was beneficial while another study in the Archives of Internal Medicine suggested advantages for a high-carb, low-glycemic index diet.

Low-Fat Vegan Diets

A low-fat diet that excludes meat and dairy products may help improve glycemic control and increase insulin sensitivity, suggests a Diabetes Care study. Researchers think that the high fiber content of these diets, in addition to their reduced fat, may be a factor.

Introduction

During and immediately after a meal the process of digestion breaks carbohydrates down into sugar molecules (of which glucose is one) and proteins into amino acids.
Right after the meal, glucose and amino acids are absorbed directly into the bloodstream, and blood glucose levels rise sharply. (Glucose levels after a meal are called postprandial levels.)
The rise in blood glucose levels signals important cells in the pancreas, called beta cells, to secrete insulin, which pours into the bloodstream. Within 10 minutes after a meal insulin rises to its peak level.
Insulin then enables glucose and amino acids to enter cells in the body, particularly muscle and liver cells. Here, insulin and other hormones direct whether these nutrients will be burned for energy or stored for future use. (The brain and nervous system are not dependent on insulin; they regulate their glucose needs through other mechanisms.)
When insulin levels are high, the liver stops producing glucose and stores it in other forms until the body needs it again.
As blood glucose levels reach their peak, the pancreas reduces the production of insulin.
About 2 - 4 hours after a meal both blood glucose and insulin are at low levels, with insulin being slightly higher. The blood glucose levels are then referred to as fasting blood glucose concentrations.

Click the icon to see an image of the liver.

In type 1 diabetes, the disease process is more severe than with type 2, and onset usually begins in childhood:

Beta cells in the pancreas that produce insulin are gradually destroyed. Eventually insulin deficiency is absolute.
Without insulin to move glucose into cells, blood glucose levels become excessively high, a condition known as hyperglycemia.
Because the body cannot utilize the sugar, it spills over into the urine and is lost.
Weakness, weight loss, and excessive hunger and thirst are among the consequences of this "starvation in the midst of plenty."

Click the icon to see an image of the pancreas.

Patients with type 1 diabetes need to take insulin. Dietary control in type 1 diabetes is very important and focuses on balancing food intake with insulin intake and energy expenditure from physical exertion. [See In-Depth Report #9: Diabetes - type 1.]

Type 2 diabetes is the most common form of diabetes, accounting for up to 95% of all diabetes cases. About 20 million Americans have type 2 diabetes, and half are unaware they have it. The disease mechanisms in type 2 diabetes are not wholly known, but some experts suggest that the disease may involve the following three stages in most patients:

The first stage in type 2 diabetes is the condition called insulin resistance. Although insulin can attach normally to receptors on liver and muscle cells, certain mechanisms prevent insulin from moving glucose (blood sugar) into these cells where it can be used. Most patients with type 2 diabetes produce variable, even normal or high, amounts of insulin, and in the beginning this amount is usually sufficient to overcome such resistance. Patients whose blood glucose levels are higher than normal, but not yet high enough to be classified as diabetes, are considered to have “pre-diabetes.” It is very important that people with pre-diabetes control their weight to stop or delay the progression to diabetes.
Over time, the pancreas becomes unable to produce enough insulin to overcome resistance. In type 2 diabetes, the initial effect of this stage is usually an abnormal rise in blood sugar right after a meal (called postprandial hyperglycemia). This effect is now believed to be particularly damaging to the body.
Eventually, the cycle of elevated glucose further impairs and possibly destroys beta cells, thereby stopping insulin production completely and causing full-blown diabetes. This is made evident by fasting hyperglycemia, in which elevated glucose levels are present most of the time.

Obesity is common in patients with type 2 diabetes and this condition appears to be related to insulin resistance. The primary dietary goal for overweight type 2 patients is weight loss and maintenance. Studies indicate that when people with type 2 diabetes maintain intensive exercise and diet modification programs, many can minimize or even avoid medications. Weight loss medications or bariatric surgery may be appropriate for some patients. [See In-Depth Report #60: Diabetes - type 2 and In-Depth Report #53: Weight control and diet.]

General Dietary Guidelines

For people who have pre-diabetes, or who are at high risk of developing type 2 diabetes, lifestyle changes of diet and exercise are extremely important. Several studies have shown that lifestyle interventions are very effective in preventing or postponing the progression to diabetes. These interventions are especially important for overweight people -- even moderate weight loss can help reduce diabetes risk.

The American Diabetes Association recommends that people at high risk for type 2 diabetes eat high-fiber (14g fiber for every 1,000 calories) and whole-grain foods. A 2007 study in the Archives of Internal Medicine also suggested that high intake of fiber and magnesium, especially from whole grain cereals and breads, can help reduce type 2 diabetes risk.

For people who have diabetes, the treatment goals for a diabetes diet are:

Achieve near normal blood glucose levels. People with type 1 diabetes and people with type 2 diabetes who are taking insulin or oral medication must coordinate calorie intake with medication or insulin administration, exercise, and other variables to control blood glucose levels. New forms of insulin are now allowing more flexibility in timing meals.
Protect the heart and aim for healthy lipid (cholesterol and triglyceride) levels and control of blood pressure.
Achieve reasonable weight. Overweight patients with type 2 diabetes who are not taking medication should aim for a diet that controls both weight and glucose. A reasonable weight is usually defined as what is achievable and sustainable, rather than one that is culturally defined as desirable or ideal. Children, pregnant women, and people recovering from illness should be sure to maintain adequate calories for health.
Manage or prevent complications of diabetes. People with diabetes, whether type 1 or 2, are at risk for a number of medical complications, including heart and kidney disease. Dietary requirements for diabetes must take these disorders into consideration.
Promote overall health.

Overall Guidelines. Overall Guidelines. There is no such thing as a single diabetes diet. Patients should meet with a professional dietitian to plan an individualized diet within the general guidelines that takes into consideration their own health needs.

For example, a patient with type 2 diabetes who is overweight and insulin-resistant may need to have a different carbohydrate-protein balance than a thin patient with type 1 diabetes in danger of kidney disease. Because regulating diabetes is an individual situation, everyone with this condition should get help from a dietary professional in selecting the best method.

Healthy eating habits along with good control of blood glucose are the basic goals in managing this complex disease, and several good dietary methods are available to meet them. General dietary guidelines for diabetes recommend:

Carbohydrates should provide 45 - 65% of total daily calories. The type and amount of carbohydrate are both important. Best choices are vegetables, fruits, beans, and whole grains. These foods are also high in fiber. Patients with diabetes should monitor their carbohydrate intake either through carbohydrate counting or meal planning exchange lists.
Fats should provide 25 - 35% of daily calories. Monounsaturated (olive, peanut, canola oils; avocados; nuts) and omega-3 polyunsaturated (fish, flaxseed oil, walnuts) fats are the best types. Limit saturated fat (red meat, butter) to less than 7% of daily calories. Choose nonfat or low-fat dairy instead of whole milk products. Limit trans-fats (hydrogenated fat found in snack foods, fried foods, commercially baked goods) to less than 1% of total calories.
Protein should provide 12 - 20% of daily calories, although this may vary depending on a patient’s individual health requirements. Patients with kidney disease should limit protein intake to less than 10% of calories. Fish, soy, and poultry are better protein choices than red meat.
Lose weight if body mass index (BMI) is 25 - 29 (overweight) or higher (obese).

Several different dietary methods are available for controlling blood sugar in type 1 and insulin-dependent type 2 diabetes:

Diabetic Exchange Lists (for maintaining a proper balance of carbohydrates, fats, and proteins throughout the day)
Carbohydrate Counting (for tracking the number of grams of carbohydrates consumed each day)
Glycemic index (for tracking which carbohydrate foods increase blood sugar)

Tests for Glucose Levels. Both low blood sugar (hypoglycemia) and high blood sugar (hyperglycemia) are of concern for patients who take insulin. It is important, therefore, to monitor blood glucose levels carefully. Patients should aim for the following measurements:

Pre-meal glucose levels of 90 - 130 mg/dL
Bedtime levels of 110 - 150 mg/dL

In general, patients who are tightly controlling glucose levels need to take readings four or more times a day. Blood glucose levels are generally more stable in type 2 diabetes than in type 1, so experts usually recommend that these patients measure blood levels only once or twice a day. Different goals may be required for specific individuals, including pregnant women, very old and very young people, and those with accompanying serious medical conditions.

Tests for Glycosylated Hemoglobin. Another test examines blood levels glycosylated hemoglobin, also known as hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c). Measuring glycosylated hemoglobin is useful for determining the severity of diabetes. The test is not affected by food intake so it can be taken at any time. A home test has been developed that may make it easier to measure HbA1c. In general, measurements suggest the following:

Normal HbA1c levels should be below 7%
Levels of 11 - 12% glycolated hemoglobin indicate poor control of carbohydrates. High levels are also markers for kidney trouble.

Other Tests. Other tests are needed periodically to determine potential complications of diabetes, such as high blood pressure, unhealthy cholesterol levels, and kidney problems. Such tests may also indicate whether current diet plans are helping the patient and whether changes should be made. Annual urine tests showing even microscopic traces of a protein known as albumin can indicate a future risk for serious kidney disease.

For prevention of long-term complications of diabetes, experts now recommend that all patients with diabetes aim at keeping blood levels as close to normal as possible. Such intensive insulin treatment can increase the risk of hypoglycemia, which occurs when blood sugar is extremely low (below 60 mg/dL). The following tips may help avoid hypoglycemia or prepare for attacks.

Patients are at highest risk for hypoglycemia at night. Bedtime snacks may be helpful.
Patients who intensively control their blood sugar should monitor blood levels as often as possible, four times or more per day. This is particularly important for patients with hypoglycemia unawareness.
In adults, it is also particularly critical to monitor blood glucose levels before driving, when hypoglycemia can be very hazardous.
Patients on therapies that put them at risk for hypoglycemia should always carry hard candy, juice, sugar packets, or commercially available glucose substitutes designed for individuals with diabetes.

Food Labels. Every year thousands of new foods are introduced, many of them advertised as nutritionally beneficial. It is important for everyone, most especially people with diabetes, to be able to differentiate advertised claims from truth. The current food labels show the number of calories from fat, the amount of nutrients that are potentially dangerous (fat, cholesterol, sodium, sugars) as well as useful nutrients (fiber, carbohydrates, protein, vitamins).

Labels also show "daily values," the percentage of a daily diet that each of the important nutrients offers in a single serving. Unfortunately, the daily value is based on 2,000 calories, generally much higher than most patients with diabetes should have, and the serving sizes may not be equivalent to those on the Exchange Lists. Most people will need to recalculate the grams and calories listed on food labels to fit their own serving sizes and calorie needs.

Weighing and Measuring. Weighing and measuring food is extremely important in order to get the correct number of daily calories.

Along with measuring cups and spoons, choose a food scale that measures grams. (A gram is very small, about 1/28th of an ounce.)
Food should be weighed and measured after cooking.
After measuring all foods for a week or so, most people can make fairly accurate estimates by eye or by holding food without having to measure everything every time they eat.

Timing. Meals should not be skipped, particularly for those who are on insulin. Skipping meals can upset the balance between food intake and insulin and also can lead to weight gain if the patient eats extra food too often to offset low blood sugar levels.

The timing of meals is particularly important for people taking insulin:

Patients should coordinate insulin administration with calorie intake. In general, they should eat three meals each day at regular intervals. Snacks are often required.
They should try to take an insulin injection 30 minutes before they eat, although this timing could vary, depending on the form. Some experts recommend a fast acting insulin (insulin lispro) at each meal and a longer (basal) insulin at night.

Diabetes can lead to kidney disease and failure. People with early-stage kidney failure need to follow a special diet that slows the build-up of wastes in the bloodstream. The diet restricts protein, potassium, phosphorus, and salt intake. Fat and carbohydrate intake may need to be increased to help maintain weight and muscle tissue.

People who have late-stage kidney disease usually need dialysis. Once patients are on dialysis, they must have more protein in their diet. Patients must still be very careful about restricting salt, potassium, phosphorus, and fluids. Patients on peritoneal dialysis may have fewer restrictions on salt, potassium, and phosphorus than those on hemodialysis.

Major Food Components

Compared to fats and protein, carbohydrates have the greatest impact on blood sugar. Both the amount and type of carbohydrate affect blood glucose. Carbohydrate types are either complex (as in starches) or simple (as in fruits and sugars). One gram of carbohydrates equals four calories. The current general recommendation is that carbohydrates should provide between 40 - 65% of the daily caloric intake. Carbohydrate intake should not fall below 130 grams/day. Most experts do not recommend low-carb diets for diabetes management or weight control.

Vegetables, fruits, whole grains, and beans are good sources of carbohydrates. Whole grain foods provide more nutritional value than pasta, white bread, and white potatoes. Brown rice is a better choice than white rice. Patients should try to consume a minimum of 20 - 35 grams of fiber daily (ideally 50 grams/day), from vegetables, fruits, whole grain cereals, breads, nuts and seeds.

Complex Carbohydrates. Complex carbohydrates found in whole grains and vegetables are preferred over carbohydrates found in starch-heavy foods, such as pastas, white-flour products, and potatoes. Most of these are high in fiber, which is important for health. Whole-grains specifically are extremely important for people with diabetes or at risk for it. [For specific benefits, see Box Whole Grains, Nuts, and Fiber-Rich Foods and Table Some Examples of Healthy Foods.]

Simple Carbohydrates (Sugar). Sugars are generally one of two types:

Sucrose (table sugar). Sucrose has been associated with higher triglycerides and harmful cholesterol levels. A 2002 study suggested that a high level of sugar consumption may also reduce levels of HDL cholesterol, the so-called good cholesterol.
Fructose (sugar found in fruits). Fructose may produce a slower increase in blood sugar than sucrose, which may have some advantages for people with diabetes. Dark-colored fruits are rich in important vitamins and other nutrients, and studies continue to report their benefits for the heart and health in general. Other fruits, such as apples and grapes also have important beneficial food chemicals.

Sugar itself, either as sucrose or fructose, adds calories, increases blood glucose levels quickly, and provides no other nutrients. High levels of sugar consumption -- both fructose and sucrose -- have been associated with higher triglycerides and lower levels of HDL cholesterol, the so-called good cholesterol. The high consumption of sugar is most likely one of the factor in the current obesity epidemic. Soda, other sweetened beverages, and fruit juice in fact may be singled out as major contributors to childhood obesity.

People with diabetes should avoid products listing more than 5 grams of sugar per serving, and some doctors recommend limiting fruit intake. If specific amounts are not listed, patients should avoid products with either sucrose or fructose listed as one of the first four ingredients on the label. [See Box Fat Substitutes and Artificial Sweeteners.]

Of increasing interest to researchers is possible harm from sugar from advanced glycation end-products (called AGEs). These are end-products of the chemical reaction between sugar and protein. This reaction occurs most intensively when cooking at high temperatures -- particularly animal fats. (Steaming or cooking food in water does not produce these chemicals. Low, slow cooking also produces fewer AGEs.) AGEs can also be formed by chemical reactions in the body itself. They may promote factors in the inflammatory response that cause a number of diseases or their complications, including diabetes and other serious conditions (Alzheimer's, atherosclerosis, cataracts, and osteoporosis).

The Carbohydrate Counting System. Some people plan their carbohydrate intake using a system called carbohydrate counting. It is based on two premises:

All carbohydrates (either from sugar or starch) will raise blood sugar to a similar degree. In general, 1 gram of carbohydrates raises blood sugar by 3 points in people who weigh 200 pounds, 4 points for people who weigh 150 pounds, and 5 points for 100 pounds.
Carbohydrates have the greatest impact on blood sugar; fats and protein play only minor roles.

In other words, the amount of carbohydrates eaten (rather than fats or proteins) will determine how high blood sugar levels will rise. There are two options for counting carbohydrates: advanced and simple. Both rely on collaboration with a doctor, dietitian, or both. Once the patient learns how to count carbohydrates and adjust insulin doses to their meals, many find it more flexible, more accurate in predicting blood sugar increases, and easier to plan meals than other systems.

The basic goal is to balance insulin with the amount of carbohydrates eaten in order to control blood glucose levels after a meal. The steps to the plan are as follows:

The patient must first carefully record a number of factors that are used to determine the specific requirements for a meal plan based on carbohydrate grams:

Multiple blood glucose readings (taken several times a day)
The time of meals
Amount in grams of all the carbohydrates eaten
Time, type, and duration of exercise
The time, type, and dose of insulin or oral medications
Other relevant factors, such as menstruation, illness, and stress

The patient works with the dietitian for two or three 45 - 90 minute sessions to plan how many grams of carbohydrates are needed. There are three carbohydrate groups:

Bread/starch
Fruit
Milk

One serving from each group should contain 12 - 15 carbohydrate grams. (Patients can find the amount of carbohydrates in foods from labels on commercial foods and from a number of books and web sites.)

The dietitian creates a meal plan that accommodates the patient's weight and needs, as determined by the patient's record, and makes a special calculation called the carbohydrate to insulin ratio. This ratio determines the number of carbohydrate grams that a patient needs to cover the daily pre-meal insulin needs.

Eventually, patients can learn to precisely adjust their insulin doses to their meals.

Patients who choose this approach must still be aware of protein and fat content in foods. These food groups may add excessive calories and saturated fats. Patients must still follow basic healthy dietary principles.

The Glycemic Index. The glycemic index helps determine which carbohydrate-containing foods raise blood glucose levels more or less quickly after a meal. The index uses a scale of numbers for specific foods that reflect greatest to least delay in producing an increase in blood sugar after a meal. The lower the index number, the better the impact on glucose levels. Some evidence suggests that the benefit of foods with a low glycemic index is due to their ability to increase insulin levels quickly and so remove blood sugar rather than their ability to slow the release of blood sugar itself.

There are currently two indices in use. One uses a scale of 1 - 100 with 100 representing a glucose tablet, which has the most rapid effect on blood sugar [See Table The Glycemic Index of Some Foods]. The other common index uses a scale with 100 representing white bread (so some foods will be above 100).

A major 2003 analysis suggested that choosing foods with a low glycemic index scores may have a small but significant effect on controlling the surge in blood sugar after meals. Many of these foods are also high in fiber and so have heart benefits as well. Substituting low- for high-glycemic index foods may also help prevent weight gain.

One easy way to improve glycemic index is to simply replace starches and sugars with whole grains and legumes (dried peas, beans, and lentils). However, there are many factors that affect the glycemic index of foods, and maintaining a diet with low glycemic load is not straightforward. The following are some considerations:

The numbers attributed to each carbohydrate-rich food cannot be added to equal a certain number. In other words, adding All Bran cereal (index of 49) to a banana (index of 61) does not equal 110.
Adding certain fats to a food (for example butter to potato) can slow down the food's impact on blood sugar. One study reported that when patients ate fatty foods first, their blood glucose levels were significantly lower an hour after the meal than when carbohydrates were eaten first.
Adding foods with organic acids (pickles, yogurt) to meals may reduce the impact of foods with high glycemic scores on blood sugar. (It should be noted that yogurt alone, however, has the same high glycemic index as regular milk.)

No one should use the glycemic index as a complete dietary guide, since it does not provide nutritional guidelines for all foods. It is simply an indication of how the metabolism will respond to certain carbohydrates. Some experts believe it is too complicated to be practical and that simply tracking carbohydrates, eating healthily, and maintaining a healthy weight is sufficient. Nevertheless, a study on children with type 1 diabetes suggested that the glycemic index offered as many choices as the exchange diet, and they did not report feeling any greater limitations. [For additional information on low-glycemic index diets, see "Heart-Healthy Diets" section of this report.]

Fiber is an important component of many complex carbohydrates. It is almost always found only in plants, (particularly vegetables), fruits, whole grains, nuts, and legumes (dried beans, peanuts, and peas). (One exception is chitosan, a dietary fiber made from shellfish skeletons.) Fiber cannot be digested but passes through the intestines, drawing water with it and is eliminated as part of feces content. The following are specific advantages from high-fiber diets (up to 55 grams a day):

Insoluble fiber (found in wheat bran, whole grains, seeds, nuts, legumes, and fruit and vegetable peels) may help achieve weight loss. Consuming whole grains on a regular basis appears to provide many important benefits, especially for people with type 2 diabetes. Whole grains may even lower the risk for type 2 diabetes in the first place. Of special note, nuts, such as almonds, macadamia, and walnuts may be highly heart protective, independent of their fiber content. However, nuts are high in calories.
Soluble fiber (found in dried beans, oat bran, barley, apples, citrus fruits, and potatoes) has important benefits for the heart, particularly for achieving healthy cholesterol levels and possibly reducing blood pressure as well. Evidence on the heart benefits of beans continues to grow. For example, a 2001 study indicated that eating beans four or more times a week reduced the risk for heart disease by 22%.
Soluble fiber supplements, such as those that contain psyllium or glucomannan, may be beneficial. Psyllium is taken from the husk of a seed grown in India. It is found in laxatives (Metamucil), breakfast cereals (Bran Buds), and other products. In a 2002 study, patients with type 2 diabetes who consumed psyllium (Plantaben) for breakfast for 11 weeks experienced lower total and LDL cholesterol levels. There was no difference in glucose or HbA1c levels. Psyllium can increase sodium so people who increase their levels of soluble fiber should also increase water and fluid intake.

Replacing fats and sugars with substitutes may help many people who have trouble maintaining weight. In one 2003 study, people with type 2 diabetes used the artificial sweetener sucralose and a beta-glucan fat replacer (derived from oats) as part of a low-calorie diet. At the end of 4 weeks, they achieved better weight, glucose control, and HDL levels than those on a standard diabetic diet.

Fat Substitutes. Fat substitutes added to commercial foods or used in baking, deliver some of the desirable qualities of fat, but do not add as many calories. It should be stressed that eliminating all fats from your diet can be harmful to general health. Some fat substitutes include:

Stanols. Stanols are plant compounds used in margarines (Benecol, Take Control). Benecol is derived from pine bark and Take Control from soybeans. Two servings a day of either brand as part of a low-fat diet can lower LDL and total cholesterol by impairing its absorption in the intestinal tract. Some studies have reported that their use can allow lower doses of statins (cholesterol -lowering drugs). These products do not appear to block absorption of fat-soluble nutrients or vitamins, as olestra does. They can be hydrogenated, however, and can contain some trans-fatty acids.
Olestra (Olean) passes through the body without leaving behind any calories from fat. Studies suggest that it improves cholesterol levels and helps people lose weight when it is used to replace a third of normal dietary fats. (Simply adding snacks containing olestra do not appear to have any effect on cholesterol or weight loss.) However, it can cause cramping and diarrhea. Of greater concern is the fact that even small amounts of olestra deplete the body of certain vitamins and nutrients that may help protect against serious diseases, including cancer. The FDA requires that the missing vitamins be added back to olestra products, but not other nutrients. The adverse health effects, if any, are unknown.
Beta-glucan is a soluble fiber found in oats and barley. Products using this substance (Nu-Trim) may reduce cholesterol and have additional health benefits.

A number of other fat-replacers are also available. Although studies to date do not show any significant adverse health effects, their effect on weight control is uncertain, since many of the products containing them may be high in sugar.

Artificial Sweeteners. Many artificial or low-calories sweeteners are available. A 2002 study confirmed that people who consumed artificial sweeteners in beverages and foods and reduced their sugar intake weighed less over time than those who ate similar types and amounts of drinks and food containing sugar. However, using these artificial sweeteners should not give dieters a license to increase their fat intake. Studies indicate that consuming some sugar is not a significant contributor to weight gain as long as the total caloric intake is under control. There is some public concern about chemicals used to produce many of these sweeteners and adverse effects in studies using rats. Natural low-calorie sweeteners that may be more acceptable to many people are also available. Low-calorie sweeteners include:

Saccharin (Sugar Twin, Sweet n’Low, Sucaryl, and Featherweight). Saccharin has been used for years but is not used as commonly now. Some studies found that large amounts of saccharin caused bladder cancer in rats. Although the rats were fed huge amounts that do not apply to human diets, some evidence suggests that people who have six or more servings of saccharin per day may have an increased risk.
Aspartame (Nutra-Sweet, Equal, NutraTase). Aspartame has come under scrutiny because of rare reports of neurologic disorders, including headaches or dizziness, associated with its use. People with phenylketonuria (PKU), a rare genetic condition, should not use it. Studies have not reported any serious health dangers, but some people may be sensitive to it.
Sucralose (Splenda). Sucralose has no bitter aftertaste and works well in baking, unlike other artificial sweeteners. It is made from real sugar by replacing hydroxyl atoms with chlorine atoms. Some people are concerned because chlorinated molecules used in major industrial chemicals have been associated with cancer and birth defects. Over 100 studies have been conducted on sucralose over a 20-year period with no reports of such risks.
Acesulfame-potassium (Sweet One, SwissSweet, Sunette). It has been used in the US since 1988 with no reported adverse effects.
Neotame (Neotame). Neotame is a synthetic variation of aspartame but was developed to avoid its side effects. The association with aspartame has raised some concerns. Studies to date have reported no effects that would cause alarm, and it appears to be safe for general consumption.
D-tagatose (Tagatose). This reduced calorie sweetener is a novel low-calorie sweetener derived from lactose, which is found in dairy products and other foods. It may be specifically beneficial for people with type 2 diabetes and have additional benefits that aid the intestinal tract.
Alitame (Aclame) is formed from amino acids. It has the potential to be used in all products that contain sugar, including baked goods.
Stevioside (Stevia). This is a natural sweetener derived from a South American plant. It is available in health food stores. People with diabetes should avoid alcohol-based forms. It has not been rigorously tested.

Other artificial sweeteners being investigated include, glycyrrhizin (derived from licorice), and dihycrochalcones (derived from citrus fruits).


Based on 100 = a Glucose Tablet
BREADS
pumpernickel	49
sour dough	54
rye	64
white	69
whole wheat	72
GRAINS
barley	22
sweet corn	58
brown rice	66
white rice	72
BEANS
soy	14
red lentils	27
kidney (dried and boiled, not canned)	29
chickpeas	36
baked	43
DAIRY PRODUCTS
milk	30
ice cream	60
CEREALS
oatmeal	53
All Bran	54
Swiss Muesli	60
Shredded Wheat	70
Corn Flakes	83
Puffed Rice	90
PASTA
spaghetti-protein enriched	28
spaghetti (boiled 5 minutes)	33
spaghetti (boiled 15 minutes)	44
FRUIT
strawberries	32
apple	38
orange	43
orange juice	49
banana	61
POTATOES
sweet	50
yams	54
new	58
mashed	72
instant mashed	86
white	87
SNACKS
potato chips	56
oatmeal cookies	57
corn chips	72
SUGARS
fructose	22
refined sugar	64
honey	91
Note. These numbers are general values, but may vary widely depending on other factors, including if and how they are cooked and foods they are combined with.

Protein intake in diabetes is complicated. Protein recommendations vary among experts and depend on various factors. These factors include whether a patient has type 1, type 2, or pre-diabetes. There are additional guidelines for patients who show signs of kidney damage (nephropathy).

In general, diabetes dietary guidelines recommend that proteins should provide 12 - 20% of total daily calories. This daily amount poses no risk to the kidney in people who do not have kidney disease. Protein is important for strong muscles and bone. Some experts recommend a higher proportion of protein (20 - 30%) for patients with pre- or type 2 diabetes. They think that eating more protein helps people feel more full and thus reduces overall calories. In addition, protein consumption helps the body maintain lean body mass during weight loss.

Because protein causes the kidneys to work harder, patients with diabetic nephropathy need to limit their intake of protein. A typical protein-restricted diet limits protein intake to no more than 10% of total daily calories. Patients with kidney damage also need to limit their intake of phosphorus, a mineral found in dairy products, beans, and nuts. (However, patients on dialysis need to have more protein in their diets.) Potassium and phosphorus restriction is often necessary as well.

One gram of protein contains 4 calories. Protein is commonly recommended as part of a bedtime snack to maintain normal blood sugar levels during the night, although studies are mixed over whether it adds any protective benefits against nighttime hypoglycemia. If it does, only small amounts (14 grams) may be needed to stabilize blood glucose levels.

Good sources of protein include fish, skinless chicken or turkey, nonfat or low-fat dairy products, soy (tofu), and legumes (kidney beans, black beans, chick peas, lentils).

Fish. Fish is probably the best source of protein. Evidence suggests that eating moderate amounts of fish (twice a week) may improve triglycerides and help lower the risks for death from heart disease, dangerous heart rhythms, blood pressure, a tendency for blood clots, and the risk for stroke.

The most healthy fish are oily fish such as salmon, mackerel, or sardines, which are high in omega-3 fatty acids. Three capsules of fish oil (preferably as supplements of DHA-EPA) is about equivalent to eating one serving of fish.

Some studies have reported a higher incidence of heart attack in men who ate fish daily. Such findings may be due to mercury toxicity, which has harmful effects on the heart. High mercury content has been observed in swordfish and shark and, to some extent, in tuna, trout, pike, tilapia, and bass.

Fish oil supplements may also have some adverse effects on LDL levels and glucose control in type 2 diabetes. More research is needed to further define the risk and benefits of fish, but at this time most guidelines recommend eating fish two or three times a week.

Soy. Soy is an excellent food. It is rich in both soluble and insoluble fiber, omega-3 fatty acids, and provides all essential proteins. Soy proteins have more vitamins and minerals than meat or dairy proteins. They also contain polyunsaturated fats, which are better than the saturated fat found in meat. The best sources of soy protein are soy products (tofu, soy milk, soybeans). Soy sauce is not a good source. It contains only a trace amount of soy and is very high in sodium.

For many years, soy was promoted as a food that could help lower cholesterol and improve heart disease risk factors. But an important 2006 American Heart Association (AHA) review of studies found that soy protein and isoflavone supplement pills do not really have any effects on cholesterol or heart disease prevention. The AHA still encourages patients to include soy foods as part of an overall heart healthy diet, but does not recommend using isoflavone supplements.

Meat and Poultry. Lean cuts of meat are the best choice for heart health and diabetes control. Saturated fat in meat is the primary danger to the heart. The fat content of meat varies depending on the type and cut. For patients with diabetes, experts recommend choosing skinless chicken or turkey over red meat. (Fish is an even better choice.) A large, long-term 2006 study found that high heme iron intake from red meat increases the risk of developing type 2 diabetes in women. Another 2006 study suggested that replacing red meat with chicken improves kidney function and lipid levels in patients with diabetic nephropathy.

Dairy Products. A 2002 study reported that a high intake of dairy products can lower risk factors related to type 2 diabetes and heart disease (insulin resistance, high blood pressure, obesity, and unhealthy cholesterol). Some researchers suggest the calcium in dairy products may be partially responsible for these benefits. However, because many dairy products are high in saturated fats and calories, doctors recommend that patients choose low-fat and nonfat dairy items. Other studies have indicated that increasing the amount of low-fat diary products in a daily diet may help reduce type 2 diabetes risk, particularly for women.

Some fat is essential for normal body function. Fats can have good or bad effects on health, depending on their chemistry. New research suggests that the type of fat is more important than the total amount of fat when it comes to reducing heart disease.

Current dietary guidelines for diabetes and heart health recommend that total fat be 25 - 35% of total daily calories. Monounsaturated fats (olive oil, canola oil, peanut oil, nuts, avocados) and omega-3 polyunsaturated fats (fish, flaxseed, walnuts) should be the first choice for fats. Omega-6 polyunsaturated fats (corn oil, safflower, oil, sunflower oil, soybean oil) are the second choice. Limit saturated fat to less than 7% of total daily calories. Limit trans-fats (margarine, commercial baked goods, snack and fried foods) to less than 1% of total calories.

All fats, good or bad, are high in calories compared to proteins and carbohydrates. In order to calculate daily fat intake, multiply the number of fat grams eaten by nine (1 fat gram is equal to 9 calories, whether it's oil or fat) and divide by the number of total daily calories desired. One teaspoon of oil, butter, or other fats equals about 5 grams of fat. All fats, no matter what the source, add the same calories. The American Heart Association recommends that fats and oils have less than 2 grams of saturated fat per tablespoon.

Try to replace saturated fats and trans fatty acids with unsaturated fats from plant and fish oils. Omega-3 fatty acids, which are found in fish and plant sources, are a good source of unsaturated fats. Generally, two servings of fish per week provide a healthful amount of omega-3 fatty acids.

The Chemistry of Fats and Cholesterol.

Fatty Acids. All fats and oils found in foods are made up of chains of molecules called fatty acids. There are three major chains: saturated fatty acid (found mostly in animal products) and two unsaturated fatty acids -- monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fatty acids (found in plant products). The oils and fats that people and animals eat are nearly always mixtures of these three chains, but one type of fatty acid usually predominates in specific oils or fats.
Essential Fatty Acids. In addition, there are three chemical subgroups of polyunsaturated fatty acids called essential fatty acids: omega-3 and omega-6 polyunsaturated fatty acids, and omega-9 monounsaturated fatty acids.
Trans Fatty Acids. To complicate matters, there are also trans-fatty acids, which are not natural but are manufactured by adding hydrogen atoms to polyunsaturated fatty acids (called hydrogenation).

Harmful Fats. Reducing consumption of saturated fats and trans-fatty acids is the first essential step in managing cholesterol levels through diet.

Saturated Fats. Saturated fats are found predominantly in animal products, including meat and dairy products. They are strongly associated with higher cholesterol levels, and they may be even more dangerous in women than in men. High-fat meals are associated with sudden surges in triglyceride levels and other lipids along with impaired blood flow in the arteries to the heart. (Tropical oils such as palm, coconut, and cocoa butter are also high in saturated fats.)
Trans Fatty Acids. Trans fatty acids are manufactured fats created during a process called hydrogenation, which is aimed at stabilizing polyunsaturated oils to prevent them from becoming rancid and to keep them solid at room temperature. They are particularly dangerous for the heart and may pose a risk for certain cancers. These partially hydrogenated fats are even worse than saturated fats. Studies report that high consumption of these fats reduces HDL and raises LDL cholesterol levels, has harmful effects on the linings of the arteries, and may increase the risk for type 2 diabetes. Hydrogenated fats are used in stick margarine and in many fast foods and baked goods, including most commercially produced white breads. (Liquid margarine is not hydrogenated and is recommended.) The FDA ordered that food labels list the amount of trans fatty acids in food products beginning in January 2006.

Beneficial Fats and Oils. Some fat is essential for health, and fat is essential for healthy development in children. Public attention has mainly focused on the possible benefits or hazards of monounsaturated (MUFA) and polyunsaturated (PUFA) fats.

Polyunsaturated fats are found in safflower, sunflower, corn, and cottonseed oils and fish.
Monounsaturated fats are mostly present in olive, canola, and peanut oils and in most nuts. (Canola is the least saturated of all the fats.) Studies report that replacing carbohydrates with monounsaturated fats improves glucose control after meals and reduces triglycerides in people with type 2 diabetes. Oils are more calorie-dense, however, and such patients should be wary of weight gain.

Researchers are most interested in the smaller fatty-acid building blocks contained in both oils, which may have more specific effects on lipids. Three important fatty acids are the essential fatty acids omega-3, omega-6, and omega-9.

Omega-3 fatty acids are found in fish oil (docosahexaenoic and eicosapentaneoic acids) and plants (alpha-linolenic acid).

Docosahexaenoic (DHA) and Eicosapentaneoic (EPA) Acids. DHA and EPA are found in fish oils, and evidence suggests that they have significant benefits for the heart, including reducing sudden death from heart disease, inflammation, blood clotting factors, blood pressure, and improving triglyceride and HDL levels. Results from a study presented at the 2005 meeting of the American Heart Association suggested that daily EPA supplements plus statin therapy can protect against heart attack, angina, and coronary artery disease. However, although fish and fish oil are good for the heart, patients who have an implantable defibrillator should not take fish oil supplements.

Alpha-linolenic Acid. Alpha-linolenic acid is a plant precursor of DHA, which means the body can convert it to DHA. Sources include canola oil, soybeans, flaxseed, and certain nuts and seeds (walnut, flax, chia and sometimes pumpkin seed). Some, but not all, studies suggest that oils or foods containing these oils may also be heart-protective. Supplements or foods containing these oils may also protest the heart. For example studies have reported heart protection from flaxseed supplements and also from nuts, such as almonds, macadamia, and walnuts. Nuts are high in calories, however.

Omega-6 polyunsaturated fatty acids are found in corn, safflower, soybean, and sunflower oil. PUFA oils containing omega-6 fatty acids constitute most of the oils consumed in the US. Some omega-6 fatty acids are important for health. However, high intake of these fats may be associated with weight gain in the abdomen (the so-called apple shape), a risk factor for heart disease. High consumption is also associated with a higher risk for certain cancer and some chronic diseases.

Omega-9 monounsaturated fatty acids are contained in canola and olive oil, which help protect the heart.

Research suggests that a healthy balance of all these fats may be important and that our current Western diet contains an unhealthy ratio of omega-6 to omega-3 fatty acids (10 to 1). Omega-9 fatty acids may also contain chemicals that block harmful factors found in omega-6 fatty acids. Researchers suggest that the most benefits may be found in mixture of all three fatty acids found in both poly- and monounsaturated oils, but in modest amounts that do not add too many calories.

Fat Substitutes. Fat substitutes added to commercial foods or used in baking, deliver some of the desirable qualities of fat, but do not add as many calories. [See Box Fat Substitutes and Artificial Sweeteners.]

The story on cholesterol found in the diet is not entirely straightforward. The body produces cholesterol naturally or obtains it through meals. Animal-based food products contain cholesterol. High amounts occur in meat, dairy products, egg yolks, and shellfish. (Plant foods, such as fruits, nuts, grains, do not contain cholesterol.) The American Heart Association recommends no more than 300 mg of dietary cholesterol per day for the general population and no more than 200 mg daily for those with high cholesterol.

Antioxidant Vitamins. Vitamins C and E are most studied for their health effects because they serve as antioxidants. Antioxidants are chemicals that act as scavengers of particles known as oxygen-free radicals (also sometimes called oxidants). High intake of foods rich in these vitamins (as well as other food chemicals) have been associated with many health benefits, including prevention of heart problems.

Research on the effects of vitamin supplements on heart disease and diabetes, however, has been mixed. Although some research initially observed favorable effects from vitamin E in preventing blood clots and build-up of plaque on blood vessel walls, most studies found no heart protection from either vitamin E or C supplements. A 2005 Journal of the American Medical Association study found that vitamin E supplements can actually increase the risk of heart failure, especially for patients with diabetes or vascular diseases. In addition, vitamin E had no effect on preventing cancer or heart disease.

Because of the lack of scientific evidence for benefit, the American Diabetes Association does not recommend regular use of vitamin supplements, except for people who have vitamin deficiencies. Researchers, however, are still studying the treatment possibilities of antioxidants. A 2006 study suggested that alpha-lipoic acid, another type of antioxidant, may have promise as a treatment for diabetic peripheral neuropathy, the nerve damage condition that is a common complication of diabetes.

B Vitamins and Folic Acid. Deficiencies in the B vitamins folate (known also as folic acid), B6, and B12 have been associated with a higher risk for heart disease in some studies. Such deficiencies produce higher blood levels of homocysteine, an amino acid that has been associated with a higher risk for heart disease, stroke, and heart failure.

Researchers have been studying whether vitamin B supplements can reduce homocysteine levels and, consequently, heart disease risks. Several major 2006 studies indicated that while B vitamin supplements help lower homocysteine levels, they have no effect on heart disease. The studies, published in the New England Journal of Medicine, examined patients who had either recently had a heart attack or who suffered from diabetes or heart disease. Results showed a similar number of heart attacks and strokes among patients who took folic acid, B6, and B12 vitamins and those who received placebo. Some experts think that homocysteine may be a marker for heart disease rather than a cause of it.

Niacin (vitamin B3) is used for lowering unhealthy cholesterol levels. Although vitamin B3 is available over the counter, it can have significant side effects. A doctor should prescribe niacin in order to ensure its safety and effectiveness.

Patients with type 2 diabetes who take metformin (Glucophage) should be aware that this drug can interfere with vitamin B12 absorption. Calcium supplements may help counteract metformin-associated vitamin B12 deficiency.

Most experts recommend salt restriction in people who have high blood pressure. Some people, however, are much more sensitive to harmful effects from salt than others:

People at Risk for Salt-Sensitivity. About half of people with hypertension have blood pressure that reacts significantly to salt. Such people are known as salt-sensitive. Among those at highest risk for salt sensitivity are African Americans, people with diabetes, and elderly people.
Overweight People. Overweight individuals may absorb and retain sodium differently from people with normal weights. One study reported that high sodium intake was associated with an increased risk of heart disease and all-cause mortality in overweight, but not in normal weight, people. Reducing sodium can also help reduce the risk of stroke in people who are overweight.

Simply eliminating table and cooking salt can be beneficial. Salt substitutes, such as Cardia, (containing mixtures of potassium, sodium, and magnesium) are available, but they are expensive. About 75% of the salt in the typical American diet comes from processed or commercial foods, not from food cooked at home, so the benefits of table-salt substitutes are likely to be very modest. Some sodium is essential to protect the heart, but most experts agree that the amount is significantly less than that found in the average American diet. If people cannot significantly reduce the amount of salt in their diets, adding potassium-rich foods might help to restore a healthy balance.

Calcium. Calcium supplements may be important in older patients with diabetes to help reduce the risk for osteoporosis, particularly if their diets are low in dairy products.

Potassium. Evidence strongly indicates that a potassium-rich diet can help achieve healthy blood pressure levels, and that potassium supplements can lower systolic blood pressure by 1.8 m Hg and diastolic blood pressure by 1 mm Hg. In fact, there is some evidence that a potassium-rich diet can reduce the risk of stroke by 22 - 40%. Current guidelines support the use of potassium supplements or enough dietary potassium to achieve 3,500 mg per day for people with normal or high blood pressure (who have no risk factors for excess potassium levels). This goal is particularly important in people who have high sodium intake. The best source of potassium is from the fruits and vegetables that contain them. Potassium-rich foods include bananas, oranges, pears, prunes, cantaloupes, tomatoes, dried peas and beans, nuts, potatoes, and avocados.

However, patients with diabetic nephropathy (kidney disease) and kidney failure need to restrict dietary potassium, as well as phosphorus. Kidney problems can cause potassium overload and medications commonly used in diabetes, (such as ACE inhibitors or potassium-sparing diuretics), also limit the kidney's ability to excrete potassium. No one should take potassium supplements without consulting a doctor. The best source of potassium is from the fruits and vegetables that contain them.

Magnesium. Magnesium deficiency may have some role in insulin resistance and high blood pressure. Research indicates that magnesium-rich diets may help lower type 2 diabetes risk. Whole grain breads and cereals, nuts (almonds, cashews, soybeans), and certain fruits and vegetables (spinach, avocados, beans) are excellent dietary sources of magnesium. Dietary supplements do not provide any benefit. Persons who live in soft water areas, who use diuretics, or who have other risk factors for magnesium deficiency may require more dietary magnesium than others.

Chromium. Some studies have reported an association between deficiencies in the mineral chromium and a higher risk for type 2 diabetes. Studies on fat rats that were given chromium reported improvement in insulin sensitivity and glucose metabolism. Most studies on type 2 patients, however, reported little or no effect on glucose metabolism and some even reported adverse side effects.

Selenium. Selenium, a trace mineral, does not reduce diabetes risk. In fact, it may increase it. In a 2007 study, researchers found that people who took selenium supplements had more than 1.5 times the risk of developing type 2 diabetes as those who did not take the supplements. The higher the blood level of selenium, the greater the risk. An average healthy diet supplies adequate amounts of selenium and there is no need to take dietary supplements.

Zinc. Many patients with type 2 diabetes are also deficient in zinc; more studies are needed to establish the benefits or risks of taking supplements. Zinc has some toxic side effects, and some studies have associated high zinc intake with prostate cancer.

Generally, manufacturers of herbal remedies and dietary supplements do not need FDA approval to sell their products. Just like a drug, herbs and supplements can affect the body's chemistry, and therefore have the potential to produce side effects that may be harmful. There have been a number of reported cases of serious and even lethal side effects from herbal products. Patients should always check with their doctors before using any herbal remedies or dietary supplements.

Traditional herbal remedies for diabetes include bitter melon, fenugreek, and Gymnema sylvestre. These herbs may have properties that help lower blood sugar. However, there have been few well-designed studies and there is not enough evidence to recommend them for prevention or treatment of diabetes.

Several recent preliminary studies suggest that cinnamon may help improve blood sugar and lipid levels. One small study found beneficial effects for people with type 2 diabetes who took between 1 - 6 grams (equivalent to 0.25 - 1.25 teaspoons) of cinnamon each day.

Water. Many heart risk factors, especially those associated with blood clotting, are elevated with dehydration. In one study, drinking five or more glasses of water a day was significantly associated with a lower risk for fatal heart events than drinking two or fewer glasses a day.

Alcohol. A number of studies have found that light to moderate intake of alcohol may provide protection from heart disease and type 2 diabetes. Some research suggests that alcohol has anti-inflammatory properties that protect arteries from injury. Red wine in particular may have specific benefits for people with type 2 diabetes. It has strong antioxidant effects that benefit the heart. Some evidence also suggests that red wine may improve insulin sensitivity and reduce blood glucose levels and may even protect against type 2 diabetes. The American Diabetes Association recommends limiting alcoholic beverages to 1 drink per day for non-pregnant adult women and 2 drinks per day for adult men.

Tea. Although it contains caffeine, tea, both black and green, is often cited for its health benefits. Green tea is especially is rich in chemicals that offer protection against damaging forms of LDL. In one study, for example, higher intake, particularly by women, was associated with a lower risk for severe coronary artery disease. Black tea has also been associated with heart health. In one study oolong tea, a partially fermented tea, was specifically associated with lower blood sugar levels in patients with type 2 diabetes.

Coffee. Many studies have noted an association between coffee consumption and reduced risk for developing type 2 diabetes. A 2006 study of 29,000 postmenopausal women confirmed this reduced risk. Compared to non-coffee drinkers, women who drank at least 6 cups a day of coffee (either regular or decaf) were 22% less likely to develop type 2 diabetes. Decaffeinated coffee was even more beneficial -- women who drank at least 6 cups a day of decaf were 33% less likely to develop diabetes than women who did not drink coffee. Researchers are still not certain how coffee protects against diabetes. Neither the caffeine in coffee nor the mineral magnesium have a preventive effect. It may be that coffee contains antioxidant properties that protect the pancreas’ insulin-producing cells.

Weight Control for Type 2 Diabetes

The American Diabetes Association recommends that patients aim for a small but consistent weight loss of ½ - 1 pound per week. Most patients should follow a diet that supplies at least 1,000 - 1,200 kcal/day for women and 1,200 - 1,600 kcal/day for men.

Even modest weight loss can reduce the risk factors for heart disease and diabetes. There are many approaches to dieting and many claims for great success with various fad diets. They include calorie restriction, low-fat/high-fiber, or high protein and fat/low carbohydrates. Some evidence suggests that people may respond differently to specific diets depending on whether their weight is overly distributed around the abdomen.

Lifelong changes in eating habits, physical activity, and attitudes about food and weight are essential to weight management. Unfortunately, although many people can lose weight initially, it is very difficult to maintain weight loss. People with type 2 diabetes may have a particularly difficult time. Here are some general suggestions that may be helpful:

Start with realistic goals. When overweight people achieve even modest weight loss they reduce risk factors in the heart. Ideally, overweight patients should strive for 7% weight loss or better, particularly people with type 2 diabetes.
A regular exercise program is essential for maintaining weight loss. If there are no health prohibitions, choose one that is enjoyable. Check with a doctor about any health consideration. [See In-Depth Report #29: Exercise.]
Hunger pangs should not be taken as cues to eat. A stomach that has been stretched by large meals will continue to signal hunger for large amounts of food until its size reduces over time with smaller meals.
Be honest about how much you eat, and track calories carefully. Studies on weight control that depend on self-reporting of food intake frequently reveal that subjects badly misjudge how much they eat (typically underestimating high-calorie foods and overestimating low-calorie foods). In one study, even dietitians underreported their calorie intake by 10%. People who do not carefully note everything they eat tend to take in excessive calories when they believe they are dieting.
For patients who cannot lose weight with diet alone, effective weight-loss medications are now available, including orlistat (Xenical) and sibutramine (Meridia). Orlistat may have particular benefits for patients with type 2 diabetes. This drug may delay or even prevent the onset or progression of diabetes. It may also improve cholesterol levels, regardless of weight loss. A non-prescription form of orlistat, Alli, is now available. Sibutramine is also helpful in weight loss but should not be used by patients with high blood pressure or kidney or liver problems.
Once a person has lost weight, maintenance is required. To maintain a healthy weight, make careful decisions about how many calories you consume in food and how many calories you expend through physical activity. Such thinking will eventually become automatic.
A procedure known as bariatric surgery has been very helpful in producing rapid weight loss and improving insulin and glucose levels in people with diabetes.

Even repeated weight loss failure is no reason to give up. [See In-Depth Report #53: Weight control and diet.]

Calorie restriction has been the cornerstone of obesity treatment. Restricting calories in such cases also appears to have beneficial effects on cholesterol levels, including reducing LDL and triglycerides and increasing HDL levels.

The standard dietary recommendations for losing weight are:

As a rough rule of thumb, 1 pound of fat equals about 3,500 calories, so one could lose a pound a week by reducing daily caloric intake by about 500 calories a day. Naturally, the more severe the daily calorie restriction, the faster the weight loss. Very-low calorie diets have also been associated with better success, but extreme diets can have some serious health consequences.
To determine the daily calorie requirements for specific individuals, multiply the number of pounds of ideal weight by 12 - 15 calories. The number of calories per pound depends on gender, age, and activity levels. For instance a 50-year-old moderately active woman who wants to maintain a weight of 135 pounds and is mildly active might need only 12 calories per pound (1,620 calories a day). A 25-year old female athlete who wants to maintain the same weight might need 25 calories per pound (2,025 calories a day).
Fat intake should be no more than 30% of total calories. Most fats should be in the form of monounsaturated fats (such as olive oil). Avoid saturated fats (found in animal products).

Heart-Healthy Diets

In 2006, the American Heart Association (AHA) issued revised diet and lifestyle recommendations. The current guidelines recommend:

Balance calorie intake and physical activity to achieve or maintain a healthy body weight. (Controlling weight, quitting smoking, and exercising regularly are essential companions of any diet program. Try to get at least 30 minutes, and preferably 60 - 90 minutes, of daily exercise.)
Consume a diet rich in a variety of vegetables and fruits. Vegetables and fruits that are deeply colored (spinach, carrots, peaches, berries) are especially recommended as they have the highest micronutrient content.
Choose whole-grain, high-fiber foods. These include fruits, vegetables, and legumes (beans). Good whole grain choices include whole wheat, oats/oatmeal, rye, barley, brown rice, buckwheat, bulgur, millet, and quinoa.
Consume fish, especially oily fish, at least twice a week (about 8 ounces/week). Oily fish -- such as salmon, mackerel, and sardines -- are rich in the omega-3 fatty acids eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA) and docosahexaenoic acid (DHA). Consumption of these fatty acids is linked to reduced risk of sudden death and death from coronary artery disease.
Limit daily intake of saturated fat (found mostly in animal products) to less than 7% of total calories, trans fat (found in hydrogenated fats, commercially baked products, and many fast foods) to less than 1% of total calories, and cholesterol (found in eggs, dairy products, meat, poultry, fish, shellfish) to less than 300 mg per day. Choose lean meats and vegetable alternatives (such as soy). Select fat-free and low-fat dairy products. Grill, bake, or broil fish, meat, and skinless poultry.
Use little or no salt in your foods. Reducing salt can lower blood pressure and decrease the risk of heart disease and heart failure.
Limit beverages and foods that contain added sugars (corn syrups, sucrose, glucose, fructose, maltrose, dextrose, concentrated fruit juice, honey).
If you consume alcohol, do so in moderation. The AHA recommends limiting alcohol to no more than 2 drinks per day for men and 1 drink per day for women.

[See In-Depth Report #43: Heart-healthy diet.]

Dietary guidelines from the National Cholesterol Education Program recommend:

Choose five or more servings of fresh fruits and vegetables and six or more servings of whole grains and legumes. Soluble fiber is preferred (from cereal grains, beans, peas, legumes, and many fruits and vegetables).
Fats can be up to 35% of daily calories, but no more than 7% should be from saturated fat. (People with high triglycerides or low HDL or both may need a higher fat intake.) Choose fats containing unsaturated fatty acids (from vegetables, fish, legumes, and nuts). Choose margarines containing sterols or stanols (such as Benecol or Take Control). Avoid trans fatty acids found in commercial products.
Protein choices should be fat-free and low-fat milk products, fish, legumes, skinless poultry, and lean meats.
Limit cholesterol intake to less than 200 mg per day.
Maintain healthy body weight and a healthy level of physical fitness.

The Mediterranean diet is rich in heart-healthy fiber and nutrients, including omega-3 fatty acids and antioxidants. The diet consists of fruits, vegetables, and unsaturated "good" fats, particularly olive oil. Olive oil has been associated with lower blood pressure, a lower risk for heart disease, and other benefits for people with type 2 diabetes.

There are several variations to the Mediterranean diet, but general recommendations include:

Limit red meats.
Drink one or two glasses of wine each day if alcohol is enjoyable and there are no reasons to restrict its use.
Limit dairy products.
Eat moderate amounts of fish and poultry. Fish is the diet's main protein source. Some studies suggest that fish is the primary heart-protective ingredient in this diet.
Eat plenty of fresh fruits and vegetables, nuts, legumes, beans, and whole grains.
Season foods with garlic, onions, and herbs.
Use virgin olive oil.

Low-carb diets, such as South Beach, The Zone, and Sugar Busters, rely on a concept called the "glycemic index (GI)," which ranks foods by how fast and how high they cause blood sugar levels to rise. Foods on the lowest end of the index take longer to digest. Slow digestion wards off hunger pains. It also helps stabilize insulin levels. Foods high on the glycemic index include white bread, white potatoes, and pasta while low-glycemic foods include whole grains, fruit, lentils, and soybeans.

A 2006 study indicated that a high-protein, low-glycemic index diet can help produce better reductions in total and LDL cholesterol than a high-protein, high-glycemic index diet. Reducing glycemic load may also help to promote weight loss, especially for women. However, another 2006 study suggested that low-glycemic index diets that are high in carbohydrates can also promote weight loss and reduce body fat.

A 2006 review of low-carbohydrate diets found that they did help weight loss in the short term. However, while these diets appeared to lower triglyceride levels and raise HDL (“good”) cholesterol levels, they also raised overall and LDL (“bad”) cholesterol levels. A 2007 Journal of the American Medical Association study that compared four different diet plans (Atkins, Zone, Ornish, and LEARN) found that the Atkins diet helped raise HDL levels, and reduce triglyciderides, but had no effect on LDL levels nor insulin or glucose measurements. Women who followed the Atkins diet also had improved blood pressure compared to patients on the other diets. The Atkins diet resulted in slightly better weight loss (an average of 10 pounds over the course of a year versus 4 - 6 pounds for the other diet plans), which in itself may have accounted for the improved heart risk factors. Some experts think that the main finding from this study is that even a moderate weight loss can help improve heart health.

Although low-carbohydrate diets may produce good short-term weight loss, they do not appear to help patients maintain weight loss in the long term. The American Diabetes Association does not recommend low-carb diets (less than 130 g of carbohydrates per day) for treatment of overweight and obesity.

Dietary guidelines recommend keeping total fat intake to 25 - 35% of total daily calories, with saturated fat less than 7% of calories. Low-fat diets generally restrict fat intake to 20% or less of total daily calories. The Ornish program, which is recommended for some heart disease patients, limits fats even more drastically. It aims at reducing saturated fats as much as possible, restricting total fat to 10%, and increasing carbohydrates to 75% of calories.

In 2006, the largest study to date on low-fat diets found that they did not help prevent heart disease or cancer. Women in the study reduced their fat consumption to 24 - 29% of total daily calories. Some critics say that the study did not do enough to distinguish between good types of fats (monounsaturated and omega-3 polyunsaturated) and bad fats (saturated and trans fats).

Another 2006 study indicated that low-fat, vegan diets may help improve glycemic control and increase insulin sensitivity. The higher fiber content of these diets, plus lower intake of total and saturated fat, may account for some of these benefits. A vegan diet eliminates all meat and dairy products.

The DASH diet (Dietary Approaches to Stop Hypertension) is proven to help lower blood pressure. Results are sometimes seen within a few weeks. Restricting sodium improves results. The diet appears to have antioxidant effects and may help lower LDL cholesterol levels, although beneficial HDL levels also decline. This diet is not only rich in important nutrients and fiber but also includes foods that contain far more electrolytes, potassium (4,700 mg/day), calcium (1,250 mg/day), and magnesium (500 mg/day) than are found in the average American diet.

The DASH diet recommends:

Limit salt intake to no more than 2,300 mg a day (a maximum intake of 1,500 mg a day is an even better goal).
Reduce saturated fat to no more than 6% of daily calories and total fat to 27% of daily calories. (But, include dairy products that are non- or low-fat. Low-fat dairy products appear to be especially beneficial for lowering systolic blood pressure.)
When choosing fats, select monounsaturated oils, such as olive or canola oils.
Choose whole grains over white flour or pasta products.
Choose fresh fruits and vegetables every day. In one study people who increased their intake of fruits and vegetables experienced a drop in blood pressure after 6 months. Many of these foods are rich in potassium, fiber, or both, which may help lower blood pressure.
Include nuts, seeds, or legumes (dried beans or peas) daily.
Choose modest amounts of protein (no more than 18% of total daily calories). Fish, skinless poultry, and soy products are the best protein sources.
Other daily nutrient goals in the DASH diet include limiting carbohydrates to 55% of daily calories and dietary cholesterol to 150 mg. Patients should try to get at least 30 g of daily fiber.

Slight changes to the DASH diet might help lower blood pressure even more, as well as improve cholesterol and lipid levels. Researchers reporting in the Journal of the American Medical Association and at the 2005 American Heart Association meeting said that replacing some carbohydrates in the DASH diet with more protein or monounsaturated fats may help reduce heart disease risk factors. [See In-Depth Report #14: High blood pressure.]

Diabetic Exchange Lists

The objective of using diabetic exchange lists is to maintain the proper balance of carbohydrates, proteins, and fats throughout the day. Patients should meet with a dietician or diabetes nutrition expert for help in learning this approach.

In developing a menu, patients must first establish their individual dietary requirements, particularly the optimal number of daily calories and the proportion of carbohydrates, fats, and protein. The exchange lists should then be used to set up menus for each day that fulfill these requirements.

The following are some general rules:

The diabetic exchanges are six different lists of foods grouped according to similar calorie, carbohydrate, protein, and fat content; these are starch/bread, meat, vegetables, fruit, milk, and fat. A person is allowed a certain number of exchange choices from each food list per day.
The amount and type of these exchanges are based on a number of factors, including the daily exercise program, timing of insulin injections, and whether or not an individual needs to lose weight or reduce cholesterol or blood pressure levels.
Foods can be substituted for each other within an exchange list but not between lists even if they have the same calorie count.
In all lists (except in the fruit list) choices can be doubled or tripled to supply a serving of certain foods. (For example 3 starch choices equal 1.5 cups of hot cereal or 3 meat choices equal a 3-ounce hamburger.)
On the exchange lists, some foods are "free." These contain less than 20 calories per serving and can be eaten in any amount spread throughout the day unless a serving size is specified.

The following are the categories on exchange lists:

Starches and Bread. Each exchange under starches and bread contains about 15 grams of carbohydrates, 3 grams of protein, and a trace of fat for a total of 80 calories. A general rule is that a half-cup of cooked cereal, grain, or pasta equals one exchange. One ounce of a bread product is 1 serving.

Meat and Cheese. The exchange groups for meat and cheese are categorized by lean meat and low-fat substitutes, medium-fat meat and substitutes, and high-fat meat and substitutes. Use high-fat exchanges a maximum of 3 times a week. Fat should be removed before cooking. Exchange sizes on the meat list are generally 1 ounce and based on cooked meats (3 ounces of cooked meat equals 4 ounces of raw meat).

Vegetables. Exchanges for vegetables are 1/2 cup cooked, 1 cup raw, and 1/2 cup juice. Each group contains 5 grams of carbohydrates, 2 grams of protein, and 2 - 3 grams of fiber. Vegetables can be fresh or frozen; canned vegetables are less desirable because they are often high in sodium. They should be steamed or cooked in a microwave without added fat.

Fruits and Sugar. Sugars are included within the total carbohydrate count in the exchange lists. Sugars should not be more than 10% of daily carbohydrates. Each exchange contains about 15 grams of carbohydrates for a total of 60 calories.

Milk and Substitutes. The milk and substitutes list is categorized by fat content similar to the meat list. A milk exchange is usually 1 cup or 8 ounces. Those who are on weight-loss or low-cholesterol diets shoudl follow the skim and very low-fat milk lists -- while avoiding the whole milk group. Others should use the whole milk list very sparingly. All people with diabetes should avoid artificially sweetened milks.

Fats. A fat exchange is usually 1 teaspoon, but it may vary. People, of course, should avoid saturated and trans fatty acids and choose polyunsaturated or monounsaturated fats instead.


Calories	1,200	1,500	1,800	2,000	2,200
Starch/Bread	5	8	10	11	13
Meat	4	5	7	8	8
Vegetable	2	3	3	4	4
Fruit	3	3	3	3	3
Milk	2	2	2	2	2
Fat	3	3	3	4	5

Exercise

Sedentary habits, especially watching TV, are associated with significantly higher risks for obesity and type 2 diabetes. Regular exercise, even of moderate intensity (such as brisk walking), improves insulin sensitivity and may play a significant role in preventing type 2 diabetes -- regardless of weight loss. An important study reported a 58% lower risk for type 2 diabetes in adults who performed moderate exercise for as little as 2.5 hours a week.

Aerobic Exercises. Aerobic exercise has significant and particular benefits for people with diabetes. Regular aerobic exercise, even of moderate intensity, improves insulin sensitivity. People with diabetes are at particular risk for heart disease, so the heart-protective effects of aerobic exercise are especially important. Moderate exercise protects the heart in people with type 2 diabetes, even if they have no risk factors for heart disease other than diabetes itself. (In general, patients with diabetes should aim for a heart rate target of 55 - 85% of their maximum heart rate when exercising.)

Strength Training. Strength training, which increases muscle and reduces fat, may also be helpful for people with diabetes.

Some Precautions for People with Diabetes Who Exercise. The following are precautions for all people with diabetes, both type 1 and type 2:

Because people with diabetes are at higher than average risk for heart disease, they should always check with their doctors before undertaking vigorous exercise. For fastest results, frequent high-intensity (not high-impact) exercises are best for people who are cleared by their doctors. For people who have been sedentary or have other medical problems, lower-intensity exercises are recommended.
Strenuous strength training or high-impact exercise is not recommended for people with uncontrolled diabetes. Such exercises can strain weakened blood vessels in the eyes of patients with retinopathy. High-impact exercise may also injure blood vessels in the feet.

Patients who are taking medications that lower blood glucose, particularly insulin, should take special precautions before embarking on a workout program:

Monitor glucose levels before, during, and after workouts (glucose levels swing dramatically during exercise).
Avoid exercise if glucose levels are above 300 mg/dl or under 100 mg/dl.
Inject insulin in sites away from the muscles used during exercise; this can help avoid hypoglycemia.
Drink plenty of fluids before and during exercise; avoid alcohol, which increases the risk of hypoglycemia.
Insulin-dependent athletes may need to decrease insulin doses or take in more carbohydrates prior to exercise, but may need to take an extra dose of insulin after exercise (stress hormones released during exercise may increase blood glucose levels).
Wear good, protective footwear to help avoid injuries and wounds to the feet.

Some blood pressure drugs can interfere with exercise capacity. Patients who use blood pressure medication should consult their doctors on how to balance medications and exercise. Patients with high blood pressure should also aim to breathe as normally as possible during exercise. Holding the breath can increase blood pressure. [See In-Depth Report #29: Exercise.]

Chronic stress has been associated with the development of insulin resistance, a primary factor in diabetes. Stress can also worsen existing diabetes by impairing the patient's ability to manage the disease effectively. Stress-relieving techniques include meditation, biofeedback, relaxation response, and yoga. One study reported that yoga helped patients with type 2 diabetes reduce their need for oral medications. Studies have also indicated that yoga and Tai Chi (an ancient Chinese exercise involving slow relaxing movements) may lower blood pressure almost as well as moderate-intensity aerobic exercises. [See In-Depth Report #31: Stress.]

Resources

www.diabetes.org -- American Diabetes Association
www.niddk.nih.gov -- National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases
www.jdrf.org -- Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation
www.kidney.org -- National Kidney Foundation
www.joslin.org -- Joslin Diabetes Center
www.eatright.org -- American Dietetic Association
www.nal.usda.gov/fnic -- Food and Nutrition Information Center
www.gourmetconnection.com/diabetic -- Diabetic Gourmet Magazine

References

American Diabetes Association. Nutrition recommendations and interventions for diabetes: A position statement of the American Diabetes Association. Diabetes Care. 2007 Jan;30 Suppl 1:S48-65.

American Heart Association Nutrition Committee; Lichtenstein AH, Appel LJ, Brands M, Carnethon M, Daniels S, et al. Diet and lifestyle recommendations revision 2006: a scientific statement from the American Heart Association Nutrition Committee. Circulation. 2006 Jul 4;114(1):82-96. Epub 2006 Jun 19.

Barnard ND, Cohen J, Jenkins DJ, Turner-McGrievy G, Gloede L, Jaster B, et al. A low-fat vegan diet improves glycemic control and cardiovascular risk factors in a randomized clinical trial in individuals with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care. 2006 Aug;29(:1777-83.

Gillies CL, Abrams KR, Lambert PC, Cooper NJ, Sutton AJ, Hsu RT, et al. Pharmacological and lifestyle interventions to prevent or delay type 2 diabetes in people with impaired glucose tolerance: systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ. 2007 Feb 10;334(7588):299. Epub 2007 Jan 19.

Halton TL, Willett WC, Liu S, Manson JE, Albert CM, Rexrode K, et al. Low-carbohydrate-diet score and the risk of coronary heart disease in women. N Engl J Med. 2006 Nov 9;355(19):1991-2002.

Lindstrom J, Ilanne-Parikka P, Peltonen M, Aunola S, Eriksson JG, Hemio K, et al. Sustained reduction in the incidence of type 2 diabetes by lifestyle intervention: follow-up of the Finnish Diabetes Prevention Study. Lancet. 2006 Nov 11;368(9548):1673-9.

Liu S, Choi HK, Ford E, Song Y, Klevak A, Buring JE, et al. A prospective study of dairy intake and the risk of type 2 diabetes in women. Diabetes Care. 2006 Jul;29(7):1579-84.

Schulze MB, Schulz M, Heidemann C, Schienkiewitz A, Hoffmann K, Boeing H. Fiber and magnesium intake and incidence of type 2 diabetes: a prospective study and meta-analysis. Arch Intern Med. 2007 May 14;167(9):956-65.

Stranges S, Marshall JR, Natarajan R, Donahue RP, Trevisan M, Combs GF, et al. Effects of long-term selenium supplementation on the incidence of type 2 diabetes: a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med. 2007 Jul 9; [Epub ahead of print]

Ting RZ, Szeto CC, Chan MH, Ma KK, Chow KM. Risk factors of vitamin B(12) deficiency in patients receiving metformin. Arch Intern Med. 2006 Oct 9;166(18):1975-9.

Ziegler D, Ametov A, Barinov A, Dyck PJ, Gurieva I, Low PA, et al. Oral treatment with alpha-lipoic acid improves symptomatic diabetic polyneuropathy: the SYDNEY 2 trial. Diabetes Care. 2006 Nov;29(11):2365-70.

Review Date:
7/20/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Urinary incontinence

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:34:59 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Stress Incontinence
Urge Incontinence
Overflow Incontinence
Functional Incontinence
Risk Factors
Diagnosis
Prognosis
Treatment
Lifestyle Changes
Other Treatments
Behavioral Treatments
Medications
Surgery
Other Procedures
Catheters and Collection De...
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Sling Procedure Versus Burch Colposuspension

The sling procedure is better than Burch colposuspension in treating stress incontinence but may cause more post-operative urinary complications, according to results from an important 2007 New England Journal of Medicine study. In the first large-scale clinical trial to directly compare these two types of surgery, 47% of women who underwent the sling procedure had no urinary incontinence 2 years after surgery, compared with 38% of women who received the Burch procedure. However, 63% of women who had the sling procedure (and 47% of women who underwent the Burch procedure) experienced urinary tract infections following surgery.

Oxybutynin May Cause Hallucinations

In 2007, the FDA investigated reports that oxybutynin (Detrol) may cause hallucinations, especially in children and older adults. Out of 202 reports of oxybutynin-related central nervous system side effects, hallucinations occurred in 27% of cases involving children and 25% of cases involving adults age 60 years and older. The FDA is considering adding stronger cautions about these risks to oxybutynin’s prescribing label.

Tamsulosin and Tolterodine Combination Treatment

For men with moderate-to-severe lower urinary tract symptoms, including overactive bladder, a combination of tamsulosin (Flomax) and tolterodine (Detrol) works better than either drug alone, according to a study published in 2006 in the Journal of the American Medical Association.

Researchers Investigating Stem Cell Treatment for Stress Incontinence

Muscle stem cell injections may eventually prove to be an effective treatment for stress incontinence, indicate several small studies. Doctors took tissue biopsies from patients’ arm muscles, then isolated and injected the muscle stem cells into areas surrounding the urethra. The injections helped strengthen sphincter muscles and improved bladder control. Researchers presented results of these studies at the 2007 American Urological Association annual meeting and the 2006 Radiological Society of North America annual meeting.

Introduction

Urinary incontinence is the inability to control urination. It may be temporary or permanent, and can result from a variety of problems in the urinary tract. Urinary incontinence is generally divided into four groups, according to the problem involved:

Stress incontinence
Urge incontinence
Overflow incontinence
Functional incontinence

Often, more than one type of incontinence is present, with about 40% of all cases falling into more than one category.

Because incontinence is a symptom, rather than a disease, it is often hard to determine the cause. In addition, a variety of conditions may be the cause.

The urinary system helps to maintain proper water and salt balance throughout the body:

The process of urination begins in the two kidneys, which process fluids and dissolve waste matter to produce urine.
Urine flows out of the kidneys into the bladder through two long tubes called ureters.
The bladder is a sac that acts as a reservoir for urine. It is covered with a membrane and enclosed in a powerful muscle called the detrusor. The bladder rests on top of the pelvic floor. This is a muscular structure similar to a sling running between the pubic bone in front to the base of the spine.
The bladder stores the urine until it is eliminated from the body via a tube called the urethra, which is the lowest part of the urinary tract. (In men it is enclosed in the penis. In women it leads directly out.)
The connection between the bladder and the urethra is called the bladder neck. Strong muscles called sphincter muscles encircle the bladder neck (the smooth internal sphincter muscles) and urethra (the fibrous external sphincter muscles).

Click the icon to see an animation about urination.

The Process of Urination

The process of urination is a combination of automatic and conscious muscle actions. There are two phases: the emptying phase and the filling and storage phase.

The Filling and Storage Phase. When a person has completed urination, the bladder is empty. This triggers the filling and storage phase, which includes both automatic and conscious actions.

Automatic Actions. The automatic signaling process in the brain relies on a pathway of nerve cells and chemical messengers (neurotransmitters) called the cholinergic and adrenergic systems. Important neurotransmitters include serotonin and noradrenaline. This pathway signals the detrusor muscle surrounding the bladder to relax. As the muscles relax, the bladder expands and allows urine to flow into it from the kidney. As the bladder fills to its capacity (about 8 - 16 oz of fluid) the nerves in the bladder send back signals of fullness to the spinal cord and the brain.
Conscious Actions. As the bladder swells, the person becomes conscious of a sensation of fullness. In response, the individual holds the urine back by voluntarily contracting the external sphincter muscles, the muscle group surrounding the urethra. These are the muscles that children learn to control during the toilet training process.

When the need to urinate becomes greater than one's ability to control it, urination (the emptying phase) begins.

The Emptying Phase. This phase also involves automatic and conscious actions.

Automatic Actions. When a person is ready to urinate, the nervous system initiates the voiding reflex. The nerves in the spinal cord (not the brain) signal the detrusor muscles to contract. At the same time, nerves are also telling the involuntary internal sphincter (a strong muscle encircling the bladder neck) to relax. With the bladder neck now open, the urine flows out of the bladder into the urethra.
Conscious Actions. Once the urine enters the urethra, a person consciously relaxes the external sphincter muscles, which allows urine to completely drain out from the bladder.

The female and male urinary tracts are relatively the same except for the length of the urethra.

Stress Incontinence

The primary symptom of stress incontinence is leakage due to activities that apply pressure to a full bladder. High-impact exercise poses the greatest risk for leaking. But stress incontinence can occur with even minor activities, such as:

Coughing
Sneezing
Laughing
Running (sometimes even standing can produce leakage)
Lifting

Leakage stops when the activity stops. If the condition persists, it is more likely to be urge incontinence.

Stress incontinence occurs because the internal sphincter does not close completely. In both men and women, the aging process causes a general weakening of the sphincter muscles and a decrease in bladder capacity. Causes of stress incontinence, however, may differ between men and women.

In women, stress incontinence is nearly always due to one or both of the following:

The urethra fails to close and becomes overly movable (urethral hypermobility).
The muscles around the bladder neck weaken (intrinsic sphincteric deficiency or ISD). Some experts believe that this problem is present to some degree in nearly all women with stress incontinence. (ISD can also occur in anyone from an inborn disorder or injury from surgery or radiation.)

Many women are prone to one or both of these problems, which can occur under the following circumstances:

Having had many children through vaginal deliveries. In such cases, pregnancy and childbirth strain the muscles of the pelvic floor. Prolapsed uterus, in which the uterus protrudes into the vagina, occurs in about half of all women who have given birth. This condition can often cause incontinence.
Menopause. Estrogen deficiencies after menopause can cause the urethra to thin out so that it may not close properly.

Urethral Hypermobility. In urethral hypermobility the urethra does not close properly, allowing it to move too much (hypermobile). This condition typically occurs when the pelvic floor muscles in women become weak, and the following events occur:

The weakened pelvic floor muscles stretch.
This allows the bladder to sag downward within the abdomen.
The sagging bladder pulls on the muscles surrounding the bladder neck (internal sphincter), which are connected to the urethra.

Stress incontinence associated with urethral hypermobility is sometimes categorized as type 1 or type 2.

Type 1 is the less severe form, and the bladder neck and urethra remain incompletely closed.
In type 2, the angle of the bladder neck shifts. In such cases cystocele may occur, in which the bladder muscles bulge (herniate) into the vaginal wall.

Intrinsic sphincteric deficiency (ISD). Intrinsic sphincter deficiency (sometimes called type 3) is the other major cause of stress incontinence in women. It occurs when the bladder neck muscles are damaged or weakened. The result is twofold:

The bladder neck is open during filling.
The closing pressure around the urethra is low.

This is the most severe stress incontinence in women and usually occurs after previous surgeries for incontinence.

Prostate treatments can impair the sphincter muscles. Such treatments are the major causes of stress incontinence in men. They include the following:

Surgery or radiation for prostate cancer. Incontinence occurs in nearly all male patients for the first 3 - 6 months after radical prostatectomy. After a year of the procedure, most men retain continence, although leakage can occur.

Surgery for benign prostatic hyperplasia. Stress incontinence occurs in 1 - 5% of men after transurethral resection of the prostate (TURP), the standard treatment for severe benign prostatic hyperplasia.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing TURP surgery.

Incontinence after prostate procedures is often a combination of urge and stress. Because studies often combine the two types of incontinence, it is not always clear which predominates.

Urge Incontinence

The main symptom of urge incontinence (also called hyperactive, irritable, or overactive bladder) is the need to urinate frequently. Patients may go to the bathroom more than 8 times over 24 hours, including 2 or more times a night, and have subsequent leakage. However, most people (60%) with overactive bladder experience only urgency and frequency. In some cases, urge incontinence occurs only at night. This is called nocturnal enuresis.

All cases of urge incontinence involve an overactive bladder. This occurs when the detrusor muscle, which surrounds the bladder, contracts inappropriately during the filling stage. When this occurs, the urge to urinate cannot be voluntarily suppressed, even temporarily. There is usually one of two types:

Idiopathic Detrusor Overactivity (formerly called Detrusor Instability). In this type, the nerves serving the bladder have signaled the brain appropriately that the bladder is full, but the detrusor muscles are unable to be suppressed. The actual cause, however, is not known.
Neurogenic Detrusor Overactivity (formerly called Detrusor Hyperreflexia). With this type, a known neurologic abnormality impairs the signaling systems between the bladder and the central nervous system, and the brain is unable to inhibit the detrusor muscles controlling urination.

Very often, the cause of detrusor instability and bladder hyperactivity is unknown. Some conditions that can produce the disorders leading to urge incontinence include the following:

Benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH). Detrusor instability occurs in about 75% of men with BPH and causes frequency, urgency, and urination during the night (although incontinence itself occurs only in very severe cases). Urge incontinence only at night can be a sign of severe obstruction in the urinary tract.

Benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH) is a non-cancerous enlargement of the prostate gland, commonly found in men over the age of 50.

Prostate surgical procedures. Either prostatectomy for prostate cancer or transurethral resection of the prostate (TURP) for BPH can cause detrusor instability. As with stress incontinence, prostatectomy poses a much higher rate than with TURP, which is very low.
Hysterectomy. Complications of this operation, which removes the uterus, are associated with a higher risk for urge incontinence. In one study, for example, incontinence developed or worsened after hysterectomy in about 16% of women who had only mild or no incontinence before surgery. However, hysterectomies can also significantly improve urinary incontinence in many women who have an existing condition before the procedure. In the same study, 30% of women had severe urinary incontinence before hysterectomy, which declined to 20% afterward and was sustained for at least 2 years.

Click the icon to see an image about hysterectomy.

Damage to the central nervous system. Certain neurologic disorders or injuries can disrupt the passage of nerve messages between the urinary tract and central nervous system. These neurological conditions include stroke, multiple sclerosis, spinal cord or disk injury, and Parkinson's disease.
Infections.
The aging process.
Emotional disorders. Anxiety and possibly even depression have been associated with urge incontinence.
Medications, including some sleeping pills.
Genetic factors may play a role in some cases.

Overflow Incontinence

Overflow incontinence happens when the normal flow of urine is blocked and the bladder cannot empty completely. Overflow incontinence can be due to a number of conditions:

A partial obstruction. In this case the urine cannot flow completely out of the bladder, so it never fully empties.
An inactive bladder muscle. In contrast to urge incontinence, the bladder is less active than normal, not more. It cannot empty properly and so becomes distended, or swells. Eventually this distention stretches the internal sphincter until it opens partially and leakage occurs.

The causes of the conditions leading to overflow incontinence include:

Tumors
Certain medications (anticholinergics, antidepressants, antipsychotics, sedatives, narcotics, alpha-adrenergic agonists, beta-adrenergic agonists, calcium channel blockers)
Benign prostatic hyperplasia (enlarged prostate)
Scar tissue
Nerve damage. In such cases, nerves in the bladder are damaged so that the body cannot feel when the bladder is full, and the bladder does not contract. Such damage can be caused by spinal cord injuries, previous surgery in the colon or rectum, and pelvic fractures. Diabetes, multiple sclerosis, and shingles also can cause this problem.

Functional Incontinence

Patients with functional incontinence have mental or physical disabilities that keep them from urinating, although the urinary system itself is normal. Conditions that can lead to function incontinence include:

Parkinson's disease.
Alzheimer's disease and other forms of dementia. Mental confusion may prevent both recognition of the need to void and locating a bathroom.
Severe depression. In such cases, people may become incontinent because they are indifferent to self-control.

Risk Factors

About 13 million adults experience incontinence at some time. The number, however, may actually be higher because most patients are reluctant to discuss incontinence with their doctors. In fact, research indicates that many patients will not admit to having the problem even when questioned directly. Although a third of American men and women age 30 - 70 have experienced at least some loss of bladder control, most have not been diagnosed by a doctor.

A 2004 survey of more than 1,400 Americans found that despite the prevalence of bladder control loss, an alarming 64% of those experiencing symptoms are not currently taking measures to manage their condition. The survey, sponsored by the National Association for Continence, also found that adults waited an average of 6 years before discussing their symptoms with a doctor. A 2006 study reported that only half of women with urinary incontinence have discussed their condition with a doctor, while only a third had received any treatment.

Incontinence is uncommon in children 5 years and older. However, it may still occur in:

10% of 5 year-olds
5% of 10 year-olds
1% of 18 year-olds

Incontinence that occurs before puberty is twice as common in boys as in girls. Most young people who experience nighttime wetting do not have any serious physical or emotional disorders. It is often difficult to diagnose incontinence in children. Many cases result from a combination of factors, including:

Birth defects or inborn conditions that cause problems in the urinary tract
Slower physical development
An overproduction of urine at night
A lack of ability to recognize bladder filling when asleep
Anxiety
Inherited factors (indicated by a strong family history of bedwetting)

Bedwetting in children is not considered incontinence. However, bedwetting and other urinary problems in childhood may predict the later development of adult urinary incontinence. According to a 2006 study, women who experienced childhood bedwetting, as well as frequent daytime and nighttime urination, had an increased risk of developing adult urge incontinence.

All older adults are susceptible to incontinence. One in 10 people over age 65 have some type of bladder control loss. About 12% of women ages 60 - 64 and 21% of women age 85 and over experience daily urinary incontinence. About half of the elderly who are housebound or in nursing homes experience incontinence.

Urinary incontinence is far more common among women than men. Between 15 - 50% of women experience urinary incontinence during their lifetimes, with the highest rates occurring in women who have had children. Severe urinary continence affects 7 – 10% of women. About 10% of women undergo surgery for urinary incontinence or pelvic organ prolapse.

Birth Conditions. Pregnancy and childbirth may increase the risk for urinary incontinence. The risk is highest with the first child, and there is an increased risk in women who have their first child over age 30. Some studies suggest that women who used the drug oxytocin for inducing labor are at higher risk for developing urinary incontinence. Such medically induced labor tends to subject the muscles and nerves in the pelvis to greater force than does natural labor.

Studies indicate that the method of birth can affect risk later in life. For example, a major 2003 study reported that women who had a cesarean section had a much lower risk for stress incontinence before age 50 than women who had vaginal delivery. However, a 2006 study contradicted many assumptions by suggesting that vaginal delivery is not associated with later development of urinary incontinence in postmenopausal women. The study compared sisters who had either given birth vaginally or had never had children. Researchers found no difference in rates of urinary incontinence. The study suggested that cesarean delivery may not make much difference in preventing urinary incontinence.

Another 2006 study found that episiotomy does not help prevent urinary incontinence. Episiotomy is a surgical incision that is made during childbirth to the perineum, the muscle between the vagina and the rectum. Doctors commonly perform this procedure to help widen the vaginal opening and prevent tearing. The study found that episiotomy does not have many benefits, and may later cause pain during intercourse.

Vaginal birth can cause pelvic prolapse, a condition in which pelvic muscles weaken and the pelvic organs (bladder, uterus) slip into the vaginal canal. Pelvic prolapse, and the surgery used to correct it, can cause incontinence. Sacrocolpopexy is the standard surgical procedure for repairing pelvic prolapse. A 2006 study found that performing a urinary incontinence surgical procedure (Burch colposuspension) at the same time as sacrocolpopexy can help prevent stress incontinence. [See Surgery section.]

High-Impact Exercise. Women who engage in high-impact exercise are susceptible to urinary leakage, particularly women with a low foot arch. Shock to the pelvic area is increased as the foot makes impact with hard surfaces. Those at highest risk for urinary leakage are gymnasts, followed by softball, volleyball, and basketball players.

Smokers. Studies have reported a higher risk for incontinence, notably mixed incontinence, in women who are current or former heavy smokers (more than a pack a day).

Obesity. Being overweight is a major risk factor for all types of incontinence. The more a woman weighs, the greater her risk.

Medical Factors in Older Women. Urge incontinence is more common among postmenopausal women who have a history of:

Diabetes
Higher body mass index (heavier weight)
Hysterectomy
Two or more urinary tract infections within the past year

The rate of incontinence in men (about 1.5 - 5%) is much lower than in women. The risk for urinary incontinence increases with age. In the United States, about 17% of men over age 60 have urinary incontinence. In older men, prostate problems and their treatments are the most common factors that affect the urinary tract. Up to 30% of men who have had surgery to remove their prostate gland experience some degree of urinary incontinence.

Urinary incontinence varies by race and ethnicity. It is most common in non-Hispanic white women. Among men, African-Americans are at highest risk. Some studies suggest that the greatest disparity is with stress incontinence. African-American and Asian American women have a much lower risk for stress incontinence than Caucasian and Hispanic women.

A number of conditions can cause temporary incontinence in anyone:

Urinary tract infections
Excess fluid intake
Constipation
Severe depression
Restricted mobility

Drugs. Drugs are most often the cause of temporary incontinence.

Drugs that affect the adrenergic system (a nerve-cell and hormonal pathway that regulates the sphincter muscle) are common causes of incontinence. For example, alpha-adrenergic blockers, such as terazosin (Hytrin), used for benign prostatic hypertrophy, can cause incontinence by over-relaxing the muscles. On the other hand, men with enlarged prostates who suffer from urinary problems may be helped by the increase of urine flow after using terazosin.
Alpha-adrenergic agonists, such as pseudoephedrine (found in some oral decongestants) strengthen the muscles and may cause overflow incontinence in susceptible people.
Beta-adrenergic blockers, such as propranolol (Inderal), prescribed for hypertension and angina, relax the sphincter.
Diuretics, used for high blood pressure, often rapidly introduce high urine volumes into the bladder.
Calcium-channel blockers can cause overflow incontinence by relaxing the bladder detrusor muscles.
Colchicine, a drug used for gout, can cause urge incontinence.
Other medications and substances that increase the risk for incontinence are caffeine, sedatives, antidepressants, antipsychotics, and antihistamines.

Diagnosis

Fewer than half of the patients who have urinary incontinence tell their doctor about the problem. In many cases, patients simply feel that incontinence is part of the aging process. And, in spite of the commonness of this problem, two-thirds of doctors never ask their older patients if they experience incontinence.

It is important, however, for both the doctor and the patient to raise the issue.

The first step in the diagnosis of incontinence is a detailed history. The doctor should ask questions about the patient's present and past medical conditions and patterns of urination. Patients should tell the doctor the following information:

When the problem began
Frequency of urination
Amount of daily fluid intake
Use of caffeine or alcohol
Frequency and description of leakage or urine loss, including activity at the time, sensation of urge to urinate, and approximate volume of urine lost
Frequency of urination during the night
Whether the bladder feels empty after urinating
Pain or burning during urination
Problems starting or stopping the flow of urine
Forcefulness of the urine stream
Presence of blood, unusual odor or color in the urine
A list of major surgeries with their dates, including pregnancies and deliveries, and other medical conditions
Any medications being taken

A 2006 study suggested a simpler way of diagnosing incontinence using a test that asks 3 questions:

During the last 3 months, have you leaked urine (even a small amount)?
When did you leak urine? (During physical activity; when you could not reach the bathroom quickly enough; without physical activity or bladder urge.)
When did you leak urine most often? (Physical activity; bladder urge; without or about equally with physical activity or bladder urge.)

Based on the patient’s answers, the “3IQ” test may help a doctor distinguish between urge and stress urinary incontinence.

Voiding Diary. The patient might find it helpful to keep a diary for 3 to 4 days before the office visit. This diary, sometimes referred to as a voiding diary or log, should be a detailed record of:

Daily eating and drinking habits
The times and amounts of normal urination

For each incident of incontinence, the log should also detail:

The amount of urine lost (the patient is often asked to catch and measure urine in a measuring cup during a 24-hour period)
Whether the urge to urinate was present
Whether the patient was involved in physical activity at the time

The office visit should consist of a thorough physical examination, checking for abnormalities or enlargements in the rectal, genital, and abdominal areas that may cause or contribute to the problem.

One of the important measurements for urinary incontinence is the postvoid residual urine volume (PVR). This is the amount of urine left in the bladder after urination:

Normally, about 50 mL or less of urine is left
More than 100 mL suggests an abnormality and requires further tests
More than 200 mL is a definite sign of abnormalities

Use of a Catheter. The most common method for measuring PVR uses a catheter, which is inserted into the urethra after a few minutes of urination. The advantage of the catheter is that it can also collect urine for analysis.

Ultrasound. Ultrasound is useful in determining the volume of urine.

Cystometry measures the bladder's ability to retain urine at different capacities and pressures. It uses a catheter and can be performed at the same time as the PVR test.

Subtraction Cystometry. Although procedures vary, the basic steps for the technique are as follows:

The patient empties the bladder as much as possible.
Two catheters are inserted into the urethra until they reach the bladder. One is used to fill the bladder with water. The other is used to measure pressure. Another catheter is inserted into the rectum or vagina, which is used to measure abdominal pressure.
While water is instilled through the tube into the bladder, the pressure in the bladder and abdomen are measured and the results are recorded in a computing device.
During the process, the patient informs the doctor about any changes in the need to urinate, including the initial need to urinate, a normal desire to urinate, and a strong need to urinate.
Often during this process, the patient is asked to cough, bounce up and down, or even walk in place. The patient may also be asked to strain as if he or she is having a bowel movement. This is called the Valsalva maneuver. The point at which leakage occurs during this action is called the Valsalva leak point pressure, which might be a useful measurement for determining treatment.
When the urge to urinate is strong, the doctor stops this portion of the test.
A calculation is then made using bladder and abdominal pressure measurements as well as volume and flow rate of the urine. The result provides the doctor with an assessment of detrusor contractions.

The detrusor muscles of a normal bladder will not contract during bladder filling. Severe contractions at low amounts of administered fluid (less than 200 mL) indicate urge incontinence. Stress incontinence is suspected when there is no significant increase in bladder pressure or detrusor muscle contractions during filling, but the patient experiences leakage if abdominal pressure increases.

Video Cystometry. Video cystometry combines a computer reading of bladder pressures and pictures of the bladder itself. It is most useful in cases where the more standard tests have not yielded satisfactory results.

To determine whether the bladder is obstructed, the speed of urine flow is measured electronically using a test called uroflowmetry. The test involves the following steps:

Patients are instructed not to urinate for several hours before the test and to drink plenty of fluids so they have a full bladder and a strong urge to urinate.
To perform this test, a patient urinates into a special toilet equipped with a uroflowmeter.
It is important that patients remain still while urinating to help ensure accuracy, and that they urinate normally and do not exert strain to empty their bladder or attempt to retard their urine flow.

Many factors can affect urine flow (such as straining or holding back because of self-consciousness) so experts recommend that the test be repeated at least twice.

Q[max]. The rate of urine flow is calculated as milliliters of urine passed per second (mL/s). At its peak, the flow rate measurement is recorded and referred to as the Q[max]. The higher the Q[max], the better the patient's flow rate. Men with a Q[max] of less than 12 mL/s have four times the risk for urinary retention than men with a stronger urinary flow.

The Q[max] measurement is sometimes used as the basis for determining the severity of obstruction and for judging the success of treatments. It is not very accurate, however, for a number of reasons:

Urine flow varies widely among individuals as well as from test to test.
The patient's age must be considered. Flow rate normally decreases as men age, so the Q[max] typically ranges from more than 25 mL/s in young men to less than 10 mL/s in elderly men.

The Q[max] level does not necessarily coincide with a patient's perceptions of the severity of his own symptoms.

Urethrocystoscopy. Urethrocystoscopy, also called cystourethroscopy or cystoscopy, detects structural abnormalities, inflammation of the bladder wall, or masses that might not show up on x-ray.

The patient is given a light anesthetic, and the bladder is filled with water.
Next, a thin flexible tube called a cystoscope is inserted through the urethra into the bladder.
The end of the cystoscope contains a tiny microscope-like instrument.
The doctor uses the cystoscope to look for abnormalities in the interior of the bladder.

Cystoscopy is a procedure that uses a flexible fiber optic scope, which is inserted through the urethra into the urinary bladder. The doctor fills the bladder with water and inspects the interior of the bladder. The image seen through the cystoscope may also be viewed on a color monitor and recorded on videotape for later evaluation.

The procedure has some risks. Complications are uncommon, but can include allergic response to the anesthetic, urinary tract infection, bleeding, and urine retention.

Intravenous Pyelogram. Intravenous pyelogram (IVP) may be used to diagnose urge incontinence. It is performed as follows:

A dye is injected into the patient's vein and is processed by the kidneys.
A series of x-ray pictures are taken of the kidneys, ureter, and bladder as the dye passes through them. This provides a dynamic picture of the relationship between the patient's urinary system and urinary functioning.

Click the icon to see an image of an intravenous pyelogram.

IVPs can detect structural abnormalities, urethral narrowing, or incomplete emptying of the bladder. This test should not be used on pregnant women or patients with kidney failure. There is a risk for an allergic reaction to standard dyes, although newer, less allergenic ones are becoming available.

Ultrasound. Ultrasound plays a role in many cases of incontinence. For example, it is useful for men with prostate problems. It is helpful in measuring urine volume in the bladder. Ultrasound may also be useful in many cases of female stress incontinence, by identifying abnormalities in the bladder neck, and in assessing the urinary tract before and after surgery. It also may eventually be useful in diagnosing detrusor instability.

Chain Cystogram. In cases of stress incontinence, a chain cystogram may also be performed. With this procedure, a beaded chain is positioned in the bladder and urethra. The x-ray image of the chain reveals the angle of the bladder neck. This test should not be performed on pregnant women.

Electrophysiologic sphincter testing, also referred to as electromyography (EMG), evaluates two important factors:

The function of the nerves serving the sphincter and pelvic floor muscles.
The patient's ability to control these muscles.

Using a technique similar to that of an electrocardiogram, the doctor places electrodes on the affected areas to observe electrical activity in the muscles.

Urethral pressure profile is used to investigate urethral blockage. A probe is placed in the urethra to determine pressure at different points along this pathway during urination and the exact location of any obstruction in the urethra.

Prognosis

Incontinence is rarely life threatening. In most cases, if treated promptly, physical complications are not serious.

Urinary incontinence can have severe emotional effects. Depression is very common in women with incontinence. For example, in a 2003 study, 82% of women with severe incontinence and 41% of those with moderate incontinence reported at least 2 weeks of depression during the preceding year. Incontinence also has emotional effects on men. A number of studies of prostate cancer patients suggest that incontinence is a much more distressing side effect for men than impotence (also a side effect of prostate cancer treatment).

Other negative emotional effects reported include:

Loneliness and humiliation. Because little public attention has been paid to this problem, the incontinent person often feels alone and humiliated. Many people with incontinence do not even seek medical advice for the problem. In one survey of doctors, nearly all of them reported that a patient's embarrassment and reluctance to discuss bladder problems is a major barrier to successful treatment.
Shame. Many people experience a sense of personal failure.
Helplessness. Patients often feel helpless and angry.
Introversion. Patients may eventually curtail social activities, or even give them up entirely.
Lack of confidence. Many people with incontinence believe that they are unemployable.

To prevent humiliation due to wetness or odors, people with incontinence may have to alter their way of life.

Errands become very difficult and need advanced planning.
Public bathrooms may difficult to locate or unavailable. The problem is particularly severe for those with urge incontinence who have little time to reach a bathroom and have large volume spills.

Incontinence is particularly serious in older adults:

Older adults who are otherwise healthy may stop exercising because of leakage, which can increase their impairment.
Incontinence can result in loss of independence and quality of life.
It is a major reason for nursing home placement.
Severe incontinence may require catheterization. This is the insertion of a tube that allows urine to continually pass into an external collecting bag. In such cases, complications are common, particularly infections.
There is a strong association between urge incontinence and falls and injuries. In one large study, over half of women who reported incontinence experienced at least one fall over a 3-year period. This high incidence of falls may be due in part to the rush to the toilet in the middle of the night. Keeping a pan or portable commode near the bed may prevent injuries as well as improve sleep and general convenience.

Treatment

The treatment for temporary incontinence can be rapid, simple, and effective. If urinary tract infections are the cause, they can be treated with antibiotics. Any related incontinence will often clear up in a short time. Medications that cause incontinence can be discontinued or changed to halt episodes.

Chronic incontinence may require a variety of treatments, depending on the cause. Treatment options are listed below in the order in which they are usually tried, from least-to-most invasive:

Behavioral techniques, which include Kegel exercises and bladder training, are sometimes all a person needs for achieving continence. A number of devices can also be used to strengthen muscles and prevent urine leakage. Bladder training is useful for urge incontinence.
Medications are tried next. These may include anticholinergics and antispasmodics. Estrogen or estrogen plus progesterone used to be recommended, but recent research has shown that these hormone treatments can actually make urinary incontinence worse.
Surgery. Surgery is the last resort; there are many effective procedures available for stress incontinence.

Lifestyle techniques to improve quality of life and improve hygiene are part of all treatments.

Lifestyle measures, including dietary recommendations, bladder training, and continent aids, are useful for anyone with incontinence. Other treatments vary depending on whether the patient has stress or urge incontinence. In people who have both, the treatment usually is aimed at the predominant form.

Treating Stress Incontinence. The general goal for women with stress incontinence is to strengthen the pelvic muscles. Typical steps for treating women with type 1 stress incontinence are:

Devices and continent aids for blocking urine in the urethra (vaginal pessaries, adhesive pads, and others).
Behavioral techniques and noninvasive devices, including Kegel exercises, weighted vaginal cones, and biofeedback.
Medications. Alpha-adrenergic agonists and possibly tricyclic antidepressants.
Surgery is a reasonable option if symptoms do not improve with noninvasive methods. Many are available, and most are designed to restore the bladder neck and urethra to their anatomically correct positions.

Treating Urge Incontinence. The goal of most treatments for urge incontinence is to reduce the hyperactivity of the bladder. The following methods may be helpful:

Behavioral methods
Medications (anticholinergics, anti-spasmodics, and alpha blockers)
Procedures that stimulate the pelvic floor or nerves in the tailbone (the sacral nerves), which help retrain the bladder

Lifestyle Changes

Many products are now available that help patients avoid embarrassment and, in some cases, prevent leakage. With recent improvements in paper technology, pads are now thin enough to be worn undetected, and a spare can be hidden in a purse or pocket. Proper hygiene is also essential for patients with incontinence.

Keeping Skin Clean. To avoid skin irritation and infection associated with incontinence, keep the area around the urethra clean. The following tips may be helpful:

After a urinary accident, clean any affected areas right away.
When bathing, use warm water and don't scrub forcefully; hot water and scrubbing can injure the skin.
A number of cleansers are available that are specially created for incontinence and allow frequent cleansing without over-drying or causing irritation to the skin. Most do not have to be rinsed off; the area is simply wiped with a cloth.
After bathing, a moisturizer plus a barrier cream should be applied. Barrier creams include petroleum jelly, zinc oxide, cocoa butter, kaolin, lanolin, or paraffin. These products are water repellent and protect the skin from urine.
Anti-fungal creams that contain miconazole nitrate are used for yeast infections.

Preventing or Reducing Odor. Certain methods may help reduce odor from accidents. They include:

Deodorizing tablets, such as Derifil, Nullo, Devrom, and Chlorofresh can be taken by mouth or used in appliances. Most contain chlorophyll.
Taking an alfalfa pill four times a day may reduce odor, and is not believed to interfere with any other medications. Alfalfa is a common grass, and some people with seasonal allergies may experience an allergic reaction. Talk to your doctor before taking any type of supplement.
Drinking more water, not less, will also reduce odors. Drinking more water may actually help reduce leakage, too.
To remove odors from mattresses, some experts recommend a solution of equal parts vinegar to water. Once the mattress has dried, baking soda can be applied on the stain, rubbed in, and then vacuumed off.

Weight Control. In women, pelvic floor muscle tone weakens with significant weight gain, so women are urged to eat healthy foods in moderation and to exercise regularly.

Fluid Intake. A common misconception among people with incontinence is that drinking less water will prevent accidents. In reality, limiting fluid intake has the following effects:

The lining of the urethra and bladder becomes irritated, which may actually increase leakage.
Concentrated urine also has a stronger pungency, so drinking plenty of fluids can help reduce odor.

Some experts recommend drinking two to three quarts a day.

Drinking plenty of cranberry juice may be particularly helpful. It is known to help prevent urinary tract infections. (Low calorie juices are available.)

People with incontinence, however, should stop drinking beverages 2 - 4 hours before going to bed, particularly those who experience leakage or accidents during the night.

Fiber-Rich Foods. Constipation can worsen urinary incontinence, so diets should be high in fiber, fruits, and vegetables.

Fluid and Food Restrictions. A number of foods and beverages may increase incontinence. Some experts suggest that people who eat or drink the following items should try eliminating one a day over a 10-day period and check to see if removing them improves continence:

Caffeinated beverages. (In one major 2003 study, tea drinking -- but not coffee drinking -- was associated with incontinence. In general, however, it might be useful to try avoiding coffee as well, including decaf coffee.)
Carbonated beverages such as soda
Alcoholic beverages
Citrus fruits and juices
Tomatoes and tomato-based foods
Spicy foods
Chocolate
Sugars and honey
Artificial sweeteners
Milk and milk products

Some otherwise healthy adults stop exercising because of leakage. There are a number of methods for preventing or stopping leakage during exercise. The following are some tips:

Limit fluid intake before exercising (but be sure not to become dehydrated)
Urinate frequently, including right before exercise
Women can try wearing pads or urethral inserts

A variety of absorbent pads and undergarments are quite effective in catching spills and leaks. Many undergarments developed for incontinence are almost indistinguishable from regular briefs and underpants.

For women, the following are available:

Normal and even attractive looking washable underwear that contains waterproof panels is available for women. Even stomach-control panties are available for women with incontinence.

For men, the following are available:

Drip collectors are available which can be worn under briefs and are not noticeable under normal clothing. Lined with absorbent material, the pouch-like collector surrounds the penis or scrotum and is fastened with a belt or pins.
Washable briefs made from polyester have a fully functional fly and waterproof panel and look and feel like normal underwear. Boxer shorts are also available that look regular but have a protective pouch.

Even for men and women with severe incontinence, disposable undergarments can be purchased that have a normal look to them.

All absorbent undergarments should be changed when wet to limit problems of chafing or infection.

A specially shaped plastic urinal (Feminal) is available for women. It avoids the use of a bedpan, and can be used while the woman is lying down, seated, or even standing.

Urinals for men are available that attach to athletic-like supporters.

Other Treatments

Foam pads (Miniguard, UroMed, Impress, Softpatch) with an adhesive coating have been developed for women with stress incontinence. They work as follows:

The pad is placed over the opening of the urethra where it creates a seal, preventing leakage.
It is removed before urinating and replaced with a new one afterwards.
The pad can be worn up to 5 hours a day and through the night.
It can be used during physical activity, although it may change position during vigorous exercise.
It should not be worn during sexual intercourse.

In one study of women who used these products, the average number of leaks per week dropped from 14 to 5. Women with more severe incontinence (an average of 34 leaks a week) had only 10 events, and when leakage occurred, it was slight.

Adhesive pads should not be used by women with the following conditions:

Urinary tract or vaginal infections
Urge or other forms of nonstress incontinence
A history of surgery for incontinence

Urethral Shields. Shields or caps (CapSure, Bard Cap Sure, FemAssist) that fit over the urethral opening are safe and effective in managing many forms of incontinence.

In a study of patients with stress incontinence, CapSure reduced urine loss by 96% within a week, and 82% of patients were completely dry. Side effects include irritation and urinary tract infections, although they are not severe.
In another study, 47% of women who used FemAssist reported complete continence, and 33% of the women reported continence was improved by more than half. FemAssist offered equal benefits for women with stress, urge, or mixed incontinence.

Urethral Tubes or Sleeves. Tubes or sleeves (Reliance Urinary Control Device, FemSoft) that fit into the urethra are also available for female incontinence.

The Reliance Urinary Control Device for women is a small tube inserted into the urethra using a reusable syringe. The device must be prescribed by a doctor, who measures the woman's urethra to determine the right size. The tip of the tube contains a balloon that is inflated against the urethra and blocks urine, preventing leakage. Every time a woman urinates, she pulls a string that deflates the balloon, then throws the old device away and replaces it with a new one. It is effective, but carries a high risk for urinary tract infections and most women report discomfort and irritation.
FemSoft is a silicone tube insert surrounded by a liquid-filled sleeve. When the tube is inserted into the urethra, the sleeve conforms to its shape and creates a seal at the bladder neck, preventing leakage. It is intended for one-time use and is replaced after voiding. This is a relatively new product and information is lacking on its comfort and risk for urinary tract infections.

Vaginal Devices. Devices that support the vaginal wall also help support the urethra that is located next to it:

Tampons. Mild stress incontinence in women, particularly when induced by exercise, may be managed by using a tampon. Specially designed tampons (such as the Contrelle Continence Tampon) are available, but even simple menstrual tampons may be helpful. (Keep in mind that tampons can only be worn for a few hours.) As tampons push on the vaginal wall, it compresses the urethra. In one study, 86% of women with mild incontinence remained continent during exercise sessions when using tampons. Out of this group, however, only 29% with severe incontinence remained dry.
Vaginal Pessaries. Vaginal pessaries are devices inserted into the vagina that support the inside of the vaginal walls. Pessaries are usually made of silicon and come in various forms, including donut or cube-shapes. They must be fitted by a health professional and are effective for vaginal prolapse or other vaginal structural problems. Serious complications are rare but can occur if the pessary is not replaced periodically.
Introl Bladder Neck Support. The Introl bladder neck support prosthesis is a flexible ring that is inserted into the vagina and has two ridges that press against the walls, supporting the urethra. Sizing the Introl is difficult, but success rates of 83% have been reported in women with stress incontinence. It can be left in during urination but must be removed and cleaned afterward. Introl can cause vaginal or urethral infections and may also be uncomfortable.

Behavioral Treatments

With the exception of functional incontinence, most cases of incontinence will almost always improve with behavioral techniques. There are a variety of methods, but the focus is usually on strengthening or retraining the bladder. Studies indicate that such exercises are very effective, even for men recovering from surgery for prostate cancer.

To enhance bladder training for incontinent patients who are in nursing rooms, nurses may need to check patients for dryness and regularly remind them to urinate. As an extra tip for older people with severe incontinence, keeping a pan or portable commode near the bed may prevent injuries from falling as well as improve general convenience.

Perhaps the best first-line approach for any form of incontinence is a combination of Kegel exercises and bladder training. In one study, women who used this combination approach experienced an average 50% reduction in incontinence episodes, with nearly 40% of them achieving complete continence. It was equally effective for urge, stress, or mixed incontinence.

Studies also report that between 50 - 75% of patients who perform only Kegel exercises experience a substantial improvement in their symptoms, including elderly people who have had the problem for years. A 2006 review suggested that Kegel exercises are especially helpful for women in their 40s and 50s who suffer from stress incontinence. The women participated in a supervised Kegel exercise program for at least 3 months.

Pelvic Floor Muscle (Kegel) Exercises. Kegel exercises are designed to strengthen the muscles of the pelvic floor that support the bladder and close the sphincters.

Stress incontinence is an involuntary loss of control of urine that occurs at the same time abdominal pressure is increased as in coughing or sneezing. It develops when the muscles of the pelvic floor have become weak.

Dr. Kegel first developed these exercises to assist women before and after childbirth, but they are very useful in helping to improve continence for both men and women. Kegel exercises are particularly useful for the following conditions:

Stress incontinence. Some experts believe that Kegel exercises should be the primary treatment for stress incontinence.
Urge incontinence. They can also be helpful for urge incontinence in cases that are not caused by nerve damage. In one study, 85% of women reported satisfaction with this program.

The general approach for learning and practicing Kegel exercises is as follows:

Since the muscles are sometimes difficult to isolate, the best method is to first learn while urinating. The patient begins to urinate and then contracts the muscle in the pelvic area with intention of slowing or stopping the flow of urine. Women should contract the vaginal muscles as well. They can detect this by inserting a finger inside the vagina. When the vaginal walls tighten, the pelvic muscles are being correctly contracted.
An alternate approach is to isolate the muscles used in Kegel contractions by sensing then squeezing and lifting the muscles in the rectum that are used in passing gas. (Again, women should contract the vaginal muscles as well.)
Patients should place their hands on their abdomen, thighs, and buttocks to make sure there is no movement in these areas while exercising.
In order to achieve success, some experts recommend performing two exercises that have different timing for the hold and release of the contraction. Both should be done regularly.
The first method is used for strengthening the pelvic floor muscles. The patient slowly contracts and lifts the muscles and holds for 5 seconds, then releases them. There is a rest of 10 seconds between contractions.
The second method is simply a quick contraction and release. The object of this exercise is to learn to shut off the urine flow rapidly.
In general, patients should perform 5 - 15 contractions, three to five times daily.

Some notes of caution:

Once learned, Kegel exercises should not be performed while urinating more than about twice a month, since this practice may eventually weaken the muscles.
In women, incorrect or overly vigorous exercises may cause vaginal muscles to tighten excessively, resulting in pain during sexual intercourse.
Over-exercise can also tire muscles and cause more leakage.
Incontinence will return to its original severity if these exercises are discontinued, so commitment to the program must be high and possibly life-long.
It may be several months before the patient sees significant improvement.

Bladder Training. Bladder training involves a specific, graduated schedule for increasing the time between urinations:

Patients start by planning short intervals between urinations, then gradually progressing with a goal of voiding every 3 - 4 hours.
If the urge to urinate arises between scheduled voidings, patients should remain in place until the urge subsides. At the time, the patient moves slowly to a bathroom. (In a small study, 73% of women with stress incontinence were helped by an absurdly simple and obvious movement: crossing the legs whenever a cough or sneeze was coming on.)

This system uses a set of weights to improve pelvic floor muscle control. The cones are inexpensive, relatively simple to use, and evidence suggests that they are as effective as Kegel exercises or electrostimulation:

The typical set includes five cones of graduated weights ranging from 20 grams (less than 1 ounce) to 65 grams (slightly over 2 ounces).
Starting with the lightest, the woman places the cone in her vagina while standing and attempts to prevent the cone from falling out. The muscles used to hold the cone are the same ones needed to improve continence.

As with standard Kegel exercises, frequent repetition is required, but most women will eventually be able to use the heavier weights and build up the ability to prevent stress and urge incontinence.

Women who are unable to learn Kegel muscle contraction and release with verbal instructions can be helped with the use of biofeedback:

Biofeedback uses a vaginal or rectal probe inserted by the patient that relays information to monitoring equipment.
The patient isolates the pelvic floor and bladder muscles and performs Kegel exercises.
The monitor emits auditory or visual signals that indicate how strongly the patient is contracting the proper pelvic floor muscles and how effectively the bladder muscles are being released.
The apparatus is designed for home use.

As with any Kegel exercise regimen, biofeedback must be used for several months before it is effective. In one major study, 75% of women with urge incontinence reported satisfaction with biofeedback, although women who were simply given verbal cues were even more satisfied (85%). A 2005 study of older women found that biofeedback worked better than oxybutynin (Ditropan) in controlling nighttime urge incontinence. Biofeedback that teaches control of pelvic muscles may even be very helpful in children who have daytime wetting, frequent urinary tract infections, or both.

A treatment called extracorporeal magnetic innervation therapy stimulates pelvic muscles to automatically perform Kegel exercises:

The patients stay fully dressed and sit on a special chair during the treatment.
Highly focused magnetic fields penetrate the pelvic area to stimulate the nerves.
Sessions are twice a week for about 6 weeks, although it may take more than 8 weeks to build up the muscles.

Studies report that patients experience fewer leaks, need fewer pads, and have fewer voiding episodes throughout the day and night. Comparison studies of magnetic therapy and sham (or "dummy") treatments are mixed, however, with some reporting no differences. More studies are needed to determine whether extracorporeal magnetic innervation therapy has any value.

Electrical stimulation of the pelvic floor muscles has been a common treatment for years. The procedure uses a probe inserted into the anus or vagina, which produces a contraction in the pelvic floor muscles. Success rates range from 50 - 90% for urge incontinence. (It may also be useful for some patients with stress incontinence.) A recent study regarding patient-adjusted intermittent electrostimulation in women with stress or mixed urinary incontinence using a new implanted stimulator found the concept promising. Researchers, however, encouraged further investigation regarding the effectiveness and safety of the technique. The procedure requires frequent visits, and it takes 2 - 3 months before the patient feels the benefits. It is often not covered by insurance. Side effects can be distressing and include abdominal cramps, diarrhea, bleeding, and infection.

Medications

A number of medications are available that increase sphincter or pelvic muscle strength or relax the bladder, improving the ability to hold more urine. Medications are prescribed for all kinds of incontinence, but they are generally most helpful for urge incontinence.

Anticholinergics. Anticholinergics work in the following ways:

Inhibit the involuntary contractions of the bladder
Increase capacity of the bladder
Delay the initial urge to void

A major 2003 analysis reported that these drugs produce small but significant improvements. However, the medications have not been rigorously compared with behavioral methods, such as bladder training and Kegel exercises, which are very effective for most cases of urge incontinence. Anticholinergics can have distressing side effects, notably dry mouth.

Anticholinergics include:

Propantheline (ProBanthine). This drug used to be the most commonly prescribed anticholinergic, but has been largely replaced by newer anticholinergics with fewer side effects.
Oxybutynin (Ditropan, Oxytrol)
Tolterodine (Detrol)
Hyoscyamine (Levbid, Cystospaz)

Extended-release versions of oxybutynin (Ditropan XL) and tolterodine (Detrol LA) are proving to be especially effective. They improve continence and have fewer adverse effects than short-acting forms. In a major 2003 comparison study of the extended release drugs, oxybutynin was slightly better than tolterodine, but dry mouth was reported more often. A skin patch form of oxybutynin (Oxytrol) is now available. It appears to work better and have fewer side effects, such as dry mouth and constipation, than the pill form.

Oxybutynin may cause more severe central nervous side effects than previously thought, especially for children and older adults. In 2007, the FDA reviewed 202 cases of oxybutynin-related central nervous system problems. Hallucinations were reported in 27% of pediatric cases and 25% of cases involving adults age 60 and older. Eleven percent of adults age 17 – 59 years experienced hallucinations. The FDA recommends that doctors monitor patients for these symptoms.

According to one study of tolterodine, the drug also improved quality of life. A 2006 study reported that tolterodine is helpful for men with overactive bladder and urge urinary incontinence. A 2006 study, published in the Journal of the American Medical Association, suggested that a combination of tolterodine and the alpha-blocker drug tamsulosin (Flomax) may work better than either drug alone for men with lower urinary tract symptoms, including overactive bladder.

Overactive Bladder Treatments for Children

Oxybutynin (Ditropan X) is approved for pediatric use in children ages 6 and older. The recommended dose is 5 mg once a day. A 2006 study suggested that children who have fewer episodes of daytime wetting may benefit most from this drug.
A 2004 analysis found that tolterodine is also effective and well tolerated in children with urinary symptoms due to overactive bladder.

Side effects of anticholinergic drugs include:

Dry eyes (a particular problem for people who wear contact lenses; patients who wear contacts may wish to start with low doses of medication and gradually build up)
Dry mouth
Headache
Constipation
Rapid heart rate
Confusion, forgetfulness, and possible worsening of mental function, particularly in older people with dementia, such as those with Alzheimer's disease
Hallucinations, possibly, especially for children and older adults
Glaucoma, in rare cases

Antispasmodics. Antispasmodic drugs help relax the bladder muscle and are used for urge incontinence. Before bladder relaxants are prescribed, a thorough evaluation for obstructions in the ureter must be performed to avoid excessive urine retention.

Flavoxate (Urispas) and dicyclomine (Bentyl), the most common antispasmodics, have been used for years, although studies suggest that Urispas has very little benefit for the majority of patients with urge incontinence. The drugs also have anticholinergic properties. In May 2004, the FDA approved a new antispasmodic, trospium chloride (Sanctura), for the treatment of overactive bladder with symptoms or urge incontinence.

Possible side effects reported with use of antispasmodic drugs include:

Weakness
Dizziness
Drowsiness
Hallucinations
Insomnia
Dry mouth
Impotence
Restlessness

M3 selective receptor antagonists. In 2004, the FDA approved darifenacin (Enablex) for treatment of urge incontinence and overactive bladder. Some clinical trials suggested that darifenacin could help reduce weekly incontinence episodes by 83%. The drug’s most common side effects are dry mouth and constipation. For elderly patients, darifenacin may have less negative effects on memory than oxybutynin.

Capsaicin and Analogs. Studies have reported beneficial effects from instillation of capsaicin, a component of hot red chili peppers, into the bladder of people with hyperactive and hypersensitive bladders. Temporary adverse effects, however, can be distressing. A capsaicin analog called resiniferatoxin may be more effective than capsaicin and have fewer side effects.

Alpha-Blockers. Alpha-blockers are drugs that relax smooth muscles and improve urine flow. They are useful for men with benign prostatic hyperplasia who also have urge incontinence. They include terazosin (Hytrin), doxazosin (Cardura), tamsulosin (Flomax), and alfuzosin (Xatral). Tamsulosin may be particularly beneficial. A 2006 study published in the Journal of the American Medical Association reported that the combination of tamsulosin and tolterodine works better than either drug alone for men with moderate-to-severe lower urinary tract symptoms, including overactive bladder. Men in the study were age 40 years and older and had symptoms related to overactive bladder and benign prostatic hyperplasia.

Alpha-Adrenergic Agonists. Alpha-adrenergic agonists are used to strengthen the smooth muscle that opens and closes the internal sphincter. They include ephedrine and pseudoephedrine, which are common ingredients in numerous over-the-counter decongestants and appetite suppressants.

Such drugs may be helpful for patients with mild stress incontinence not caused by nerve damage, although evidence on their benefits is weak. They also can have significant side effects, particularly ephedrine. In fact, products containing a similar drug, phenylpropanolamine (PPA), have been taken off the market because of reports of a higher risk for stroke in some women who took it.

Side effects may include agitation, insomnia, and anxiety. They may have adverse effects on the heart in people with existing heart problems. People with glaucoma, diabetes, hyperthyroidism, heart disease, or high blood pressure should avoid alpha-adrenergic agonists.

Nitrovasolidators. Deficiencies in nitric oxide, a gas that keeps blood vessels open, have been associated with many disorders, including incontinence. Drugs that release nitric oxide, such as nitroflurbiprofen, are being investigated for urinary incontinence.

Evidence indicates that both urge and stress incontinence are affected, in part, by central nervous system processes, particularly signal transmission. Investigators are particularly interested in serotonin and noradrenaline, which are chemical messengers (called neurotransmitters) that affect pathways involved with urination. (These neurotransmitters are also important for many other emotional and physical functions.) Antidepressants targeting one or both of these neurotransmitters are sometimes used for urge incontinence and may also be helpful for some people with stress incontinence.

Tricyclic Antidepressants. Tricyclic antidepressants include imipramine (Janimine, Tofranil), doxepin (Sinequan), desipramine (Norpramin), and nortriptyline (Pamelor). They provide multiple benefits for both urge and stress incontinence. They act as anticholinergic drugs and relax the bladder. They also strengthen the internal sphincter. These drugs should be used carefully. They pose some risk for adverse effects on the heart and possibly the lungs, and they have other severe side effects in older adults. These antidepressants produce side effects similar to anticholinergic drugs, and may cause drowsiness. They may also backfire and actually cause overflow incontinence in some people.
Serotonin-Norepinephrine Reuptake Inhibitors (SNRIs). SNRIs are specially designed antidepressants that are similar to tricyclics but do not have the same side effects. The neurotransmitters serotonin and norepinephrine are thought to play key roles in the normal action of bladder muscles and nerves. Increased neurotransmitter activity stimulates the nerve that controls the urethral sphincter. The SNRI duloxetine (Cymbalta) is approved in Europe for treatment of stress urinary incontinence. (It is approved in the U.S. for other conditions, but not stress urinary incontinence.) In 2005, the manufacturer of duloxetine withdrew its drug application after a small number of women in duloxetine urinary incontinence trials tried to commit suicide. The FDA is investigating whether duloxetine can cause suicidal behavior.

Desmopressin. Studies have reported that desmopressin (DDAVP), a drug used for bedwetting in children, may be helpful in treating adults with urinary incontinence that occurs during sleep. The drug affects sodium levels, and there is a slight risk for water intoxication with this drug.

Botulinum (Botox). Botulinum, the deadly toxin that sometimes contaminates improperly cooked foods, is also a powerful muscle-relaxant. Tiny injected amounts of a purified form (Botox) can relax the muscles and may help control overactive bladder that causes urge incontinence. It may also help relieve urinary retention that might occur after incontinence surgeries.

Stem Cells. Researchers are investigating muscle stem cell injections as a treatment for stress incontinence. Several small studies have indicated promising results. In these experiments, a doctor took a biopsy of skeletal muscle tissue from a patient’s arm. Stem cells were cultured and isolated from the biopsy sample. The doctor then injected the muscle-derived stem cells into the area surrounding the patient’s urethra that is close to the damaged sphincter muscle. In research results presented at the 2007 American Urological Association annual meeting and the 2006 Radiological Association of North American Meeting, patients experienced sustained improvements in bladder control and quality of life.

Surgery

There are nearly 200 procedures for incontinence. Most are designed to restore the bladder neck and urethra to their anatomically correct positions in patients with stress incontinence.

The American Urological Association suggests that surgery should actually be considered as initial therapy for women with severe stress incontinence. It is an effective and safe alternative when conservative treatments fail. Many of the procedures are safe even for women up to 80 years old who do not have serious medical conditions. Potential complications of all procedures include obstruction of the outlet from the bladder, causing difficulty in urination and irritation.

Deciding which procedure to choose is difficult and often depends on the factors causing the incontinence and whether anatomical abnormalities are involved. It should be noted that although hysterectomy has been shown to improve incontinence, it must not be performed only as a cure for incontinence.

In general, patients should weigh all options carefully. They should discuss the situation with their doctor, and ask about their surgeon's experience. As a general rule, the more times a surgeon has successfully performed a procedure, the better.

Retropubic Colposuspension Surgery. Retropubic colposuspension using standard "open" surgery is an effective treatment for stress incontinence, especially over the long term. ("Open" surgery implies the use of a wide incision in order to "open" the area.) Long-term continence rates can range from 85 - 90%.

The goal of colposuspension is to correct the position of the bladder and urethra by sewing the bladder neck and urethra directly to the surrounding pelvic bone or nearby structures. There are many variants, but, in general, they are effective only for women with urethral hypermobility. Most procedures require a general or spinal anesthetic and a 2-day hospital stay.

Burch colposuspension (sometimes called colpocystourethropexy) is a standard approach. It requires a wide abdominal incision and is often performed during abdominal surgeries such as hysterectomy or hernia operations. It is also performed along with sacrocolpopexy, a surgical procedure used to repair pelvic organ prolapse. (Pelvic organ prolapse occurs when the uterus or bladder slips from the pelvic cavity into the vagina. It is often due to pelvic muscle weakness that develops after childbirth.) Prolapse can lead to stress incontinence. However, prolapse surgery itself sometimes causes incontinence. A 2006 study suggested that a Burch colposuspension performed at the same time as sacrolpopexy can help reduce postsurgical stress incontinence.

The surgeon secures the urethra and bladder neck with lateral (sideways) sutures that pass through thick bands of muscle tissue running along the pubic bones. Unlike an older suspension procedure, this procedure poses a much lower risk for obstruction of the urethra. It is more effective in premenopausal than postmenopausal women and may not be appropriate for all women.

A rigorous 2007 study published in the New England Journal of Medicine compared the effectiveness of the Burch colposuspension to the sling procedure, another type of surgical treatment for stress incontinence. The study found that the sling procedure had better results for achieving dryness. However, more women who had the sling procedure had post-operative urinary problems, especially urinary tract infections. Overall, women were satisfied with the outcomes of both procedures. Eighty-six percent of women who had a sling procedure and 78% of women who had a Burch colposuspension reported satisfaction with their treatment.

Marshall-Marchetti-Krantz (MMK). The MMK approach requires a wide abdominal incision. The surgeon then elevates the urethra and bladder neck using sutures. These structures are then secured and anchored in nearby cartilage. This approach is one of the most reliable, but is used less often because of the risk for scarring and because the incision limits the surgeon's ability to correct any potential hernias (cystoceles).

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing bladder neck surgery.

Laparoscopy. Other less invasive procedures use laparoscopy, which requires only one or two small incisions over the pubic bone. Evidence suggests that laparoscopy, performed by an experienced surgeon, works just as well as standard surgery. While laparoscopy has a higher complication rate, it also has a faster recovery time and less postoperative pain. Still, well-conducted long-term studies are needed for an accurate comparison with standard colposuspension.

Needle Suspension. Needle suspensions include a number of approaches, including the Pereyra, Stamey, Raz, and Gittes procedures. The basic approach places stitches on either side of the bladder and ties them to muscle tissue or the pubic bone. Some of these procedures use transvaginal suspension, which requires only a small abdominal incision or no incision at all. In this case, the surgeon works through the vagina and places sutures through the vaginal walls. Transvaginal suspension works only if the walls of the vagina are strong enough to withstand the procedure. Some studies report poor long-term results, particularly compared to colposuspension. In one study, only 35% of patients who had transvaginal suspension reported success after 6 years. In another study, the failure rate was 83% after 4 - 5 years. Additional research has indicated that 20% of women have worse sexual function after the procedure.

Postoperative Considerations for Most Procedures. Following most standard procedures, patients usually leave the hospital on the second or third day, but need a urinary catheter for about 10 days. Newer procedures may require shorter stays and less intensive postoperative care.

Complications after surgery include:

Some risk of damage to the surrounding nerves or vessel. This can result in internal sphincter deficiency. (In some cases it may already have been present before the operation.)
Difficulty in urinating from surgical overcorrection. (This may require additional surgery.)
Poor wound healing.
Adhesions (scar tissue) that obstruct the urethra. This complication is higher with older standard procedures.
Vaginal abnormalities (prolapsed vagina).

A sling procedure may be a good option for severe stress incontinence in women who have either intrinsic sphincter deficiency or urethral hypermobility. The method is even proving to help women with mild-to-moderate incontinence and young girls with severe incontinence. It may also be useful for managing female urge incontinence. Sling procedures are also available for men who experience incontinence after prostatectomy.

Until recently, there were few clinical trials that directly compared the sling procedure with Burch colposuspension. In 2007, the New England Journal of Medicine published the results of the largest and most rigorous clinical trial conducted on these two types of surgery. In this study of 655 women with stress incontinence, half of the women underwent the sling procedure and half had open surgery with the Burch colposuspension.

Two years after surgery, success rates were highest for women who had the sling procedure. Forty-seven percent of women who had the sling procedure reported no urinary incontinence (either stress or urge) compared to 38% of women who had the Burch procedure. For stress-only incontinence, 66% of women who had the sling procedure and 49% of women who had the Burch procedure were dry. Eighty-six percent of women who had the sling procedure and 78% of the Burch group reported satisfaction with their treatment.

However, women who had the sling procedure did experience more post-operative urinary problems. The most common complication was urinary tract infections, which affected 63% of women who had a sling procedure compared with 47% of women who had the Burch procedure. A small number of women who had a sling procedure also reported difficulty voiding and urge incontinence.

The Percutaneous Sling Procedure for Women. The procedure generally works as follows:

The surgeon makes an incision above the pubic bone and removes a layer of abdominal fasci (tissue that covers muscle fibers). This muscle strip is set aside and later serves as the sling. (The uses of fasci taken from a cadaver or synthetic slings are also being investigated. However, the natural muscle strip may last longer than some of the common synthetic materials.)
The surgeon makes an incision in the vaginal wall. The piece of muscle fiber or material is attached under the urethra and bladder neck, somewhat like a hammock, and secured to the abdominal wall and pelvic bone.
This sling then compresses the urethra back to its original position. The sling must be supportive without being too tense, which can cause urinary obstruction.

Complications can include infection, bleeding, and the formation of fistulas (holes that form and are usually infected).

Vaginal Sling and Tape Procedures for Women. Newer outpatient procedures do not use abdominal incisions. Instead, they are performed through a small incision in the vagina. Typically, two small tacks are placed in the pubic bone. A sling is inserted into the vagina and is attached to the tack.

The tension-free vaginal tape (TVT) procedure uses a special gauze tape covered by a polypropylene coating, which is attached on each side of the urethra. The patient remains conscious and is asked to cough during the procedure so that the surgeon can determine if the tape is secure. Small early studies showed that the procedure worked as well as colposuspension (the standard suspension procedure), with stress incontinence cure rates of 84 - 100%. According to a 2005 study, the benefits of TVT can last for up to 8 years for women with stress incontinence. However, women with mixed incontinence (a combination of stress and urge) did not fare as well. Women with mixed incontinence had a 60% cure rate during the first 4 years following surgery, but the cure rate declined to 30% within 4 - 8 years post-surgery.

Sling Procedures in Men. For some men who have prostatectomy-induced incontinence, sling procedures may be a good option. Researchers have reported an 80% success rate, the same as an artificial urinary sphincter, which is the standard surgical treatment for such patients. The sling procedure has been less effective in men who have had radiation therapy, although improved techniques are making this approach useful even for these patients. Minimally invasive procedures are also being tested.

Artificial Sphincter. In cases of sphincter incompetence, or complete lack of sphincter function, an artificial internal sphincter may be implanted. This procedure is useful for appropriate male and female candidates of any age, including children. It is particularly helpful for men after radical prostatectomy. Studies have found poor results for patients with incontinence due to radiation therapies, although a 2001 study of men with prostatectomy indicated that it was useful regardless of previous radiation therapy.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing artificial sphincter surgery.

This device uses a balloon reservoir and a cuff around the urethra that is controlled with a pump. The patient opens the cuff manually by activating the pump. The urethra opens and the bladder empties. The cuff closes automatically several minutes later. The two major drawbacks of the internal sphincter implant are:

Malfunction. If the implant malfunctions, the surgery must be performed again.
Infection. Infection is more serious as it can cause erosion of the urethra or bladder neck underneath the implant. Such infections not only require removal of the device, but also may worsen the incontinence. Fortunately, techniques have improved so that infection is uncommon.

In a 2001 study, after an average of 7 years, 70% of female patients with stress incontinence had either the original implant or a replacement, and 82% had urination properly restored. (Only 37% still had the original implant, however.) Studies on men have reported similar findings, although newer devices that use narrow cuffs may significantly improve re-implantation rates. Nearly all patients still need to use pads for leakage.

Injections of materials, such as collagen, that provide bulk to help support the urethra are proving to be beneficial for the following patients:

Women (even the elderly) with severe stress incontinence who cannot or do not wish to have surgery that involves anesthesia.
Men who have slight incontinence caused by prostate surgery. Men who have bulking injections after TURP (transurethral resection of the prostate) have a continence rate that is equal to the rate in women. After radical prostatectomy (removal of the prostate gland in prostate cancer), collagen injections can achieve some level of continence in up to nearly half of men. (Collagen injections are not beneficial after radiation therapy for prostate cancer.)

The Procedure.

First, bladder instability or hyperactivity should be medically treated and managed to control muscle activity before having the procedure. Otherwise it is likely to fail.
The basic procedure involves injecting bulking material into the tissue surrounding the urethra.
The material used is usually animal or human collagen. (Collagen is the basic protein in bones, muscles, and all connective tissue.) Synthetic bulking materials, such as carbon-coated beads, are also being used.
The doctor passes the collagen-containing needle through a cystoscope, a tube that has been inserted into the urethra. The collagen can also be injected into the skin next to the sphincter.
The injected collagen tightens the seal of the sphincter by adding bulk to the surrounding tissue.
The procedure takes about 20 - 40 minutes, and most people can go home immediately afterward.
Two or three additional injections may be needed to achieve satisfactory results.

Postoperative Care. People may experience immediate improvement followed by a temporary relapse after a week or so. Patients must be taught to use a catheter tube for withdrawing urine for a few days following the procedure. In general, it takes about a month for the full benefits to be apparent.

Complications.

There is a risk for infection and urinary retention, although these conditions are temporary.
An increase in autoimmune disease has been reported in a small number of cases.
The procedure may not be appropriate for patients with certain cardiac conditions.

Duration of Effectiveness. Collagen is absorbed over time, so injections generally need to be repeated every 6 - 18 months. According to one study, however, after a year 44% of women who had the implants still experienced the same level of improvement. (Synthetic materials may last longer than collagen from other sources, but they pose a risk for rejection as well as migration to the lymph nodes and other parts of the body.)

Anterior vaginal repair procedures that correct a prolapsed (fallen) uterus or vagina can often correct incontinence in women who have these conditions. The anterior vaginal repair (also called a bladder tuck) requires an incision to be made through the vagina. This releases part of the anterior (front) vaginal wall, which is attached to the base of the bladder. The pubocervical fascia (the supportive tissue between the vagina and bladder) is folded and stitched to bring the bladder and urethra into proper position. Several variations on this procedure may be necessary, depending on the severity of the prolapse. It is not as effective as retropubic suspension procedures, however, and should not be used as the primary method for correcting incontinence.

An interesting investigative approach uses radiofrequency energy to shrink tissue that supports the bladder neck and reduces hypermobility. Early studies are promising. In one, for example, the cure rate was nearly 80% at the end of a year, and 83% of patients reported satisfaction with the procedure.

Other Procedures

The sacral nerves, located in the tail bone, appear to play an important role in regulating bladder control. A sacral nerve stimulation system (InterStim) is now available for patients with urge incontinence. The system sends electrical pulses to the sacral nerves to help retrain them. InterStim is reserved for the treatment of urinary retention and the symptoms of overactive bladder in patients who have failed or cannot tolerate less invasive treatments. The system works as follows:

A stopwatch-size device is implanted under the skin in the abdomen.
A wire connected to it runs to the sacral nerves in the lower back.
The device, a battery-operated generator, produces electrical pulses.
The pulses are sent to the sacral nerves and reduce the hyperactivity of the bladder.
The sensation of the electrical pulse is similar to a slight pulling sensation in the pelvic area. Sometimes it can cause a small jolt or shock if the patient changes posture quickly. It should not cause pain. (If it does, something is wrong with the device.)

Complications include infection, lower back pain, and pain at the implant site. The system, however, does not cause nerve damage and can be removed at any time.

Patients have reported improvement in the frequency and volume of urination, as well as the intensity of urgency and their quality of life. Studies report complete dryness in nearly half of patients, with about 75% of patients experiencing relief from heavy leaking.

Transcutaneous Neuromodulation. The use of electrodes on the surface of the skin, called transcutaneous neuromodulation, may prove to be beneficial and particularly attractive for children.

Percutaneous Stoller Afferent Nerve Stimulation. The percutaneous stoller afferent nerve system (PerQ SANS System) has also been approved for urge incontinence.

In this therapy, a very thin needle is inserted a short distance above the ankle bone.
The needle is applied to the tibial nerve in the ankle, which connects with the sacral nerve complex.
Low-frequency electrical stimulation is applied for 30 minutes once a week for about 3 months.
After that, depending on the patient's response, treatments are given every week to every other week.
Short-term results are promising, but more research is needed.

Catheters and Collection Devices

A catheter is a slim flexible tube inserted into the urethra. They are mainly used for cases of severe urge incontinence.

A catheter (a hollow tube) may be inserted into the urinary bladder when there is a urinary obstruction, following surgical procedures to the urethra, in unconscious patients (due to surgical anesthesia, coma, etc.), or for any other problem in which the bladder needs to be kept empty (decompressed) and urinary flow assured.

Click the icon to see an image of male bladder catheterization.

Temporary Catheterization. For people who are still active, catheterization is often very distressing. If possible, temporary, also called intermittent, catheterization is usually the best choice. Patients insert the catheter tube into their urethras, generally every 3 - 4 hours. This type of catheterization carries few risks and empties the bladder completely. Some patients report that they can maintain an active life with no significantly increased risk for infection with some simple precautions:

Sterilize catheters at home.
Use a Zip Lock plastic bag for carrying them when leaving home.
Use another plastic bag for antiseptic cleansing solution.
When using public bathrooms, wash before and after catheterization. Touch as few places in the bathroom as possible.

Permanent Catheterization. People who are mentally or physically incapable of self-catheterization may need permanent catheterization.

The permanent catheter is inserted by a doctor or nurse into the opening of the bladder and a cuff is inflated to hold the tube in place.
Urine drains to an external collection device, which is generally strapped to the leg and must be emptied periodically.

The procedure is not painful, but there is a substantial increased risk of infection. Many experts feel that the catheter is overused, especially in the elderly.

Condom Catheters. Condom catheters are much more satisfactory than standard catheters for many male patients, although there is more spillage.

The condom is worn all day.
At night it is removed and washed for reuse the next day.

Collection Devices Attached to the Leg. For chronic or severe incontinence, collective devices drain urine into a bag that is attached to the lower leg and emptied periodically. These are generally more successful for men. Urine can be funneled into the tube by a pouch surrounding the penis. The positioning of the collecting device is difficult for women, and more accidents occur. For both men and women, irritation of the area around the urethral opening is a problem, since urine is in contact with the area for long periods.

Resources

www.nafc.org -- National Association for Continence
www.simonfoundation.org -- The Simon Foundation for Continence
www.niddk.nih.gov -- National Kidney and Urologic Diseases Information
www.acog.org -- American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists
www.augs.org -- American Urogynecologic Society
www.kegel-exercises.com -- Information on Kegel Exercises
www.urologyhealthy.org -- Urology Health from the American Urological Association

References

Albo ME, Richter HE, Brubaker L, et al. Burch colposuspension versus fascial sling to reduce urinary stress incontinence. N Engl J Med. 2007 May 24;356(21):2143-2155. Epub 2007 May 21.

Harris SS, Link CL, Tennstedt SL, Kusek JW, McKinlay JB. Care seeking and treatment for urinary incontinence in a diverse population. J Urol. 2007 Feb;177(2):680-4.

Kaplan SA, Roehrborn CG, Rovner ES, Carlsson M, Bavendam T, Guan Z. Tolterodine and tamsulosin for treatment of men with lower urinary tract symptoms and overactive bladder: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2006 Nov 15;296(19):2319-28.

Litwin MS, Saigal CS, editors. Urologic Diseases in America. US Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases. Washington, DC: US Government Printing Office, 2007; NIH Publication No. 07–5512.

Review Date:
6/15/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com